diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
331 files changed, 8251 insertions, 2078 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill deleted file mode 100644 index ff60ad9eca4c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support - -For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. - -What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state -Date: 09-Jul-2007 -KernelVersion v2.6.22 -Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org -Description: Current state of the transmitter. - This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014, - because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block' - state of the rfkill driver. -Values: A numeric value. - 0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED - transmitter is turned off by software - 1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED - transmitter is (potentially) active - 2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED - transmitter is forced off by something outside of - the driver's control. - -What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim -Date: 09-Jul-2007 -KernelVersion v2.6.22 -Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org -Description: This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to - claim just control over a single rfkill instance. - This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012. -Values: 0: Kernel handles events diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio index 55ffa2df1c10..867c1fab20e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/class/gpio/ Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 -Contact: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net> +Contact: Linus Walleij <linusw@kernel.org> Description: As a Kconfig option, individual GPIO signals may be accessed from @@ -26,3 +26,5 @@ Description: /label ... (r/o) descriptive, not necessarily unique /ngpio ... (r/o) number of GPIOs; numbered N to N + (ngpio - 1) + This ABI is deprecated and will be removed after 2020. It is + replaced with the GPIO character device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3ce6231f20b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support + +For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file was deprecated because there no longer was a way to + claim just control over a single rfkill instance. + This file was scheduled to be removed in 2012, and was removed + in 2016. +Values: 0: Kernel handles events diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev index 16d030827368..f72ed653878a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev @@ -100,4 +100,5 @@ Description: Users: libraw1394 libdc1394 - tools like jujuutils, fwhack, ... + libhinawa + tools like linux-firewire-utils, fwhack, ... diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus index 636e938d5e33..5d0125f7bcaf 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus @@ -27,3 +27,17 @@ Description: The mapping of which primary/sub channels are bound to which Virtual Processors. Format: <channel's child_relid:the bound cpu's number> Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus + +What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/device +Date: Dec. 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com> +Description: The 16 bit device ID of the device +Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and user level RDMA libraries + +What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/vendor +Date: Dec. 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com> +Description: The 16 bit vendor ID of the device +Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and user level RDMA libraries diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill index 097f522c33bb..e1ba4a104753 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -2,9 +2,8 @@ rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. -For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and -/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in -Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill. +For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in +Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill. What: /sys/class/rfkill Date: 09-Jul-2007 @@ -42,6 +41,28 @@ Values: A numeric value. 1: true +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current state of the transmitter. + This file was scheduled to be removed in 2014, but due to its + large number of users it will be sticking around for a bit + longer. Despite it being marked as stabe, the newer "hard" and + "soft" interfaces should be preffered, since it is not possible + to express the 'soft and hard block' state of the rfkill driver + through this interface. There will likely be another attempt to + remove it in the future. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED + transmitter is turned off by software + 1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED + transmitter is (potentially) active + 2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED + transmitter is forced off by something outside of + the driver's control. + + What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard Date: 12-March-2010 KernelVersion v2.6.34 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7b265fbb47e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /dev/gpiochip[0-9]+ +Date: November 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: linux-gpio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The character device files /dev/gpiochip* are the interface + between GPIO chips and userspace. + + The ioctl(2)-based ABI is defined and documented in + [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>. + + The following file operations are supported: + + open(2) + Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. + + ioctl(2) + Initiate various actions. + See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h> + for descriptions of all ioctls. + + close(2) + Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated + with the file descriptor. + +Users: TBD diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy index 0a378a88217a..bb0f9a135e21 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ Description: base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] [FIRMWARE_CHECK] + [KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK] mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] [[^]MAY_EXEC] fsmagic:= hex value diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index 0439c2aaf741..3c6624881375 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -496,8 +496,11 @@ Description: 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor, 6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor, 20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor, + 90kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 90kOhm resistor, 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor, + 125kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 125kOhm resistor, 500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor, + 640kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 640kOhm resistor, three_state: left floating. For a list of available output power down options read outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the @@ -1491,3 +1494,10 @@ Description: This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation in some humidity environment + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_ph_raw +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) pH reading of a substance as a negative + base-10 logarithm of hydrodium ions in a litre of water. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3740f253d406 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/tia_resistanceY + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/tia_capacitanceY +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get and set the resistance and the capacitance settings for the + Transimpedance Amplifier. Y is 1 for Rf1 and Cf1, Y is 2 for + Rf2 and Cf2 values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/tia_separate_en +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Enable or disable separate settings for the TransImpedance + Amplifier above, when disabled both values are set by the + first channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ledY_raw + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ledY_ambient_raw +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get measured values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the + specific LED number. The values are expressed in 24-bit twos + complement. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ledY-ledY_ambient_raw +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get differential values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the + specific LED number. The values are expressed in 24-bit twos + complement for the specified LEDs. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_ledY_offset + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_ledY_ambient_offset +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get and set the offset cancellation DAC setting for these + stages. The values are expressed in 5-bit sign-magnitude. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_ledY_raw +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get and set the LED current for the specified LED. Y is the + specific LED number. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6275e9f56e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/meas_conf +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/meas_conf_available +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current configuration and available configurations + for the bias current. + normal - Normal measurement configurations (default) + positivebias - Positive bias configuration + negativebias - Negative bias configuration + disabled - Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic + sensor and enables temperature sensor. + Note: The effect of this configuration may vary + according to the device. For exact documentation + check the device's datasheet. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 index ecbc1f4af921..308a6756d3bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 @@ -5,3 +5,12 @@ Description: Specifies the hardware conversion mode used. The three available modes are "normal", "high-speed" and "low-power", where the last is the default mode. + + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_conversion_mode +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hardware conversion mode used within DAC. + The two available modes are "high-power" and "low-power", + where "low-power" mode is the default mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl index b07e86d4597f..7fd737eed38a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Description: read only Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off (not in a guest) Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Description: read only Identifies the revision level of the PSL. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image (not in a guest) Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Description: read only during the initial program load. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded (not in a guest) Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Description: read only onto the card. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst (not in a guest) Date: December 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read/write @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Description: write only to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/perst_reloads_same_image +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/perst_reloads_same_image (not in a guest) Date: July 2015 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read/write diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv index 7f34a95bb963..518f6a1dbc0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv @@ -1,4 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/throughput_override +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com> +description: + Defines the throughput value to be used by B.A.T.M.A.N. V + when estimating the link throughput using this interface. + If the value is set to 0 then batman-adv will try to + estimate the throughput by itself. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/elp_interval +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de> +Description: + Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman + sends its probing packets for link quality measurements. + What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status Date: May 2010 Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> @@ -12,4 +28,3 @@ Description: The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file displays the batman mesh interface this <iface> currently is associated with. - diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..905bcdeedef2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_data +Date: Mar 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + Reading this file returns the stored CIR wakeup sequence. + It starts with a pulse, followed by a space, pulse etc. + All values are in microseconds. + The same format can be used to store a wakeup sequence + in the Nuvoton chip by writing to this file. + + Note: Some systems reset the stored wakeup sequence to a + factory default on each boot. On such systems store the + wakeup sequence in a file and set it on boot using e.g. + a udev rule. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi index eed922ef42e5..f34221b52b14 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi @@ -179,3 +179,19 @@ Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are: Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to take effect. Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/cooling_method +Date: 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Cooling Method feature. + Reading this file prints two values, the first is the actual cooling method + and the second is the maximum cooling method supported. + When the maximum cooling method is ONE, valid values are: + * 0 -> Maximum Performance + * 1 -> Battery Optimized + When the maximum cooling method is TWO, valid values are: + * 0 -> Maximum Performance + * 1 -> Performance + * 2 -> Battery Optimized +Users: KToshiba diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..011dda4f8e8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/ +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Gabriel Somlo <somlo@cmu.edu> +Description: + Several different architectures supported by QEMU (x86, arm, + sun4*, ppc/mac) are provisioned with a firmware configuration + (fw_cfg) device, originally intended as a way for the host to + provide configuration data to the guest firmware. Starting + with QEMU v2.4, arbitrary fw_cfg file entries may be specified + by the user on the command line, which makes fw_cfg additionally + useful as an out-of-band, asynchronous mechanism for providing + configuration data to the guest userspace. + + The authoritative guest-side hardware interface documentation + to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt" + in the QEMU source tree. + + === SysFS fw_cfg Interface === + + The fw_cfg sysfs interface described in this document is only + intended to display discoverable blobs (i.e., those registered + with the file directory), as there is no way to determine the + presence or size of "legacy" blobs (with selector keys between + 0x0002 and 0x0018) programmatically. + + All fw_cfg information is shown under: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/ + + The only legacy blob displayed is the fw_cfg device revision: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/rev + + --- Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key --- + + All discoverable blobs listed in the fw_cfg file directory are + displayed as entries named after their unique selector key + value, e.g.: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/32 + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/33 + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/34 + ... + + Each such fw_cfg sysfs entry has the following values exported + as attributes: + + name : The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the + blob's 'file name' in the fw_cfg directory. + size : The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg + directory. + key : The value of the blob's selector key as given in the + fw_cfg directory. This value is the same as used in + the parent directory name. + raw : The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the + entry via the control register, and reading a number + of bytes equal to the blob size from the data + register. + + --- Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name --- + + While the fw_cfg device does not impose any specific naming + convention on the blobs registered in the file directory, + QEMU developers have traditionally used path name semantics + to give each blob a descriptive name. For example: + + "bootorder" + "genroms/kvmvapic.bin" + "etc/e820" + "etc/boot-fail-wait" + "etc/system-states" + "etc/table-loader" + "etc/acpi/rsdp" + "etc/acpi/tables" + "etc/smbios/smbios-tables" + "etc/smbios/smbios-anchor" + ... + + In addition to the listing by unique selector key described + above, the fw_cfg sysfs driver also attempts to build a tree + of directories matching the path name components of fw_cfg + blob names, ending in symlinks to the by_key entry for each + "basename", as illustrated below (assume current directory is + /sys/firmware): + + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/bootorder -> ../by_key/38 + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/e820 -> ../../by_key/35 + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/acpi/rsdp -> ../../../by_key/41 + ... + + Construction of the directory tree and symlinks is done on a + "best-effort" basis, as there is no guarantee that components + of fw_cfg blob names are always "well behaved". I.e., there is + the possibility that a symlink (basename) will conflict with + a dirname component of another fw_cfg blob, in which case the + creation of the offending /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_name + entry will be skipped. + + The authoritative list of entries will continue to be found + under the /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key directory. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs index e5200f354abf..a809f6005f14 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -98,3 +98,17 @@ Date: October 2015 Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com> Description: Controls the count of nid pages to be readaheaded. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dirty_nats_ratio +Date: January 2016 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls dirty nat entries ratio threshold, if current + ratio exceeds configured threshold, checkpoint will + be triggered for flushing dirty nat entries. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes +Date: January 2016 +Contact: "Shuoran Liu" <liushuoran@huawei.com> +Description: + Shows total written kbytes issued to disk. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c2fb5d033f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/priority + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/priority +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if the DMA channel is a + low priority (0) or high priority (1) channel. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/weight + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/weight +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains 0..15 and indicates the weight of the channel among + equal priority channels during round robin scheduling. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chreset_timeout_cycles + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chreset_timeout_cycles +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains the platform specific cycle value to wait after a + reset command is issued. If the value is chosen too short, + then the HW will issue a reset failure interrupt. The value + is platform specific and should not be changed without + consultance. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/dma_channels + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/dma_channels +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains the number of dma channels supported by one instance + of HIDMA hardware. The value may change from chip to chip. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_major + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_major +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Version number major for the hardware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_minor + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_minor +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Version number minor for the hardware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_rd_xactions + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_rd_xactions +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of + read transactions that can be issued back to back. + Choosing a higher number gives better performance but + can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals + sharing the same bus. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_read_request + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_read_request +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Size of each read request. The value needs to be a power + of two and can be between 128 and 1024. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_wr_xactions + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_wr_xactions +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of + write transactions that can be issued back to back. + Choosing a higher number gives better performance but + can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals + sharing the same bus. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_write_request + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_write_request +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@cudeaurora.org>" +Description: + Size of each write request. The value needs to be a power + of two and can be between 128 and 1024. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7ac7d7262bb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/cur_master +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de> +Description: + +This file selects the active I2C master for a demultiplexed bus. + +Write 0 there for the first master, 1 for the second etc. Reading the file will +give you a list with the active master marked. Example from a Renesas Lager +board: + +root@Lager:~# cat /sys/devices/platform/i2c@8/cur_master +* 0 - /i2c@9 + 1 - /i2c@e6520000 + 2 - /i2c@e6530000 + +root@Lager:~# echo 2 > /sys/devices/platform/i2c@8/cur_master + +root@Lager:~# cat /sys/devices/platform/i2c@8/cur_master + 0 - /i2c@9 + 1 - /i2c@e6520000 +* 2 - /i2c@e6530000 diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle index db653774c0b7..9a70ddd16584 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingStyle +++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ Things to avoid when using macros: do { \ if (blah(x) < 0) \ return -EBUGGERED; \ - } while(0) + } while (0) is a _very_ bad idea. It looks like a function call but exits the "calling" function; don't break the internal parsers of those who will read the code. diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt index 18dc52c4f2a0..e8cf9cf873b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt @@ -100,3 +100,29 @@ allocated by dma_alloc_attrs() function from individual pages if it can be mapped as contiguous chunk into device dma address space. By specifying this attribute the allocated buffer is forced to be contiguous also in physical memory. + +DMA_ATTR_ALLOC_SINGLE_PAGES +--------------------------- + +This is a hint to the DMA-mapping subsystem that it's probably not worth +the time to try to allocate memory to in a way that gives better TLB +efficiency (AKA it's not worth trying to build the mapping out of larger +pages). You might want to specify this if: +- You know that the accesses to this memory won't thrash the TLB. + You might know that the accesses are likely to be sequential or + that they aren't sequential but it's unlikely you'll ping-pong + between many addresses that are likely to be in different physical + pages. +- You know that the penalty of TLB misses while accessing the + memory will be small enough to be inconsequential. If you are + doing a heavy operation like decryption or decompression this + might be the case. +- You know that the DMA mapping is fairly transitory. If you expect + the mapping to have a short lifetime then it may be worth it to + optimize allocation (avoid coming up with large pages) instead of + getting the slight performance win of larger pages. +Setting this hint doesn't guarantee that you won't get huge pages, but it +means that we won't try quite as hard to get them. + +NOTE: At the moment DMA_ATTR_ALLOC_SINGLE_PAGES is only implemented on ARM, +though ARM64 patches will likely be posted soon. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl index 07df23ea06e4..348619fcafb8 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl @@ -348,10 +348,7 @@ <para>type: <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>blkcipher for synchronous block ciphers</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>ablkcipher for asynchronous block ciphers</para> + <para>skcipher for symmetric key ciphers</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>cipher for single block ciphers that may be used with @@ -485,6 +482,9 @@ <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_RNG Random Number Generation</para> </listitem> <listitem> + <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_AKCIPHER Asymmetric cipher</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> <para>CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_PCOMPRESS Enhanced version of CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_COMPRESS allowing for segmented compression / decompression instead of performing the operation on one @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer v v +-----------+ +-----------+ | | | | -| ablkcipher| | ahash | +| skcipher | | ahash | | (ctr) | ---+ | (ghash) | +-----------+ | +-----------+ | @@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer <listitem> <para> - The GCM AEAD cipher type implementation now invokes the ABLKCIPHER API + The GCM AEAD cipher type implementation now invokes the SKCIPHER API with the instantiated CTR(AES) cipher handle. </para> @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer </para> <para> - That means that the ABLKCIPHER implementation of CTR(AES) only + That means that the SKCIPHER implementation of CTR(AES) only implements the CTR block chaining mode. After performing the block chaining operation, the CIPHER implementation of AES is invoked. </para> @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer <listitem> <para> - The ABLKCIPHER of CTR(AES) now invokes the CIPHER API with the AES + The SKCIPHER of CTR(AES) now invokes the CIPHER API with the AES cipher handle to encrypt one block. </para> </listitem> @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ kernel crypto API | IPSEC Layer <para> For example, CBC(AES) is implemented with cbc.c, and aes-generic.c. The ASCII art picture above applies as well with the difference that only - step (4) is used and the ABLKCIPHER block chaining mode is CBC. + step (4) is used and the SKCIPHER block chaining mode is CBC. </para> </sect2> @@ -904,15 +904,14 @@ kernel crypto API | Caller </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1><title>Multi-Block Ciphers [BLKCIPHER] [ABLKCIPHER]</title> + <sect1><title>Multi-Block Ciphers</title> <para> Example of transformations: cbc(aes), ecb(arc4), ... </para> <para> This section describes the multi-block cipher transformation - implementations for both synchronous [BLKCIPHER] and - asynchronous [ABLKCIPHER] case. The multi-block ciphers are + implementations. The multi-block ciphers are used for transformations which operate on scatterlists of data supplied to the transformation functions. They output the result into a scatterlist of data as well. @@ -921,16 +920,15 @@ kernel crypto API | Caller <sect2><title>Registration Specifics</title> <para> - The registration of [BLKCIPHER] or [ABLKCIPHER] algorithms + The registration of multi-block cipher algorithms is one of the most standard procedures throughout the crypto API. </para> <para> Note, if a cipher implementation requires a proper alignment of data, the caller should use the functions of - crypto_blkcipher_alignmask() or crypto_ablkcipher_alignmask() - respectively to identify a memory alignment mask. The kernel - crypto API is able to process requests that are unaligned. + crypto_skcipher_alignmask() to identify a memory alignment mask. + The kernel crypto API is able to process requests that are unaligned. This implies, however, additional overhead as the kernel crypto API needs to perform the realignment of the data which may imply moving of data. @@ -945,14 +943,13 @@ kernel crypto API | Caller <para> Please refer to the single block cipher description for schematics - of the block cipher usage. The usage patterns are exactly the same - for [ABLKCIPHER] and [BLKCIPHER] as they are for plain [CIPHER]. + of the block cipher usage. </para> </sect2> <sect2><title>Specifics Of Asynchronous Multi-Block Cipher</title> <para> - There are a couple of specifics to the [ABLKCIPHER] interface. + There are a couple of specifics to the asynchronous interface. </para> <para> @@ -1692,7 +1689,28 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen); !Finclude/linux/crypto.h cipher_alg !Finclude/crypto/rng.h rng_alg </sect1> - <sect1><title>Asynchronous Block Cipher API</title> + <sect1><title>Symmetric Key Cipher API</title> +!Pinclude/crypto/skcipher.h Symmetric Key Cipher API +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_alloc_skcipher +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_free_skcipher +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_has_skcipher +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_ivsize +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_blocksize +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_setkey +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_reqtfm +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_encrypt +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_decrypt + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Symmetric Key Cipher Request Handle</title> +!Pinclude/crypto/skcipher.h Symmetric Key Cipher Request Handle +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h crypto_skcipher_reqsize +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_set_tfm +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_alloc +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_free +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_set_callback +!Finclude/crypto/skcipher.h skcipher_request_set_crypt + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Asynchronous Block Cipher API - Deprecated</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Block Cipher API !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_ablkcipher !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_ablkcipher @@ -1704,7 +1722,7 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen); !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt </sect1> - <sect1><title>Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle</title> + <sect1><title>Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle - Deprecated</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Asynchronous Cipher Request Handle !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_ablkcipher_reqsize !Finclude/linux/crypto.h ablkcipher_request_set_tfm @@ -1733,10 +1751,9 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen); !Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_free !Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_callback !Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_crypt -!Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_assoc !Finclude/crypto/aead.h aead_request_set_ad </sect1> - <sect1><title>Synchronous Block Cipher API</title> + <sect1><title>Synchronous Block Cipher API - Deprecated</title> !Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Block Cipher API !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_blkcipher !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_blkcipher @@ -1762,19 +1779,6 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen); !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_encrypt_one !Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_cipher_decrypt_one </sect1> - <sect1><title>Synchronous Message Digest API</title> -!Pinclude/linux/crypto.h Synchronous Message Digest API -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_alloc_hash -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_free_hash -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_has_hash -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_blocksize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digestsize -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_init -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_update -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_final -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_digest -!Finclude/linux/crypto.h crypto_hash_setkey - </sect1> <sect1><title>Message Digest Algorithm Definitions</title> !Pinclude/crypto/hash.h Message Digest Algorithm Definitions !Finclude/crypto/hash.h hash_alg_common @@ -1825,15 +1829,36 @@ read(opfd, out, outlen); !Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_alloc_rng !Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_alg !Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_free_rng +!Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_generate !Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_get_bytes !Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_reset !Finclude/crypto/rng.h crypto_rng_seedsize !Cinclude/crypto/rng.h </sect1> + <sect1><title>Asymmetric Cipher API</title> +!Pinclude/crypto/akcipher.h Generic Public Key API +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_alg +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_alloc_akcipher +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_free_akcipher +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_set_pub_key +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_set_priv_key + </sect1> + <sect1><title>Asymmetric Cipher Request Handle</title> +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request_alloc +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request_free +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request_set_callback +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h akcipher_request_set_crypt +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_maxsize +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_encrypt +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_decrypt +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_sign +!Finclude/crypto/akcipher.h crypto_akcipher_verify + </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="Code"><title>Code Examples</title> - <sect1><title>Code Example For Asynchronous Block Cipher Operation</title> + <sect1><title>Code Example For Symmetric Key Cipher Operation</title> <programlisting> struct tcrypt_result { @@ -1842,15 +1867,15 @@ struct tcrypt_result { }; /* tie all data structures together */ -struct ablkcipher_def { +struct skcipher_def { struct scatterlist sg; - struct crypto_ablkcipher *tfm; - struct ablkcipher_request *req; + struct crypto_skcipher *tfm; + struct skcipher_request *req; struct tcrypt_result result; }; /* Callback function */ -static void test_ablkcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error) +static void test_skcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error) { struct tcrypt_result *result = req->data; @@ -1862,15 +1887,15 @@ static void test_ablkcipher_cb(struct crypto_async_request *req, int error) } /* Perform cipher operation */ -static unsigned int test_ablkcipher_encdec(struct ablkcipher_def *ablk, - int enc) +static unsigned int test_skcipher_encdec(struct skcipher_def *sk, + int enc) { int rc = 0; if (enc) - rc = crypto_ablkcipher_encrypt(ablk->req); + rc = crypto_skcipher_encrypt(sk->req); else - rc = crypto_ablkcipher_decrypt(ablk->req); + rc = crypto_skcipher_decrypt(sk->req); switch (rc) { case 0: @@ -1878,52 +1903,52 @@ static unsigned int test_ablkcipher_encdec(struct ablkcipher_def *ablk, case -EINPROGRESS: case -EBUSY: rc = wait_for_completion_interruptible( - &ablk->result.completion); - if (!rc && !ablk->result.err) { - reinit_completion(&ablk->result.completion); + &sk->result.completion); + if (!rc && !sk->result.err) { + reinit_completion(&sk->result.completion); break; } default: - pr_info("ablkcipher encrypt returned with %d result %d\n", - rc, ablk->result.err); + pr_info("skcipher encrypt returned with %d result %d\n", + rc, sk->result.err); break; } - init_completion(&ablk->result.completion); + init_completion(&sk->result.completion); return rc; } /* Initialize and trigger cipher operation */ -static int test_ablkcipher(void) +static int test_skcipher(void) { - struct ablkcipher_def ablk; - struct crypto_ablkcipher *ablkcipher = NULL; - struct ablkcipher_request *req = NULL; + struct skcipher_def sk; + struct crypto_skcipher *skcipher = NULL; + struct skcipher_request *req = NULL; char *scratchpad = NULL; char *ivdata = NULL; unsigned char key[32]; int ret = -EFAULT; - ablkcipher = crypto_alloc_ablkcipher("cbc-aes-aesni", 0, 0); - if (IS_ERR(ablkcipher)) { - pr_info("could not allocate ablkcipher handle\n"); - return PTR_ERR(ablkcipher); + skcipher = crypto_alloc_skcipher("cbc-aes-aesni", 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(skcipher)) { + pr_info("could not allocate skcipher handle\n"); + return PTR_ERR(skcipher); } - req = ablkcipher_request_alloc(ablkcipher, GFP_KERNEL); + req = skcipher_request_alloc(skcipher, GFP_KERNEL); if (IS_ERR(req)) { pr_info("could not allocate request queue\n"); ret = PTR_ERR(req); goto out; } - ablkcipher_request_set_callback(req, CRYPTO_TFM_REQ_MAY_BACKLOG, - test_ablkcipher_cb, - &ablk.result); + skcipher_request_set_callback(req, CRYPTO_TFM_REQ_MAY_BACKLOG, + test_skcipher_cb, + &sk.result); /* AES 256 with random key */ get_random_bytes(&key, 32); - if (crypto_ablkcipher_setkey(ablkcipher, key, 32)) { + if (crypto_skcipher_setkey(skcipher, key, 32)) { pr_info("key could not be set\n"); ret = -EAGAIN; goto out; @@ -1945,26 +1970,26 @@ static int test_ablkcipher(void) } get_random_bytes(scratchpad, 16); - ablk.tfm = ablkcipher; - ablk.req = req; + sk.tfm = skcipher; + sk.req = req; /* We encrypt one block */ - sg_init_one(&ablk.sg, scratchpad, 16); - ablkcipher_request_set_crypt(req, &ablk.sg, &ablk.sg, 16, ivdata); - init_completion(&ablk.result.completion); + sg_init_one(&sk.sg, scratchpad, 16); + skcipher_request_set_crypt(req, &sk.sg, &sk.sg, 16, ivdata); + init_completion(&sk.result.completion); /* encrypt data */ - ret = test_ablkcipher_encdec(&ablk, 1); + ret = test_skcipher_encdec(&sk, 1); if (ret) goto out; pr_info("Encryption triggered successfully\n"); out: - if (ablkcipher) - crypto_free_ablkcipher(ablkcipher); + if (skcipher) + crypto_free_skcipher(skcipher); if (req) - ablkcipher_request_free(req); + skcipher_request_free(req); if (ivdata) kfree(ivdata); if (scratchpad) @@ -1974,77 +1999,6 @@ out: </programlisting> </sect1> - <sect1><title>Code Example For Synchronous Block Cipher Operation</title> - <programlisting> - -static int test_blkcipher(void) -{ - struct crypto_blkcipher *blkcipher = NULL; - char *cipher = "cbc(aes)"; - // AES 128 - charkey = -"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef"; - chariv = -"\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef\x12\x34\x56\x78\x90\xab\xcd\xef"; - unsigned int ivsize = 0; - char *scratchpad = NULL; // holds plaintext and ciphertext - struct scatterlist sg; - struct blkcipher_desc desc; - int ret = -EFAULT; - - blkcipher = crypto_alloc_blkcipher(cipher, 0, 0); - if (IS_ERR(blkcipher)) { - printk("could not allocate blkcipher handle for %s\n", cipher); - return -PTR_ERR(blkcipher); - } - - if (crypto_blkcipher_setkey(blkcipher, key, strlen(key))) { - printk("key could not be set\n"); - ret = -EAGAIN; - goto out; - } - - ivsize = crypto_blkcipher_ivsize(blkcipher); - if (ivsize) { - if (ivsize != strlen(iv)) - printk("IV length differs from expected length\n"); - crypto_blkcipher_set_iv(blkcipher, iv, ivsize); - } - - scratchpad = kmalloc(crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher), GFP_KERNEL); - if (!scratchpad) { - printk("could not allocate scratchpad for %s\n", cipher); - goto out; - } - /* get some random data that we want to encrypt */ - get_random_bytes(scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); - - desc.flags = 0; - desc.tfm = blkcipher; - sg_init_one(&sg, scratchpad, crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); - - /* encrypt data in place */ - crypto_blkcipher_encrypt(&desc, &sg, &sg, - crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); - - /* decrypt data in place - * crypto_blkcipher_decrypt(&desc, &sg, &sg, - */ crypto_blkcipher_blocksize(blkcipher)); - - - printk("Cipher operation completed\n"); - return 0; - -out: - if (blkcipher) - crypto_free_blkcipher(blkcipher); - if (scratchpad) - kzfree(scratchpad); - return ret; -} - </programlisting> - </sect1> - <sect1><title>Code Example For Use of Operational State Memory With SHASH</title> <programlisting> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl index cdd8b24db68d..184f3c7b5145 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -229,6 +229,7 @@ X!Isound/sound_firmware.c !Iinclude/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-event.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h +!Iinclude/media/v4l2-mc.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-mediabus.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h !Iinclude/media/v4l2-of.h @@ -368,7 +369,7 @@ X!Ilib/fonts/fonts.c !Iinclude/linux/input-polldev.h !Edrivers/input/input-polldev.c </sect1> - <sect1><title>Matrix keyboars/keypads</title> + <sect1><title>Matrix keyboards/keypads</title> !Iinclude/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h </sect1> <sect1><title>Sparse keymap support</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/gpu.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/gpu.tmpl index a8669330b456..1692c4dd5487 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/gpu.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/gpu.tmpl @@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Description/Restrictions</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="37" valign="top" >DRM</td> + <td rowspan="42" valign="top" >DRM</td> <td valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >“rotation”</td> <td valign="top" >BITMASK</td> @@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >property to suggest an Y offset for a connector</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="3" valign="top" >Optional</td> + <td rowspan="8" valign="top" >Optional</td> <td valign="top" >“scaling mode”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> <td valign="top" >{ "None", "Full", "Center", "Full aspect" }</td> @@ -2092,6 +2092,61 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >TBD</td> </tr> <tr> + <td valign="top" >“DEGAMMA_LUT”</td> + <td valign="top" >BLOB</td> + <td valign="top" >0</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM property to set the degamma lookup table + (LUT) mapping pixel data from the framebuffer before it is + given to the transformation matrix. The data is an interpreted + as an array of struct drm_color_lut elements. Hardware might + choose not to use the full precision of the LUT elements nor + use all the elements of the LUT (for example the hardware + might choose to interpolate between LUT[0] and LUT[4]). </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“DEGAMMA_LUT_SIZE”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE | IMMUTABLE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=UINT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM property to gives the size of the lookup + table to be set on the DEGAMMA_LUT property (the size depends + on the underlying hardware).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“CTM”</td> + <td valign="top" >BLOB</td> + <td valign="top" >0</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM property to set the current + transformation matrix (CTM) apply to pixel data after the + lookup through the degamma LUT and before the lookup through + the gamma LUT. The data is an interpreted as a struct + drm_color_ctm.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“GAMMA_LUT”</td> + <td valign="top" >BLOB</td> + <td valign="top" >0</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM property to set the gamma lookup table + (LUT) mapping pixel data after to the transformation matrix to + data sent to the connector. The data is an interpreted as an + array of struct drm_color_lut elements. Hardware might choose + not to use the full precision of the LUT elements nor use all + the elements of the LUT (for example the hardware might choose + to interpolate between LUT[0] and LUT[4]).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“GAMMA_LUT_SIZE”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE | IMMUTABLE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=UINT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM property to gives the size of the lookup + table to be set on the GAMMA_LUT property (the size depends on + the underlying hardware).</td> + </tr> + <tr> <td rowspan="20" valign="top" >i915</td> <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >Generic</td> <td valign="top" >"Broadcast RGB"</td> @@ -2886,52 +2941,8 @@ void (*postclose) (struct drm_device *, struct drm_file *);</synopsis> </sect2> <sect2> <title>File Operations</title> - <synopsis>const struct file_operations *fops</synopsis> - <abstract>File operations for the DRM device node.</abstract> - <para> - Drivers must define the file operations structure that forms the DRM - userspace API entry point, even though most of those operations are - implemented in the DRM core. The <methodname>open</methodname>, - <methodname>release</methodname> and <methodname>ioctl</methodname> - operations are handled by - <programlisting> - .owner = THIS_MODULE, - .open = drm_open, - .release = drm_release, - .unlocked_ioctl = drm_ioctl, - #ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT - .compat_ioctl = drm_compat_ioctl, - #endif - </programlisting> - </para> - <para> - Drivers that implement private ioctls that requires 32/64bit - compatibility support must provide their own - <methodname>compat_ioctl</methodname> handler that processes private - ioctls and calls <function>drm_compat_ioctl</function> for core ioctls. - </para> - <para> - The <methodname>read</methodname> and <methodname>poll</methodname> - operations provide support for reading DRM events and polling them. They - are implemented by - <programlisting> - .poll = drm_poll, - .read = drm_read, - .llseek = no_llseek, - </programlisting> - </para> - <para> - The memory mapping implementation varies depending on how the driver - manages memory. Pre-GEM drivers will use <function>drm_mmap</function>, - while GEM-aware drivers will use <function>drm_gem_mmap</function>. See - <xref linkend="drm-gem"/>. - <programlisting> - .mmap = drm_gem_mmap, - </programlisting> - </para> - <para> - No other file operation is supported by the DRM API. - </para> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fops.c file operations +!Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_fops.c </sect2> <sect2> <title>IOCTLs</title> @@ -3319,6 +3330,12 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_csr.c csr support for dmc !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_csr.c </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Video BIOS Table (VBT)</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_bios.c Video BIOS Table (VBT) +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_bios.c +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_bios.h + </sect2> </sect1> <sect1> @@ -3460,6 +3477,7 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </sect1> <sect1> <title>Public constants</title> +!Finclude/linux/vga_switcheroo.h vga_switcheroo_handler_flags_t !Finclude/linux/vga_switcheroo.h vga_switcheroo_client_id !Finclude/linux/vga_switcheroo.h vga_switcheroo_state </sect1> @@ -3488,6 +3506,10 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> <title>Backlight control</title> !Pdrivers/platform/x86/apple-gmux.c Backlight control </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Public functions</title> +!Iinclude/linux/apple-gmux.h + </sect2> </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index f13a429093f1..361040e6b0f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -2330,6 +2330,14 @@ vertical search range for motion estimation module in video encoder.</entry> </row> <row><entry></entry></row> + <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-force-key-frame"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FORCE_KEY_FRAME</constant> </entry> + <entry>button</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Force a key frame for the next queued buffer. Applicable to encoders. +This is a general, codec-agnostic keyframe control.</entry> + </row> + + <row><entry></entry></row> <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE</constant> </entry> <entry>integer</entry> @@ -5070,6 +5078,46 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> </entry> </row> <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE</constant></entry> + <entry id="v4l2-dv-content-type">enum v4l2_dv_it_content_type</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Configures the IT Content Type + of the transmitted video. This information is sent over HDMI and DisplayPort connectors + as part of the AVI InfoFrame. The term 'IT Content' is used for content that originates + from a computer as opposed to content from a TV broadcast or an analog source. The + enum v4l2_dv_it_content_type defines the possible content types:</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_GRAPHICS</constant> </entry> + <entry>Graphics content. Pixel data should be passed unfiltered and without + analog reconstruction.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_PHOTO</constant> </entry> + <entry>Photo content. The content is derived from digital still pictures. + The content should be passed through with minimal scaling and picture + enhancements.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_CINEMA</constant> </entry> + <entry>Cinema content.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_GAME</constant> </entry> + <entry>Game content. Audio and video latency should be minimized.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DV_IT_CONTENT_TYPE_NO_ITC</constant> </entry> + <entry>No IT Content information is available and the ITC bit in the AVI + InfoFrame is set to 0.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT</constant></entry> <entry>bitmask</entry> </row> @@ -5098,6 +5146,16 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> This control is applicable to VGA, DVI-A/D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors. </entry> </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DV_RX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE</constant></entry> + <entry>enum v4l2_dv_it_content_type</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Reads the IT Content Type + of the received video. This information is sent over HDMI and DisplayPort connectors + as part of the AVI InfoFrame. The term 'IT Content' is used for content that originates + from a computer as opposed to content from a TV broadcast or an analog source. See + <constant>V4L2_CID_DV_TX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE</constant> for the available content types.</entry> + </row> <row><entry></entry></row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml index 63152ab9efba..e0d49fa329f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-g-topology.xml @@ -48,9 +48,6 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> - - <para><emphasis role="bold">NOTE:</emphasis> This new ioctl is programmed to be added on Kernel 4.6. Its definition/arguments may change until its final version.</para> - <para>The typical usage of this ioctl is to call it twice. On the first call, the structure defined at &media-v2-topology; should be zeroed. At return, if no errors happen, this ioctl will return the diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml index 0ee0f3386cdf..5e3f20fdcf17 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-types.xml @@ -80,7 +80,46 @@ </row> <row> <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_TUNER</constant></entry> - <entry>Digital TV, analog TV, radio and/or software radio tuner.</entry> + <entry>Digital TV, analog TV, radio and/or software radio tuner, + with consists on a PLL tuning stage that converts radio + frequency (RF) signal into an Intermediate Frequency (IF). + Modern tuners have internally IF-PLL decoders for audio + and video, but older models have those stages implemented + on separate entities. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_VID_DECODER</constant></entry> + <entry>IF-PLL video decoder. It receives the IF from a PLL + and decodes the analog TV video signal. This is commonly + found on some very old analog tuners, like Philips MK3 + designs. They all contain a tda9887 (or some software + compatible similar chip, like tda9885). Those devices + use a different I2C address than the tuner PLL. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_IF_AUD_DECODER</constant></entry> + <entry>IF-PLL sound decoder. It receives the IF from a PLL + and decodes the analog TV audio signal. This is commonly + found on some very old analog hardware, like Micronas + msp3400, Philips tda9840, tda985x, etc. Those devices + use a different I2C address than the tuner PLL and + should be controlled together with the IF-PLL video + decoder. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_CAPTURE</constant></entry> + <entry>Audio Capture Function Entity.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_PLAYBACK</constant></entry> + <entry>Audio Playback Function Entity.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_F_AUDIO_MIXER</constant></entry> + <entry>Audio Mixer Function Entity.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -162,6 +201,46 @@ <entry>Device node interface for Software Defined Radio (V4L)</entry> <entry>typically, /dev/swradio?</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_PCM_CAPTURE</constant></entry> + <entry>Device node interface for ALSA PCM Capture</entry> + <entry>typically, /dev/snd/pcmC?D?c</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_PCM_PLAYBACK</constant></entry> + <entry>Device node interface for ALSA PCM Playback</entry> + <entry>typically, /dev/snd/pcmC?D?p</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_CONTROL</constant></entry> + <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Control</entry> + <entry>typically, /dev/snd/controlC?</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_COMPRESS</constant></entry> + <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Compress</entry> + <entry>typically, /dev/snd/compr?</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_RAWMIDI</constant></entry> + <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Raw MIDI</entry> + <entry>typically, /dev/snd/midi?</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_HWDEP</constant></entry> + <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Hardware Dependent</entry> + <entry>typically, /dev/snd/hwC?D?</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_SEQUENCER</constant></entry> + <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Sequencer</entry> + <entry>typically, /dev/snd/seq</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_INTF_T_ALSA_TIMER</constant></entry> + <entry>Device node interface for ALSA Timer</entry> + <entry>typically, /dev/snd/timer</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12i.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12i.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4a2d1e5f67e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y12i.xml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y12I"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12I ('Y12I')</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12I</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Interleaved grey-scale image, e.g. from a stereo-pair</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 12 bits per pixel, but with +pixels from 2 sources interleaved and bit-packed. Each pixel is stored in a +24-bit word in the little-endian order. On a little-endian machine these pixels +can be deinterlaced using</para> + +<para> +<programlisting> +__u8 *buf; +left0 = 0xfff & *(__u16 *)buf; +right0 = *(__u16 *)(buf + 1) >> 4; +</programlisting> +</para> + + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12I</constant> 2 pixel data stream taking 3 bytes</title> + + <formalpara> + <title>Bit-packed representation</title> + <para>pixels cross the byte boundary and have a ratio of 3 bytes for each + interleaved pixel. + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="3" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>Y'<subscript>0left[7:0]</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>0right[3:0]</subscript>Y'<subscript>0left[11:8]</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>0right[11:4]</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y8i.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y8i.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..99f389d4c6c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-y8i.xml @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Y8I"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y8I ('Y8I ')</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y8I</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Interleaved grey-scale image, e.g. from a stereo-pair</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>This is a grey-scale image with a depth of 8 bits per pixel, but with +pixels from 2 sources interleaved. Each pixel is stored in a 16-bit word. E.g. +the R200 RealSense camera stores pixel from the left sensor in lower and from +the right sensor in the higher 8 bits.</para> + + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y8I</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image</title> + + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="9" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>00left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>00right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>01left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>01right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>02left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>02right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>03left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>03right</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 8:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>10left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>10right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>11left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>11right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>12left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>12right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>13left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>13right</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 16:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>20left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>20right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>21left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>21right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>22left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>22right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>23left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>23right</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 24:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>30left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>30right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>31left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>31right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>32left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>32right</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>33left</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>33right</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml index e781cc61786c..7d13fe96657d 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml @@ -1,35 +1,43 @@ - <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420M"> + <refentry> <refmeta> - <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M ('YM12')</refentrytitle> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M ('YM12'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M ('YM21')</refentrytitle> &manvol; </refmeta> <refnamediv> - <refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant></refname> - <refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant> - with planes non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420</constant> and + <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant> with planes non contiguous + in memory.</refpurpose> </refnamediv> <refsect1> <title>Description</title> <para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format. -The three components are separated into three sub- images or planes. +The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.</para> -The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cb data + <para>The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. +For <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> the Cb data constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cb belongs to four pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example, Cb<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, and Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. The Cr data, just like the Cb plane, is -in the third plane. </para> +in the third plane.</para> + + <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> is the same except +the Cr data is stored in the second plane and the Cb data in the third plane. +</para> <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cb and Cr planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row (including padding).</para> - <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> is intended to be + <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> are intended to be used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API, described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422m.xml index 2330667907c7..dd502802cb75 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yvu420m.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv422m.xml @@ -1,40 +1,45 @@ - <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU420M"> + <refentry> <refmeta> - <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M ('YM21')</refentrytitle> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M ('YM16'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M ('YM61')</refentrytitle> &manvol; </refmeta> <refnamediv> - <refname> <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant></refname> - <refpurpose>Variation of <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420</constant> - with planes non contiguous in memory. </refpurpose> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV422M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU422M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Planar formats with ½ horizontal resolution, also + known as YUV and YVU 4:2:2</refpurpose> </refnamediv> <refsect1> <title>Description</title> <para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format. -The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes. +The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.</para> -The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. The Cr data -constitutes the second plane which is half the width and half -the height of the Y plane (and of the image). Each Cr belongs to four -pixels, a two-by-two square of the image. For example, -Cr<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, -Y'<subscript>01</subscript>, Y'<subscript>10</subscript>, and -Y'<subscript>11</subscript>. The Cb data, just like the Cr plane, constitutes -the third plane. </para> + <para>The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. +For <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M</constant> the Cb data +constitutes the second plane which is half the width of the Y plane (and of the +image). Each Cb belongs to two pixels. For example, +Cb<subscript>0</subscript> belongs to Y'<subscript>00</subscript>, +Y'<subscript>01</subscript>. The Cr data, just like the Cb plane, is +in the third plane. </para> - <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cr -and Cb planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other + <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M</constant> is the same except +the Cr data is stored in the second plane and the Cb data in the third plane. +</para> + + <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cb +and Cr planes have half as many pad bytes after their rows. In other words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row (including padding).</para> - <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> is intended to be + <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU422M</constant> are intended to be used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API, described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para> <example> - <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 × 4 + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV422M</constant> 4 × 4 pixel image</title> <formalpara> @@ -75,24 +80,44 @@ pixel image</title> <row><entry></entry></row> <row> <entry>start1 + 0:</entry> - <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry> - <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry> </row> <row> <entry>start1 + 2:</entry> - <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry> - <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start1 + 4:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start1 + 6:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>30</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>31</subscript></entry> </row> <row><entry></entry></row> <row> <entry>start2 + 0:</entry> - <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry> - <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry> </row> <row> <entry>start2 + 2:</entry> - <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry> - <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start2 + 4:</entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start2 + 6:</entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -113,36 +138,23 @@ pixel image</title> </row> <row> <entry>0</entry> - <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry> - <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry> - <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry> </row> <row> <entry>1</entry> - <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry> - <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> + <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry> </row> <row> <entry>2</entry> - <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry> - <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry><entry></entry> - <entry></entry><entry>C</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry> </row> <row> <entry>3</entry> - <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry> - <entry>Y</entry><entry></entry><entry>Y</entry> + <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>Y</entry><entry>C</entry><entry>Y</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv444m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv444m.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b7335940bc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv444m.xml @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ + <refentry> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M ('YM24'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU444M ('YM42')</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV444M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YVU444M"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU444M</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Planar formats with full horizontal resolution, also + known as YUV and YVU 4:4:4</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>This is a multi-planar format, as opposed to a packed format. +The three components are separated into three sub-images or planes.</para> + + <para>The Y plane is first. The Y plane has one byte per pixel. +For <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant> the Cb data +constitutes the second plane which is the same width and height as the Y plane +(and as the image). The Cr data, just like the Cb plane, is in the third plane. +</para> + + <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU444M</constant> is the same except +the Cr data is stored in the second plane and the Cb data in the third plane. +</para> + <para>If the Y plane has pad bytes after each row, then the Cb +and Cr planes have the same number of pad bytes after their rows.</para> + + <para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant> and +<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant> are intended to be +used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API, +described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para> + + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV444M</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image</title> + + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="5" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start0 + 0:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>00</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>01</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>02</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>03</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start0 + 4:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>12</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>13</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start0 + 8:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>22</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>23</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start0 + 12:</entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>30</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>31</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>32</subscript></entry> + <entry>Y'<subscript>33</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry>start1 + 0:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>00</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>01</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>02</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>03</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start1 + 4:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>12</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>13</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start1 + 8:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>22</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>23</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start1 + 12:</entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>32</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cb<subscript>33</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry>start2 + 0:</entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>00</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>01</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>02</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>03</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start2 + 4:</entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>10</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>11</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>12</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>13</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start2 + 8:</entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>20</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>21</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>22</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>23</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start2 + 12:</entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>30</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>31</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>32</subscript></entry> + <entry>Cr<subscript>33</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + + <formalpara> + <title>Color Sample Location.</title> + <para> + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="7" align="center"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>0</entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>2</entry><entry></entry><entry>3</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry><entry></entry> + <entry>YC</entry><entry></entry><entry>YC</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> + </refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-z16.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-z16.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3d87e4bf87b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-z16.xml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-Z16"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16 ('Z16 ')</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>Interleaved grey-scale image, e.g. from a stereo-pair</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>This is a 16-bit format, representing depth data. Each pixel is a +distance to the respective point in the image coordinates. Distance unit can +vary and has to be negotiated with the device separately. Each pixel is stored +in a 16-bit word in the little endian byte order. +</para> + + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16</constant> 4 × 4 +pixel image</title> + + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="9" align="center"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>00low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>00high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>01low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>01high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>02low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>02high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>03low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>03high</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 8:</entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>10low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>10high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>11low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>11high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>12low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>12high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>13low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>13high</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 16:</entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>20low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>20high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>21low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>21high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>22low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>22high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>23low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>23high</subscript></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 24:</entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>30low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>30high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>31low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>31high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>32low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>32high</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>33low</subscript></entry> + <entry>Z<subscript>33high</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml index d871245d2973..5a08aeea4360 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -1620,6 +1620,8 @@ information.</para> &sub-y10b; &sub-y16; &sub-y16-be; + &sub-y8i; + &sub-y12i; &sub-uv8; &sub-yuyv; &sub-uyvy; @@ -1628,7 +1630,8 @@ information.</para> &sub-y41p; &sub-yuv420; &sub-yuv420m; - &sub-yvu420m; + &sub-yuv422m; + &sub-yuv444m; &sub-yuv410; &sub-yuv422p; &sub-yuv411p; @@ -1641,6 +1644,14 @@ information.</para> &sub-m420; </section> + <section id="depth-formats"> + <title>Depth Formats</title> + <para>Depth data provides distance to points, mapped onto the image plane + </para> + + &sub-z16; + </section> + <section> <title>Compressed Formats</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml index e9c70a8f3476..0c93677d16b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml @@ -60,9 +60,19 @@ input</refpurpose> automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications call <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</constant> with a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-timings;. Once the hardware detects the timings, it will fill in the -timings structure. +timings structure.</para> -If the timings could not be detected because there was no signal, then +<para>Please note that drivers shall <emphasis>not</emphasis> switch timings automatically +if new timings are detected. Instead, drivers should send the +<constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant> event (if they support this) and expect +that userspace will take action by calling <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</constant>. +The reason is that new timings usually mean different buffer sizes as well, and you +cannot change buffer sizes on the fly. In general, applications that receive the +Source Change event will have to call <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</constant>, +and if the detected timings are valid they will have to stop streaming, set the new +timings, allocate new buffers and start streaming again.</para> + +<para>If the timings could not be detected because there was no signal, then <errorcode>ENOLINK</errorcode> is returned. If a signal was detected, but it was unstable and the receiver could not lock to the signal, then <errorcode>ENOLCK</errorcode> is returned. If the receiver could lock to the signal, diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml index 222348542182..3ceae35fab03 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.xml @@ -59,6 +59,16 @@ then the driver will return V4L2_STD_UNKNOWN. When detection is not possible or fails, the set must contain all standards supported by the current video input or output.</para> +<para>Please note that drivers shall <emphasis>not</emphasis> switch the video standard +automatically if a new video standard is detected. Instead, drivers should send the +<constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant> event (if they support this) and expect +that userspace will take action by calling <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant>. +The reason is that a new video standard can mean different buffer sizes as well, and you +cannot change buffer sizes on the fly. In general, applications that receive the +Source Change event will have to call <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYSTD</constant>, +and if the detected video standard is valid they will have to stop streaming, set the new +standard, allocate new buffers and start streaming again.</para> + </refsect1> <refsect1> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl index 4cd5b2cd0f3d..bc776be0f19c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl @@ -732,6 +732,18 @@ usbdev_ioctl (int fd, int ifno, unsigned request, void *param) or SET_INTERFACE. </para></warning></listitem></varlistentry> + <varlistentry><term>USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES</term> + <listitem><para>This is used to relinquish the ability + to do certain operations which are considered to be + privileged on a usbfs file descriptor. + This includes claiming arbitrary interfaces, resetting + a device on which there are currently claimed interfaces + from other users, and issuing USBDEVFS_IOCTL calls. + The ioctl parameter is a 32 bit mask of interfaces + the user is allowed to claim on this file descriptor. + You may issue this ioctl more than one time to narrow + said mask. + </para></listitem></varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO index d5a699d5a551..1f345da28ec5 100644 --- a/Documentation/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/HOWTO @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ For common questions and answers about the GPL, please see: Documentation ------------- +------------- The Linux kernel source tree has a large range of documents that are invaluable for learning how to interact with the kernel community. When @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ apply a patch. If you do not know where you want to start, but you want to look for some task to start doing to join into the kernel development community, go to the Linux Kernel Janitor's project: - http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors + http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors It is a great place to start. It describes a list of relatively simple problems that need to be cleaned up and fixed within the Linux kernel source tree. Working with the developers in charge of this project, you @@ -250,11 +250,6 @@ process is as follows: release a new -rc kernel every week. - Process continues until the kernel is considered "ready", the process should last around 6 weeks. - - Known regressions in each release are periodically posted to the - linux-kernel mailing list. The goal is to reduce the length of - that list to zero before declaring the kernel to be "ready," but, in - the real world, a small number of regressions often remain at - release time. It is worth mentioning what Andrew Morton wrote on the linux-kernel mailing list about kernel releases: @@ -263,7 +258,7 @@ mailing list about kernel releases: preconceived timeline." 4.x.y -stable kernel tree ---------------------------- +------------------------- Kernels with 3-part versions are -stable kernels. They contain relatively small and critical fixes for security problems or significant regressions discovered in a given 4.x kernel. @@ -286,7 +281,7 @@ documents what kinds of changes are acceptable for the -stable tree, and how the release process works. 4.x -git patches ------------------- +---------------- These are daily snapshots of Linus' kernel tree which are managed in a git repository (hence the name.) These patches are usually released daily and represent the current state of Linus' tree. They are more @@ -318,7 +313,7 @@ accepted, or rejected. Most of these patchwork sites are listed at http://patchwork.kernel.org/. 4.x -next kernel tree for integration tests ---------------------------------------------- +------------------------------------------- Before updates from subsystem trees are merged into the mainline 4.x tree, they need to be integration-tested. For this purpose, a special testing repository exists into which virtually all subsystem trees are diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index d603fa078235..8c79f1d53731 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ references. -------------------------------- It can be helpful to manually add In-Reply-To: headers to a patch -(e.g., when using "git send email") to associate the patch with +(e.g., when using "git send-email") to associate the patch with previous relevant discussion, e.g. to link a bug fix to the email with the bug report. However, for a multi-patch series, it is generally best to avoid using In-Reply-To: to link to older versions of the diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README index ae89b67d8e23..b5bb7f518840 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Orion family 88F5281 Datasheet : http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf 88F6183 - Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible + Core: Feroceon 88fr331 (88f51xx) or 88fr531-vd (88f52xx) ARMv5 compatible Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-orion5x Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Kirkwood family Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/ - Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible + Core: Feroceon 88fr131 ARMv5 compatible Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu Linux kernel plat directory: none @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Discovery family MV76100 Not supported by the Linux kernel. - Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible + Core: Feroceon 88fr571-vd ARMv5 compatible Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0 Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion @@ -86,20 +86,26 @@ EBU Armada family Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf Hardware Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf + Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible PJ4B Armada 375 Flavors: 88F6720 Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf - - Armada 380/385 Flavors: - 88F6810 - 88F6820 - 88F6828 - - Armada 390/398 Flavors: - 88F6920 - 88F6928 + Core: ARM Cortex-A9 + + Armada 38x Flavors: + 88F6810 Armada 380 + 88F6820 Armada 385 + 88F6828 Armada 388 + Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/ + Functional Spec: https://marvellcorp.wufoo.com/forms/marvell-armada-38x-functional-specifications/ + Core: ARM Cortex-A9 + + Armada 39x Flavors: + 88F6920 Armada 390 + 88F6928 Armada 398 Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/ + Core: ARM Cortex-A9 Armada XP Flavors: MV78230 @@ -112,12 +118,43 @@ EBU Armada family http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF - - Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible + Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Dual-core or Quad-core PJ4B-MP Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu Linux kernel plat directory: none +EBU Armada family ARMv8 +----------------------- + + Armada 3710/3720 Flavors: + 88F3710 + 88F3720 + Core: ARM Cortex A53 (ARMv8) + + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/ + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/PB-88F3700-FNL.pdf + Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37* + + Armada 7K Flavors: + 88F7020 (AP806 Dual + one CP110) + 88F7040 (AP806 Quad + one CP110) + Core: ARM Cortex A72 + + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-70xx/ + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7020PB-Jan2016.pdf + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7040PB-Jan2016.pdf + Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-70* + + Armada 8K Flavors: + 88F8020 (AP806 Dual + two CP110) + 88F8040 (AP806 Quad + two CP110) + Core: ARM Cortex A72 + + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-80xx/ + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8020PB-Jan2016.pdf + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8040PB-Jan2016.pdf + Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-80* + Avanta family ------------- @@ -135,6 +172,15 @@ Avanta family Linux kernel mach directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future Linux kernel plat directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future +Storage family +-------------- + + Armada SP: + 88RC1580 + Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/storage/armada-sp/ + Core: Sheeva ARMv7 comatible Quad-core PJ4C + (not supported in upstream Linux kernel) + Dove family (application processor) ----------------------------------- @@ -155,7 +201,7 @@ PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family Flavors: PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x Application processor only - Core: ARMv5 XScale core + Core: ARMv5 XScale1 core PXA270, PXA271, PXA272 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf @@ -163,7 +209,7 @@ PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family Specification : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf Application processor only - Core: ARMv5 XScale core + Core: ARMv5 XScale2 core PXA300, PXA310, PXA320 PXA 300 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf PXA 310 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf @@ -174,10 +220,10 @@ PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family Specification Update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip Reference Manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf Application processor only - Core: ARMv5 XScale core + Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core PXA930, PXA935 Application processor with Communication processor - Core: ARMv5 XScale core + Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core PXA955 Application processor with Communication processor Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core @@ -196,7 +242,7 @@ PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-pxa Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa -MMP/MMP2 family (communication processor) +MMP/MMP2/MMP3 family (communication processor) ----------------------------------------- Flavors: @@ -209,16 +255,32 @@ MMP/MMP2 family (communication processor) Boot ROM manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf App node package : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf Application processor only - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 (Mohawk) - PXA910 + Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk) + PXA910/PXA920 Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/ Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/assets/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB_final.pdf Application processor with Communication processor - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 (Mohawk) - MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610 + Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk) + PXA688, a.k.a. MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf Application processor only - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core + Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x core + PXA2128, a.k.a. MMP3 (OLPC XO4, Linux support not upstream) + Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada/pxa2128/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-PXA2128-SoC-PB.pdf + Application processor only + Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4C core + PXA960/PXA968/PXA978 (Linux support not upstream) + Application processor with Communication Processor + Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core + PXA986/PXA988 (Linux support not upstream) + Application processor with Communication Processor + Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4B-MP core + PXA1088/PXA1920 (Linux support not upstream) + Application processor with Communication Processor + Core: quad-core ARMv7 Cortex-A7 + PXA1908/PXA1928/PXA1936 + Application processor with Communication Processor + Core: multi-core ARMv8 Cortex-A53 Comments: @@ -237,6 +299,10 @@ Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions) ------------------------------------- Flavors: + 88DE3010, Armada 1000 (no Linux support) + Core: Marvell PJ1 (ARMv5TE), Dual-core + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com.cn/digital-entertainment/assets/armada_1000_pb.pdf + 88DE3005, Armada 1500-mini 88DE3005, Armada 1500 Mini Design name: BG2CD Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC @@ -247,14 +313,16 @@ Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions) Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/multimedia-solutions/armada-1500-mini-plus/ 88DE3100, Armada 1500 Design name: BG2 - Core: Marvell PJ4B (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/multimedia-solutions/armada-1500/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-1500-Product-Brief.pdf + Core: Marvell PJ4B-MP (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-1500-Product-Brief.pdf 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro Design name: BG2Q Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC - 88DE???? + 88DE3214, Armada 1500 Pro 4K Design name: BG3 Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC + 88DE3218, ARMADA 1500 Ultra + Core: ARM Cortex-A53 Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/multimedia-solutions/ Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin @@ -263,6 +331,49 @@ Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions) * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...). +CPU Cores +--------- + +The XScale cores were designed by Intel, and shipped by Marvell in the older +PXA processors. Feroceon is a Marvell designed core that developed in-house, +and that evolved into Sheeva. The XScale and Feroceon cores were phased out +over time and replaced with Sheeva cores in later products, which subsequently +got replaced with licensed ARM Cortex-A cores. + + XScale 1 + CPUID 0x69052xxx + ARMv5, iWMMXt + XScale 2 + CPUID 0x69054xxx + ARMv5, iWMMXt + XScale 3 + CPUID 0x69056xxx or 0x69056xxx + ARMv5, iWMMXt + Feroceon-1850 88fr331 "Mohawk" + CPUID 0x5615331x or 0x41xx926x + ARMv5TE, single issue + Feroceon-2850 88fr531-vd "Jolteon" + CPUID 0x5605531x or 0x41xx926x + ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue + Feroceon 88fr571-vd "Jolteon" + CPUID 0x5615571x + ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue + Feroceon 88fr131 "Mohawk-D" + CPUID 0x5625131x + ARMv5TE, single-issue in-order + Sheeva PJ1 88sv331 "Mohawk" + CPUID 0x561584xx + ARMv5, single-issue iWMMXt v2 + Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x "Flareon" + CPUID 0x560f581x + ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2 + Sheeva PJ4B 88sv581x + CPUID 0x561f581x + ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2 + Sheeva PJ4B-MP / PJ4C + CPUID 0x562f584x + ARMv7, idivt/idiva, LPAE, optional iWMMXt v2 and/or NEON + Long-term plans --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk index d9174fabe37e..7be1b8aa7cd9 100755 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ function find_length(f) else if (f ~ /0xf/) return 4 - printf "unknown legnth " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr" exit } diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README index 430d279a8df3..e5a115f24471 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README @@ -72,6 +72,5 @@ SunXi family * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs - Allwinner A83T - + Not Supported + Datasheet http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A83T/A83T_datasheet_Revision_1.1.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt index 701d39d3171a..56d6d8b796db 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt @@ -109,7 +109,13 @@ Header notes: 1 - 4K 2 - 16K 3 - 64K - Bits 3-63: Reserved. + Bit 3: Kernel physical placement + 0 - 2MB aligned base should be as close as possible + to the base of DRAM, since memory below it is not + accessible via the linear mapping + 1 - 2MB aligned base may be anywhere in physical + memory + Bits 4-63: Reserved. - When image_size is zero, a bootloader should attempt to keep as much memory as possible free for use by the kernel immediately after the @@ -117,14 +123,14 @@ Header notes: depending on selected features, and is effectively unbound. The Image must be placed text_offset bytes from a 2MB aligned base -address near the start of usable system RAM and called there. Memory -below that base address is currently unusable by Linux, and therefore it -is strongly recommended that this location is the start of system RAM. -The region between the 2 MB aligned base address and the start of the -image has no special significance to the kernel, and may be used for -other purposes. +address anywhere in usable system RAM and called there. The region +between the 2 MB aligned base address and the start of the image has no +special significance to the kernel, and may be used for other purposes. At least image_size bytes from the start of the image must be free for use by the kernel. +NOTE: versions prior to v4.6 cannot make use of memory below the +physical offset of the Image so it is recommended that the Image be +placed as close as possible to the start of system RAM. Any memory described to the kernel (even that below the start of the image) which is not marked as reserved from the kernel (e.g., with a diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt index 58b71ddf9b60..ba4b6acfc545 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt @@ -56,3 +56,4 @@ stable kernels. | | | | | | Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, #24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 | | Cavium | ThunderX GICv3 | #23154 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23154 | +| Cavium | ThunderX Core | #27456 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_27456 | diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c7154e20ef5e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/blockdev/cpqarray.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -This driver is for Compaq's SMART2 Intelligent Disk Array Controllers. - -Supported Cards: ----------------- - -This driver is known to work with the following cards: - - * SMART (EISA) - * SMART-2/E (EISA) - * SMART-2/P - * SMART-2DH - * SMART-2SL - * SMART-221 - * SMART-3100ES - * SMART-3200 - * Integrated Smart Array Controller - * SA 4200 - * SA 4250ES - * SA 431 - * RAID LC2 Controller - -It should also work with some really old Disk array adapters, but I am -unable to test against these cards: - - * IDA - * IDA-2 - * IAES - - -EISA Controllers: ------------------ - -If you want to use an EISA controller you'll have to supply some -modprobe/lilo parameters. If the driver is compiled into the kernel, must -give it the controller's IO port address at boot time (it is not -necessary to specify the IRQ). For example, if you had two SMART-2/E -controllers, in EISA slots 1 and 2 you'd give it a boot argument like -this: - - smart2=0x1000,0x2000 - -If you were loading the driver as a module, you'd give load it like this: - - modprobe cpqarray eisa=0x1000,0x2000 - -You can use EISA and PCI adapters at the same time. - - -Device Naming: --------------- - -You need some entries in /dev for the ida device. MAKEDEV in the /dev -directory can make device nodes for you automatically. The device setup is -as follows: - -Major numbers: - 72 ida0 - 73 ida1 - 74 ida2 - 75 ida3 - 76 ida4 - 77 ida5 - 78 ida6 - 79 ida7 - -Minor numbers: - b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 - |----+----| |----+----| - | | - | +-------- Partition ID (0=wholedev, 1-15 partition) - | - +-------------------- Logical Volume number - -The device naming scheme is: -/dev/ida/c0d0 Controller 0, disk 0, whole device -/dev/ida/c0d0p1 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 1 -/dev/ida/c0d0p2 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 2 -/dev/ida/c0d0p3 Controller 0, disk 0, partition 3 - -/dev/ida/c1d1 Controller 1, disk 1, whole device -/dev/ida/c1d1p1 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 1 -/dev/ida/c1d1p2 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 2 -/dev/ida/c1d1p3 Controller 1, disk 1, partition 3 - - -Changelog: -========== - -10-28-2004 : General cleanup, syntax fixes for in-kernel driver version. - James Nelson <james4765@gmail.com> - - -1999 : Original Document diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/00-INDEX b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/00-INDEX index 6ad425f7cf56..106885ad670d 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/00-INDEX @@ -24,5 +24,3 @@ net_prio.txt - Network priority cgroups details and usages. pids.txt - Process number cgroups details and usages. -unified-hierarchy.txt - - Description the new/next cgroup interface. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.txt index c6256ae9885b..947e6fe31ef9 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cgroups.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Original copyright statements from cpusets.txt: Portions Copyright (C) 2004 BULL SA. Portions Copyright (c) 2004-2006 Silicon Graphics, Inc. Modified by Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com> -Modified by Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com> +Modified by Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com> CONTENTS: ========= diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.txt index fdf7dff3f607..e5cdcd445615 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.txt @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Written by Simon.Derr@bull.net Portions Copyright (c) 2004-2006 Silicon Graphics, Inc. Modified by Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com> -Modified by Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com> +Modified by Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com> Modified by Paul Menage <menage@google.com> Modified by Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com> diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v2.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v2.txt index ff49cf901148..4cc07ce3b8dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroup-v2.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v2.txt @@ -47,6 +47,11 @@ CONTENTS 5-3. IO 5-3-1. IO Interface Files 5-3-2. Writeback +6. Namespace + 6-1. Basics + 6-2. The Root and Views + 6-3. Migration and setns(2) + 6-4. Interaction with Other Namespaces P. Information on Kernel Programming P-1. Filesystem Support for Writeback D. Deprecated v1 Core Features @@ -132,6 +137,12 @@ strongly discouraged for production use. It is recommended to decide the hierarchies and controller associations before starting using the controllers after system boot. +During transition to v2, system management software might still +automount the v1 cgroup filesystem and so hijack all controllers +during boot, before manual intervention is possible. To make testing +and experimenting easier, the kernel parameter cgroup_no_v1= allows +disabling controllers in v1 and make them always available in v2. + 2-2. Organizing Processes @@ -843,6 +854,15 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. Amount of memory used to cache filesystem data, including tmpfs and shared memory. + kernel_stack + + Amount of memory allocated to kernel stacks. + + slab + + Amount of memory used for storing in-kernel data + structures. + sock Amount of memory used in network transmission buffers @@ -871,6 +891,16 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. on the internal memory management lists used by the page reclaim algorithm + slab_reclaimable + + Part of "slab" that might be reclaimed, such as + dentries and inodes. + + slab_unreclaimable + + Part of "slab" that cannot be reclaimed on memory + pressure. + pgfault Total number of page faults incurred @@ -896,7 +926,7 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. limit, anonymous meomry of the cgroup will not be swapped out. -5-2-2. General Usage +5-2-2. Usage Guidelines "memory.high" is the main mechanism to control memory usage. Over-committing on high limit (sum of high limits > available memory) @@ -1089,6 +1119,148 @@ writeback as follows. vm.dirty[_background]_ratio. +6. Namespace + +6-1. Basics + +cgroup namespace provides a mechanism to virtualize the view of the +"/proc/$PID/cgroup" file and cgroup mounts. The CLONE_NEWCGROUP clone +flag can be used with clone(2) and unshare(2) to create a new cgroup +namespace. The process running inside the cgroup namespace will have +its "/proc/$PID/cgroup" output restricted to cgroupns root. The +cgroupns root is the cgroup of the process at the time of creation of +the cgroup namespace. + +Without cgroup namespace, the "/proc/$PID/cgroup" file shows the +complete path of the cgroup of a process. In a container setup where +a set of cgroups and namespaces are intended to isolate processes the +"/proc/$PID/cgroup" file may leak potential system level information +to the isolated processes. For Example: + + # cat /proc/self/cgroup + 0::/batchjobs/container_id1 + +The path '/batchjobs/container_id1' can be considered as system-data +and undesirable to expose to the isolated processes. cgroup namespace +can be used to restrict visibility of this path. For example, before +creating a cgroup namespace, one would see: + + # ls -l /proc/self/ns/cgroup + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 2014-07-15 10:37 /proc/self/ns/cgroup -> cgroup:[4026531835] + # cat /proc/self/cgroup + 0::/batchjobs/container_id1 + +After unsharing a new namespace, the view changes. + + # ls -l /proc/self/ns/cgroup + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 2014-07-15 10:35 /proc/self/ns/cgroup -> cgroup:[4026532183] + # cat /proc/self/cgroup + 0::/ + +When some thread from a multi-threaded process unshares its cgroup +namespace, the new cgroupns gets applied to the entire process (all +the threads). This is natural for the v2 hierarchy; however, for the +legacy hierarchies, this may be unexpected. + +A cgroup namespace is alive as long as there are processes inside or +mounts pinning it. When the last usage goes away, the cgroup +namespace is destroyed. The cgroupns root and the actual cgroups +remain. + + +6-2. The Root and Views + +The 'cgroupns root' for a cgroup namespace is the cgroup in which the +process calling unshare(2) is running. For example, if a process in +/batchjobs/container_id1 cgroup calls unshare, cgroup +/batchjobs/container_id1 becomes the cgroupns root. For the +init_cgroup_ns, this is the real root ('/') cgroup. + +The cgroupns root cgroup does not change even if the namespace creator +process later moves to a different cgroup. + + # ~/unshare -c # unshare cgroupns in some cgroup + # cat /proc/self/cgroup + 0::/ + # mkdir sub_cgrp_1 + # echo 0 > sub_cgrp_1/cgroup.procs + # cat /proc/self/cgroup + 0::/sub_cgrp_1 + +Each process gets its namespace-specific view of "/proc/$PID/cgroup" + +Processes running inside the cgroup namespace will be able to see +cgroup paths (in /proc/self/cgroup) only inside their root cgroup. +From within an unshared cgroupns: + + # sleep 100000 & + [1] 7353 + # echo 7353 > sub_cgrp_1/cgroup.procs + # cat /proc/7353/cgroup + 0::/sub_cgrp_1 + +From the initial cgroup namespace, the real cgroup path will be +visible: + + $ cat /proc/7353/cgroup + 0::/batchjobs/container_id1/sub_cgrp_1 + +From a sibling cgroup namespace (that is, a namespace rooted at a +different cgroup), the cgroup path relative to its own cgroup +namespace root will be shown. For instance, if PID 7353's cgroup +namespace root is at '/batchjobs/container_id2', then it will see + + # cat /proc/7353/cgroup + 0::/../container_id2/sub_cgrp_1 + +Note that the relative path always starts with '/' to indicate that +its relative to the cgroup namespace root of the caller. + + +6-3. Migration and setns(2) + +Processes inside a cgroup namespace can move into and out of the +namespace root if they have proper access to external cgroups. For +example, from inside a namespace with cgroupns root at +/batchjobs/container_id1, and assuming that the global hierarchy is +still accessible inside cgroupns: + + # cat /proc/7353/cgroup + 0::/sub_cgrp_1 + # echo 7353 > batchjobs/container_id2/cgroup.procs + # cat /proc/7353/cgroup + 0::/../container_id2 + +Note that this kind of setup is not encouraged. A task inside cgroup +namespace should only be exposed to its own cgroupns hierarchy. + +setns(2) to another cgroup namespace is allowed when: + +(a) the process has CAP_SYS_ADMIN against its current user namespace +(b) the process has CAP_SYS_ADMIN against the target cgroup + namespace's userns + +No implicit cgroup changes happen with attaching to another cgroup +namespace. It is expected that the someone moves the attaching +process under the target cgroup namespace root. + + +6-4. Interaction with Other Namespaces + +Namespace specific cgroup hierarchy can be mounted by a process +running inside a non-init cgroup namespace. + + # mount -t cgroup2 none $MOUNT_POINT + +This will mount the unified cgroup hierarchy with cgroupns root as the +filesystem root. The process needs CAP_SYS_ADMIN against its user and +mount namespaces. + +The virtualization of /proc/self/cgroup file combined with restricting +the view of cgroup hierarchy by namespace-private cgroupfs mount +provides a properly isolated cgroup view inside the container. + + P. Information on Kernel Programming This section contains kernel programming information in the areas @@ -1368,6 +1540,12 @@ system than killing the group. Otherwise, memory.max is there to limit this type of spillover and ultimately contain buggy or even malicious applications. +Setting the original memory.limit_in_bytes below the current usage was +subject to a race condition, where concurrent charges could cause the +limit setting to fail. memory.max on the other hand will first set the +limit to prevent new charges, and then reclaim and OOM kill until the +new limit is met - or the task writing to memory.max is killed. + The combined memory+swap accounting and limiting is replaced by real control over swap space. diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt b/Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt index 8b49302712a8..beda682e8d77 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt +++ b/Documentation/crypto/api-intro.txt @@ -49,28 +49,33 @@ under development. Here's an example of how to use the API: - #include <linux/crypto.h> + #include <crypto/ahash.h> #include <linux/err.h> #include <linux/scatterlist.h> struct scatterlist sg[2]; char result[128]; - struct crypto_hash *tfm; - struct hash_desc desc; + struct crypto_ahash *tfm; + struct ahash_request *req; - tfm = crypto_alloc_hash("md5", 0, CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC); + tfm = crypto_alloc_ahash("md5", 0, CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC); if (IS_ERR(tfm)) fail(); /* ... set up the scatterlists ... */ - desc.tfm = tfm; - desc.flags = 0; - - if (crypto_hash_digest(&desc, sg, 2, result)) + req = ahash_request_alloc(tfm, GFP_ATOMIC); + if (!req) fail(); + + ahash_request_set_callback(req, 0, NULL, NULL); + ahash_request_set_crypt(req, sg, result, 2); - crypto_free_hash(tfm); + if (crypto_ahash_digest(req)) + fail(); + + ahash_request_free(req); + crypto_free_ahash(tfm); Many real examples are available in the regression test module (tcrypt.c). diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt index d9246a32e673..e5062ad18717 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache-policies.txt @@ -28,51 +28,16 @@ Overview of supplied cache replacement policies multiqueue (mq) --------------- -This policy has been deprecated in favor of the smq policy (see below). +This policy is now an alias for smq (see below). -The multiqueue policy has three sets of 16 queues: one set for entries -waiting for the cache and another two for those in the cache (a set for -clean entries and a set for dirty entries). +The following tunables are accepted, but have no effect: -Cache entries in the queues are aged based on logical time. Entry into -the cache is based on variable thresholds and queue selection is based -on hit count on entry. The policy aims to take different cache miss -costs into account and to adjust to varying load patterns automatically. - -Message and constructor argument pairs are: 'sequential_threshold <#nr_sequential_ios>' 'random_threshold <#nr_random_ios>' 'read_promote_adjustment <value>' 'write_promote_adjustment <value>' 'discard_promote_adjustment <value>' -The sequential threshold indicates the number of contiguous I/Os -required before a stream is treated as sequential. Once a stream is -considered sequential it will bypass the cache. The random threshold -is the number of intervening non-contiguous I/Os that must be seen -before the stream is treated as random again. - -The sequential and random thresholds default to 512 and 4 respectively. - -Large, sequential I/Os are probably better left on the origin device -since spindles tend to have good sequential I/O bandwidth. The -io_tracker counts contiguous I/Os to try to spot when the I/O is in one -of these sequential modes. But there are use-cases for wanting to -promote sequential blocks to the cache (e.g. fast application startup). -If sequential threshold is set to 0 the sequential I/O detection is -disabled and sequential I/O will no longer implicitly bypass the cache. -Setting the random threshold to 0 does _not_ disable the random I/O -stream detection. - -Internally the mq policy determines a promotion threshold. If the hit -count of a block not in the cache goes above this threshold it gets -promoted to the cache. The read, write and discard promote adjustment -tunables allow you to tweak the promotion threshold by adding a small -value based on the io type. They default to 4, 8 and 1 respectively. -If you're trying to quickly warm a new cache device you may wish to -reduce these to encourage promotion. Remember to switch them back to -their defaults after the cache fills though. - Stochastic multiqueue (smq) --------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt index 1dfee20eee74..8a5122ab19b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt @@ -13,8 +13,15 @@ Boards with the Amlogic Meson8b SoC shall have the following properties: Required root node property: compatible: "amlogic,meson8b"; +Boards with the Amlogic Meson GXBaby SoC shall have the following properties: + Required root node property: + compatible: "amlogic,meson-gxbb"; + Board compatible values: - "geniatech,atv1200" (Meson6) - "minix,neo-x8" (Meson8) - "tronfy,mxq" (Meson8b) - "hardkernel,odroid-c1" (Meson8b) + - "tronsmart,vega-s95-pro", "tronsmart,vega-s95" (Meson gxbb) + - "tronsmart,vega-s95-meta", "tronsmart,vega-s95" (Meson gxbb) + - "tronsmart,vega-s95-telos", "tronsmart,vega-s95" (Meson gxbb) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards index 1a709970e7f7..0226bc2cc1f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards @@ -123,7 +123,9 @@ Required nodes: - syscon: some subnode of the RealView SoC node must be a system controller node pointing to the control registers, - with the compatible string set to one of these tuples: + with the compatible string set to one of these: + "arm,realview-eb11mp-revb-syscon", "arm,realview-eb-syscon", "syscon" + "arm,realview-eb11mp-revc-syscon", "arm,realview-eb-syscon", "syscon" "arm,realview-eb-syscon", "syscon" "arm,realview-pb1176-syscon", "syscon" "arm,realview-pb11mp-syscon", "syscon" @@ -180,6 +182,7 @@ described under the RS1 memory mapping. Required properties (in root node): compatible = "arm,juno"; /* For Juno r0 board */ compatible = "arm,juno-r1"; /* For Juno r1 board */ + compatible = "arm,juno-r2"; /* For Juno r2 board */ Required nodes: The description for the board must include: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/axis.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/axis.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ae345e1c8d2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/axis.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Axis Communications AB +ARTPEC series SoC Device Tree Bindings + +ARTPEC-6 ARM SoC +================ + +Required root node properties: +- compatible = "axis,artpec6"; + +ARTPEC-6 System Controller +-------------------------- + +The ARTPEC-6 has a system controller with mixed functions controlling DMA, PCIe +and resets. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "axis,artpec6-syscon", "syscon" +- reg: Address and length of the register bank. + +Example: + syscon { + compatible = "axis,artpec6-syscon", "syscon"; + reg = <0xf8000000 0x48>; + }; + +ARTPEC-6 Development board: +--------------------------- +Required root node properties: +- compatible = "axis,artpec6-dev-board", "axis,artpec6"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,vulcan-soc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,vulcan-soc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..223ed3471c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,vulcan-soc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +Broadcom Vulcan device tree bindings +------------------------------------ + +Boards with Broadcom Vulcan shall have the following root property: + +Broadcom Vulcan Evaluation Board: + compatible = "brcm,vulcan-eval", "brcm,vulcan-soc"; + +Generic Vulcan board: + compatible = "brcm,vulcan-soc"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt index aef1d200a9b2..a1a5a7ecc2fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ specific to ARM. Definition: must contain one of the following: "arm,cci-400" "arm,cci-500" + "arm,cci-550" - reg Usage: required @@ -101,6 +102,7 @@ specific to ARM. "arm,cci-400-pmu" - DEPRECATED, permitted only where OS has secure acces to CCI registers "arm,cci-500-pmu,r0" + "arm,cci-550-pmu,r0" - reg: Usage: required Value type: Integer cells. A register entry, expressed diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt index ae9be074d09f..ccc62f145306 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt @@ -167,6 +167,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. "arm,cortex-r5" "arm,cortex-r7" "brcm,brahma-b15" + "brcm,vulcan" "cavium,thunder" "faraday,fa526" "intel,sa110" @@ -178,6 +179,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. "marvell,sheeva-v5" "nvidia,tegra132-denver" "qcom,krait" + "qcom,kryo" "qcom,scorpion" - enable-method Value type: <stringlist> @@ -250,7 +252,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. Usage: optional Value type: <prop-encoded-array> Definition: A u32 value that represents the running time dynamic - power coefficient in units of mW/MHz/uVolt^2. The + power coefficient in units of mW/MHz/uV^2. The coefficient can either be calculated from power measurements or derived by analysis. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt index 953fb640d9c4..fd54e1db2156 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fw-cfg.txt @@ -11,43 +11,9 @@ QEMU exposes the control and data register to ARM guests as memory mapped registers; their location is communicated to the guest's UEFI firmware in the DTB that QEMU places at the bottom of the guest's DRAM. -The guest writes a selector value (a key) to the selector register, and then -can read the corresponding data (produced by QEMU) via the data register. If -the selected entry is writable, the guest can rewrite it through the data -register. +The authoritative guest-side hardware interface documentation to the fw_cfg +device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt" in the QEMU source tree. -The selector register takes keys in big endian byte order. - -The data register allows accesses with 8, 16, 32 and 64-bit width (only at -offset 0 of the register). Accesses larger than a byte are interpreted as -arrays, bundled together only for better performance. The bytes constituting -such a word, in increasing address order, correspond to the bytes that would -have been transferred by byte-wide accesses in chronological order. - -The interface allows guest firmware to download various parameters and blobs -that affect how the firmware works and what tables it installs for the guest -OS. For example, boot order of devices, ACPI tables, SMBIOS tables, kernel and -initrd images for direct kernel booting, virtual machine UUID, SMP information, -virtual NUMA topology, and so on. - -The authoritative registry of the valid selector values and their meanings is -the QEMU source code; the structure of the data blobs corresponding to the -individual key values is also defined in the QEMU source code. - -The presence of the registers can be verified by selecting the "signature" blob -with key 0x0000, and reading four bytes from the data register. The returned -signature is "QEMU". - -The outermost protocol (involving the write / read sequences of the control and -data registers) is expected to be versioned, and/or described by feature bits. -The interface revision / feature bitmap can be retrieved with key 0x0001. The -blob to be read from the data register has size 4, and it is to be interpreted -as a uint32_t value in little endian byte order. The current value -(corresponding to the above outer protocol) is zero. - -The guest kernel is not expected to use these registers (although it is -certainly allowed to); the device tree bindings are documented here because -this is where device tree bindings reside in general. Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt index 3090a8a008c0..48f6703a28c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ SoCs: compatible = "ti,k2l", "ti,keystone" - Keystone 2 Edison compatible = "ti,k2e", "ti,keystone" +- K2G + compatible = "ti,k2g", "ti,keystone" Boards: - Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler EVM @@ -32,3 +34,6 @@ Boards: - Keystone 2 Edison EVM compatible = "ti,k2e-evm", "ti,k2e", "ti,keystone" + +- K2G EVM + compatible = "ti,k2g-evm", "ti,k2g", "ti-keystone" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt index 26799ef562df..26799ef562df 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-370-xp-pmsu.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-370-xp.txt index c6ed90ea6e17..c6ed90ea6e17 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-370-xp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-370-xp.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-375.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-375.txt index 867d0b80cb8f..867d0b80cb8f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-375.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-375.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-37xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-37xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..51336e5fc761 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-37xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Marvell Armada 37xx Platforms Device Tree Bindings +-------------------------------------------------- + +Boards using a SoC of the Marvell Armada 37xx family must carry the +following root node property: + + - compatible: must contain "marvell,armada3710" + +In addition, boards using the Marvell Armada 3720 SoC shall have the +following property before the previous one: + + - compatible: must contain "marvell,armada3720" + +Example: + +compatible = "marvell,armada-3720-db", "marvell,armada3720", "marvell,armada3710"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt index 8781073029e9..8781073029e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-38x.txt index 202953f1887e..202953f1887e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-38x.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-39x.txt index 53d4ff9ea8ad..53d4ff9ea8ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-39x.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-7k-8k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-7k-8k.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df98a9c82a8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-7k-8k.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Marvell Armada 7K/8K Platforms Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------------------- + +Boards using a SoC of the Marvell Armada 7K or 8K families must carry +the following root node property: + + - compatible, with one of the following values: + + - "marvell,armada7020", "marvell,armada-ap806-dual", "marvell,armada-ap806" + when the SoC being used is the Armada 7020 + + - "marvell,armada7040", "marvell,armada-ap806-quad", "marvell,armada-ap806" + when the SoC being used is the Armada 7040 + + - "marvell,armada8020", "marvell,armada-ap806-dual", "marvell,armada-ap806" + when the SoC being used is the Armada 8020 + + - "marvell,armada8040", "marvell,armada-ap806-quad", "marvell,armada-ap806" + when the SoC being used is the Armada 8040 + +Example: + +compatible = "marvell,armada7040-db", "marvell,armada7040", + "marvell,armada-ap806-quad", "marvell,armada-ap806"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-cpu-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-cpu-reset.txt index b63a7b6ab998..b63a7b6ab998 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-cpu-reset.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/armada-cpu-reset.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coherency-fabric.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/coherency-fabric.txt index 9b5c3f620e65..9b5c3f620e65 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coherency-fabric.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/coherency-fabric.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/kirkwood.txt index 98cce9a653eb..98cce9a653eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/kirkwood.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/kirkwood.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt index 3bab18409b7a..3bab18409b7a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,dove.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,dove.txt index aaaf64c56e44..aaaf64c56e44 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,dove.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,dove.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,kirkwood.txt index ab0c9cdf388e..7d28fe4bf654 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,kirkwood.txt @@ -19,9 +19,12 @@ SoC. Currently known SoC compatibles are: And in addition, the compatible shall be extended with the specific board. Currently known boards are: +"buffalo,linkstation-lsqvl" +"buffalo,linkstation-lsvl" +"buffalo,linkstation-lswsxl" +"buffalo,linkstation-lswxl" +"buffalo,linkstation-lswvl" "buffalo,lschlv2" -"buffalo,lswvl" -"buffalo,lswxl" "buffalo,lsxhl" "buffalo,lsxl" "cloudengines,pogo02" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-cpu-config.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/mvebu-cpu-config.txt index 2cdcd716da40..2cdcd716da40 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-cpu-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/mvebu-cpu-config.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-system-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/mvebu-system-controller.txt index d24ab2ebf8a7..d24ab2ebf8a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mvebu-system-controller.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/mvebu-system-controller.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt index 54f43bc2df44..d9c2a37a4090 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ compatible: Must contain one of "mediatek,mt6589" "mediatek,mt6592" "mediatek,mt6795" + "mediatek,mt7623" "mediatek,mt8127" "mediatek,mt8135" "mediatek,mt8173" @@ -33,6 +34,9 @@ Supported boards: - Evaluation board for MT6795(Helio X10): Required root node properties: - compatible = "mediatek,mt6795-evb", "mediatek,mt6795"; +- Evaluation board for MT7623: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "mediatek,mt7623-evb", "mediatek,mt7623"; - MTK mt8127 tablet moose EVB: Required root node properties: - compatible = "mediatek,mt8127-moose", "mediatek,mt8127"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/nxp/lpc32xx.txt index 56ec8ddc4a3b..56ec8ddc4a3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/nxp/lpc32xx.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt index 66422d663184..21e71a5e866e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Boards: compatible = "compulab,am437x-sbc-t43", "compulab,am437x-cm-t43", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43" - AM43x EPOS EVM - compatible = "ti,am43x-epos-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43" + compatible = "ti,am43x-epos-evm", "ti,am43", "ti,am438x" - AM437x GP EVM compatible = "ti,am437x-gp-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt index 56518839f52a..6eb73be9433e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ Required properties: "qcom,scorpion-pmu" "qcom,scorpion-mp-pmu" "qcom,krait-pmu" + "cavium,thunder-pmu" - interrupts : 1 combined interrupt or 1 per core. If the interrupt is a per-cpu interrupt (PPI) then 1 interrupt should be specified. @@ -46,6 +47,16 @@ Optional properties: - qcom,no-pc-write : Indicates that this PMU doesn't support the 0xc and 0xd events. +- secure-reg-access : Indicates that the ARMv7 Secure Debug Enable Register + (SDER) is accessible. This will cause the driver to do + any setup required that is only possible in ARMv7 secure + state. If not present the ARMv7 SDER will not be touched, + which means the PMU may fail to operate unless external + code (bootloader or security monitor) has performed the + appropriate initialisation. Note that this property is + not valid for non-ARMv7 CPUs or ARMv7 CPUs booting Linux + in Non-secure state. + Example: pmu { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e24518c6678 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +QCOM device tree bindings +------------------------- + +Some qcom based bootloaders identify the dtb blob based on a set of +device properties like SoC and platform and revisions of those components. +To support this scheme, we encode this information into the board compatible +string. + +Each board must specify a top-level board compatible string with the following +format: + + compatible = "qcom,<SoC>[-<soc_version>][-<foundry_id>]-<board>[/<subtype>][-<board_version>]" + +The 'SoC' and 'board' elements are required. All other elements are optional. + +The 'SoC' element must be one of the following strings: + + apq8016 + apq8074 + apq8084 + apq8096 + msm8916 + msm8974 + msm8996 + +The 'board' element must be one of the following strings: + + cdp + liquid + dragonboard + mtp + sbc + +The 'soc_version' and 'board_version' elements take the form of v<Major>.<Minor> +where the minor number may be omitted when it's zero, i.e. v1.0 is the same +as v1. If all versions of the 'board_version' elements match, then a +wildcard '*' should be used, e.g. 'v*'. + +The 'foundry_id' and 'subtype' elements are one or more digits from 0 to 9. + +Examples: + + "qcom,msm8916-v1-cdp-pm8916-v2.1" + +A CDP board with an msm8916 SoC, version 1 paired with a pm8916 PMIC of version +2.1. + + "qcom,apq8074-v2.0-2-dragonboard/1-v0.1" + +A dragonboard board v0.1 of subtype 1 with an apq8074 SoC version 2, made in +foundry 2. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt index bb9b0faa919d..7e79fcc36b0d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt @@ -11,5 +11,6 @@ using one of the following compatible strings: allwinner,sun7i-a20 allwinner,sun8i-a23 allwinner,sun8i-a33 + allwinner,sun8i-a83t allwinner,sun8i-h3 allwinner,sun9i-a80 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt index c2340eeeb97f..30df832a6f2f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ Required properties: - compatible : compatible string, one of: - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahci" - "hisilicon,hisi-ahci" + - "cavium,octeon-7130-ahci" - "ibm,476gtr-ahci" - "marvell,armada-380-ahci" + - "marvell,armada-3700-ahci" - "snps,dwc-ahci" - "snps,exynos5440-ahci" - "snps,spear-ahci" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt index 704be9306c9f..01683707060b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-gpmc.txt @@ -46,6 +46,9 @@ Timing properties for child nodes. All are optional and default to 0. - gpmc,adv-on-ns: Assertion time - gpmc,adv-rd-off-ns: Read deassertion time - gpmc,adv-wr-off-ns: Write deassertion time + - gpmc,adv-aad-mux-on-ns: Assertion time for AAD + - gpmc,adv-aad-mux-rd-off-ns: Read deassertion time for AAD + - gpmc,adv-aad-mux-wr-off-ns: Write deassertion time for AAD WE signals timings (in nanoseconds) corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG4: - gpmc,we-on-ns Assertion time @@ -54,6 +57,8 @@ Timing properties for child nodes. All are optional and default to 0. OE signals timings (in nanoseconds) corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG4: - gpmc,oe-on-ns: Assertion time - gpmc,oe-off-ns: Deassertion time + - gpmc,oe-aad-mux-on-ns: Assertion time for AAD + - gpmc,oe-aad-mux-off-ns: Deassertion time for AAD Access time and cycle time timings (in nanoseconds) corresponding to GPMC_CONFIG5: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt index 20e1704e7df2..fb40da303d25 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/axi-clkgen.txt @@ -8,7 +8,10 @@ Required properties: - compatible : shall be "adi,axi-clkgen-1.00.a" or "adi,axi-clkgen-2.00.a". - #clock-cells : from common clock binding; Should always be set to 0. - reg : Address and length of the axi-clkgen register set. -- clocks : Phandle and clock specifier for the parent clock. +- clocks : Phandle and clock specifier for the parent clock(s). This must + either reference one clock if only the first clock input is connected or two + if both clock inputs are connected. For the later case the clock connected + to the first input must be specified first. Optional properties: - clock-output-names : From common clock binding. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt index 0b35e71b39e8..6f66e9aa354c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,iproc-clocks.txt @@ -92,6 +92,7 @@ PLL and leaf clock compatible strings for Cygnus are: "brcm,cygnus-lcpll0" "brcm,cygnus-mipipll" "brcm,cygnus-asiu-clk" + "brcm,cygnus-audiopll" The following table defines the set of PLL/clock index and ID for Cygnus. These clock IDs are defined in: @@ -131,6 +132,11 @@ These clock IDs are defined in: ch4_unused mipipll 5 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH4_UNUSED ch5_unused mipipll 6 BCM_CYGNUS_MIPIPLL_CH5_UNUSED + audiopll crystal 0 BCM_CYGNUS_AUDIOPLL + ch0_audio audiopll 1 BCM_CYGNUS_AUDIOPLL_CH0 + ch1_audio audiopll 2 BCM_CYGNUS_AUDIOPLL_CH1 + ch2_audio audiopll 3 BCM_CYGNUS_AUDIOPLL_CH2 + Northstar and Northstar Plus ------ PLL and leaf clock compatible strings for Northstar and Northstar Plus are: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-creg-clk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-creg-clk.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6f1c7b4e4d2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/lpc1850-creg-clk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +* NXP LPC1850 CREG clocks + +The NXP LPC18xx/43xx CREG (Configuration Registers) block contains +control registers for two low speed clocks. One of the clocks is a +32 kHz oscillator driver with power up/down and clock gating. Next +is a fixed divider that creates a 1 kHz clock from the 32 kHz osc. + +These clocks are used by the RTC and the Event Router peripherials. +The 32 kHz can also be routed to other peripherials to enable low +power modes. + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Should be "nxp,lpc1850-creg-clk" +- #clock-cells: + Shall have value <1>. +- clocks: + Shall contain a phandle to the fixed 32 kHz crystal. + +The creg-clk node must be a child of the creg syscon node. + +The following clocks are available from the clock node. + +Clock ID Name + 0 1 kHz clock + 1 32 kHz Oscillator + +Example: +soc { + creg: syscon@40043000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-creg", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x40043000 0x1000>; + + creg_clk: clock-controller { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-creg-clk"; + clocks = <&xtal32>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + ... + }; + + rtc: rtc@40046000 { + ... + clocks = <&creg_clk 0>, <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_BUS>; + clock-names = "rtc", "reg"; + ... + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt index 72f82f444091..9a60fde32b02 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties : "qcom,gcc-apq8064" "qcom,gcc-apq8084" "qcom,gcc-ipq8064" + "qcom,gcc-ipq4019" "qcom,gcc-msm8660" "qcom,gcc-msm8916" "qcom,gcc-msm8960" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt index 59297d34b208..fefb8023020f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Examples reg = <0 0xe6e88000 0 64>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 164 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 310>; - clock-names = "sci_ick"; + clock-names = "fck"; dmas = <&dmac1 0x13>, <&dmac1 0x12>; dma-names = "tx", "rx"; power-domains = <&cpg>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt index e59f57b24777..834436fbe83d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-cpu-clk" - for the CPU multiplexer clock "allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock "allwinner,sun8i-a23-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock on A23 + "allwinner,sun4i-a10-gates-clk" - for generic gates on all compatible SoCs "allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock "allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock on A13 @@ -39,12 +40,14 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock on A31 "allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock on A23 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 bus clock on A80 + "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A83T "allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10 "allwinner,sun5i-a13-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A13 "allwinner,sun5i-a10s-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10s "allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A31 "allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A20 "allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A23 + "allwinner,sun8i-h3-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on H3 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A80 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-clk" - for the APB1 clock "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apb1-clk" - for the APB1 bus clock on A80 @@ -57,6 +60,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A80 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31 "allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A23 + "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-bus-gates-clk" - for the bus gates on A83T "allwinner,sun8i-h3-bus-gates-clk" - for the bus gates on H3 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-apbs-gates-clk" - for the APBS gates on A80 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-dram-gates-clk" - for the DRAM gates on A10 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/adpll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/adpll.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4c8a2ce2cd70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/adpll.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Binding for Texas Instruments ADPLL clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a +register-mapped ADPLL with two to three selectable input clocks +and three to four children. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be one of "ti,dm814-adpll-s-clock" or + "ti,dm814-adpll-lj-clock" depending on the type of the ADPLL +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 1. +- clocks : link phandles of parent clocks clkinp and clkinpulow, note + that the adpll-s-clock also has an optional clkinphif +- reg : address and length of the register set for controlling the ADPLL. + +Examples: + adpll_mpu_ck: adpll@40 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "ti,dm814-adpll-s-clock"; + reg = <0x40 0x40>; + clocks = <&devosc_ck &devosc_ck &devosc_ck>; + clock-names = "clkinp", "clkinpulow", "clkinphif"; + clock-output-names = "481c5040.adpll.dcoclkldo", + "481c5040.adpll.clkout", + "481c5040.adpll.clkoutx2", + "481c5040.adpll.clkouthif"; + }; + + adpll_dsp_ck: adpll@80 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "ti,dm814-adpll-lj-clock"; + reg = <0x80 0x30>; + clocks = <&devosc_ck &devosc_ck>; + clock-names = "clkinp", "clkinpulow"; + clock-output-names = "481c5080.adpll.dcoclkldo", + "481c5080.adpll.clkout", + "481c5080.adpll.clkoutldo"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xgene.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xgene.txt index 1c4ef773feea..82f9638121db 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xgene.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xgene.txt @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ Required properties: "apm,xgene-socpll-clock" - for a X-Gene SoC PLL clock "apm,xgene-pcppll-clock" - for a X-Gene PCP PLL clock "apm,xgene-device-clock" - for a X-Gene device clock + "apm,xgene-socpll-v2-clock" - for a X-Gene SoC PLL v2 clock + "apm,xgene-pcppll-v2-clock" - for a X-Gene PCP PLL v2 clock Required properties for SoC or PCP PLL clocks: - reg : shall be the physical PLL register address for the pll clock. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,hdlcd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,hdlcd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..78bc24296f3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,hdlcd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +ARM HDLCD + +This is a display controller found on several development platforms produced +by ARM Ltd and in more modern of its' Fast Models. The HDLCD is an RGB +streamer that reads the data from a framebuffer and sends it to a single +digital encoder (DVI or HDMI). + +Required properties: + - compatible: "arm,hdlcd" + - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. + - interrupts: One interrupt used by the display controller to notify the + interrupt controller when any of the interrupt sources programmed in + the interrupt mask register have activated. + - clocks: A list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each + entry in 'clock-names'. + - clock-names: A list of clock names. For HDLCD it should contain: + - "pxlclk" for the clock feeding the output PLL of the controller. + +Required sub-nodes: + - port: The HDLCD connection to an encoder chip. The connection is modeled + using the OF graph bindings specified in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + +Optional properties: + - memory-region: phandle to a node describing memory (see + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt) to be + used for the framebuffer; if not present, the framebuffer may be located + anywhere in memory. + + +Example: + +/ { + ... + + hdlcd@2b000000 { + compatible = "arm,hdlcd"; + reg = <0 0x2b000000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 85 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&oscclk5>; + clock-names = "pxlclk"; + port { + hdlcd_output: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_enc_input>; + }; + }; + }; + + /* HDMI encoder on I2C bus */ + i2c@7ffa0000 { + .... + hdmi-transmitter@70 { + compatible = "....."; + reg = <0x70>; + port@0 { + hdmi_enc_input: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdlcd_output>; + }; + + hdmi_enc_output: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_1_port>; + }; + }; + }; + + }; + + hdmi1: connector@1 { + compatible = "hdmi-connector"; + type = "a"; + port { + hdmi_1_port: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_enc_output>; + }; + }; + }; + + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm-vc4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm-vc4.txt index 56a961aa5061..9f97df4d5152 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm-vc4.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm-vc4.txt @@ -35,6 +35,12 @@ Optional properties for HDMI: as an interrupt/status bit in the HDMI controller itself). See bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm2835-gpio.txt +Required properties for V3D: +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-v3d" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the V3D's registers +- interrupts: The interrupt number + See bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt + Example: pixelvalve@7e807000 { compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-pixelvalve2"; @@ -60,6 +66,12 @@ hdmi: hdmi@7e902000 { clock-names = "pixel", "hdmi"; }; +v3d: v3d@7ec00000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-v3d"; + reg = <0x7ec00000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <1 10>; +}; + vc4: gpu { compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-vc4"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt index 0e6f0c024858..22756b3dede2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties: "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4415-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4415 SoC */ "samsung,exynos5410-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5410/5420/5440 SoCs */ + "samsung,exynos5422-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5422/5800 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos5433-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5433 SoCs */ - reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device - interrupts: should contain DSI interrupt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/samsung-fimd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/samsung-fimd.txt index 27c3ce0db16a..c7c6b9af87ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/samsung-fimd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/samsung-fimd.txt @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ Required properties: "samsung,exynos3250-fimd"; /* for Exynos3250/3472 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4210-fimd"; /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4415-fimd"; /* for Exynos4415 SoC */ - "samsung,exynos5250-fimd"; /* for Exynos5 SoCs */ + "samsung,exynos5250-fimd"; /* for Exynos5250 SoCs */ + "samsung,exynos5420-fimd"; /* for Exynos5420/5422/5800 SoCs */ - reg: physical base address and length of the FIMD registers set. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt index e7423bea1424..f5948c48b9a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt @@ -44,9 +44,34 @@ Optional properties: - pinctrl-names: the pin control state names; should contain "default" - pinctrl-0: the default pinctrl state (active) - pinctrl-n: the "sleep" pinctrl state -- port: DSI controller output port. This contains one endpoint subnode, with its - remote-endpoint set to the phandle of the connected panel's endpoint. - See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for device graph info. +- port: DSI controller output port, containing one endpoint subnode. + + DSI Endpoint properties: + - remote-endpoint: set to phandle of the connected panel's endpoint. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for device graph info. + - qcom,data-lane-map: this describes how the logical DSI lanes are mapped + to the physical lanes on the given platform. The value contained in + index n describes what logical data lane is mapped to the physical data + lane n (DATAn, where n lies between 0 and 3). + + For example: + + qcom,data-lane-map = <3 0 1 2>; + + The above mapping describes that the logical data lane DATA3 is mapped to + the physical data lane DATA0, logical DATA0 to physical DATA1, logic DATA1 + to phys DATA2 and logic DATA2 to phys DATA3. + + There are only a limited number of physical to logical mappings possible: + + "0123": Logic 0->Phys 0; Logic 1->Phys 1; Logic 2->Phys 2; Logic 3->Phys 3; + "3012": Logic 3->Phys 0; Logic 0->Phys 1; Logic 1->Phys 2; Logic 2->Phys 3; + "2301": Logic 2->Phys 0; Logic 3->Phys 1; Logic 0->Phys 2; Logic 1->Phys 3; + "1230": Logic 1->Phys 0; Logic 2->Phys 1; Logic 3->Phys 2; Logic 0->Phys 3; + "0321": Logic 0->Phys 0; Logic 3->Phys 1; Logic 2->Phys 2; Logic 1->Phys 3; + "1032": Logic 1->Phys 0; Logic 0->Phys 1; Logic 3->Phys 2; Logic 2->Phys 3; + "2103": Logic 2->Phys 0; Logic 1->Phys 1; Logic 0->Phys 2; Logic 3->Phys 3; + "3210": Logic 3->Phys 0; Logic 2->Phys 1; Logic 1->Phys 2; Logic 0->Phys 3; DSI PHY: Required properties: @@ -131,6 +156,7 @@ Example: port { dsi0_out: endpoint { remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + lanes = <0 1 2 3>; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/hdmi.txt index 379ee2ea9a3d..b63f614e0c04 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/hdmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/hdmi.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties: - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers - reg-names: "core_physical" - interrupts: The interrupt signal from the hdmi block. +- power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. - clocks: device clocks See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - qcom,hdmi-tx-ddc-clk-gpio: ddc clk pin @@ -18,6 +19,8 @@ Required properties: - qcom,hdmi-tx-hpd-gpio: hpd pin - core-vdda-supply: phandle to supply regulator - hdmi-mux-supply: phandle to mux regulator +- phys: the phandle for the HDMI PHY device +- phy-names: the name of the corresponding PHY device Optional properties: - qcom,hdmi-tx-mux-en-gpio: hdmi mux enable pin @@ -27,15 +30,38 @@ Optional properties: - pinctrl-0: the default pinctrl state (active) - pinctrl-1: the "sleep" pinctrl state +HDMI PHY: +Required properties: +- compatible: Could be the following + * "qcom,hdmi-phy-8660" + * "qcom,hdmi-phy-8960" + * "qcom,hdmi-phy-8974" + * "qcom,hdmi-phy-8084" + * "qcom,hdmi-phy-8996" +- #phy-cells: Number of cells in a PHY specifier; Should be 0. +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of the PHY sub blocks. +- reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: + * "hdmi_phy" + * "hdmi_pll" + For HDMI PHY on msm8996, these additional register regions are required: + * "hdmi_tx_l0" + * "hdmi_tx_l1" + * "hdmi_tx_l3" + * "hdmi_tx_l4" +- power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. +- clocks: device clocks + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- core-vdda-supply: phandle to vdda regulator device node + Example: / { ... - hdmi: qcom,hdmi-tx-8960@4a00000 { + hdmi: hdmi@4a00000 { compatible = "qcom,hdmi-tx-8960"; reg-names = "core_physical"; - reg = <0x04a00000 0x1000>; + reg = <0x04a00000 0x2f0>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 79 0>; power-domains = <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>; clock-names = @@ -54,5 +80,21 @@ Example: pinctrl-names = "default", "sleep"; pinctrl-0 = <&hpd_active &ddc_active &cec_active>; pinctrl-1 = <&hpd_suspend &ddc_suspend &cec_suspend>; + + phys = <&hdmi_phy>; + phy-names = "hdmi_phy"; + }; + + hdmi_phy: phy@4a00400 { + compatible = "qcom,hdmi-phy-8960"; + reg-names = "hdmi_phy", + "hdmi_pll"; + reg = <0x4a00400 0x60>, + <0x4a00500 0x100>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + power-domains = <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>; + clock-names = "slave_iface_clk"; + clocks = <&mmcc HDMI_S_AHB_CLK>; + core-vdda-supply = <&pm8921_hdmi_mvs>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lg,lp120up1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lg,lp120up1.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8c5de692c55c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lg,lp120up1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +LG 12.0" (1920x1280 pixels) TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "lg,lp120up1" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/urt,umsh-8596md.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/urt,umsh-8596md.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..088a6cea5015 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/urt,umsh-8596md.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +United Radiant Technology UMSH-8596MD-xT 7.0" WVGA TFT LCD panel + +Supported are LVDS versions (-11T, -19T) and parallel ones +(-T, -1T, -7T, -20T). + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of: + "urt,umsh-8596md-t", + "urt,umsh-8596md-1t", + "urt,umsh-8596md-7t", + "urt,umsh-8596md-11t", + "urt,umsh-8596md-19t", + "urt,umsh-8596md-20t". + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt index eccd4f4867b2..0d30e42e40be 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,du-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible DU - "renesas,du-r8a7793" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) compatible DU - "renesas,du-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) compatible DU + - "renesas,du-r8a7795" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible DU - reg: A list of base address and length of each memory resource, one for each entry in the reg-names property. @@ -24,7 +25,7 @@ Required Properties: - clock-names: Name of the clocks. This property is model-dependent. - R8A7779 uses a single functional clock. The clock doesn't need to be named. - - R8A779[0134] use one functional clock per channel and one clock per LVDS + - R8A779[01345] use one functional clock per channel and one clock per LVDS encoder (if available). The functional clocks must be named "du.x" with "x" being the channel numerical index. The LVDS clocks must be named "lvds.x" with "x" being the LVDS encoder numerical index. @@ -41,13 +42,14 @@ bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. The following table lists for each supported model the port number corresponding to each DU output. - Port 0 Port1 Port2 + Port 0 Port1 Port2 Port3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - R8A7779 (H1) DPAD 0 DPAD 1 - - R8A7790 (H2) DPAD LVDS 0 LVDS 1 - R8A7791 (M2-W) DPAD LVDS 0 - - R8A7793 (M2-N) DPAD LVDS 0 - - R8A7794 (E2) DPAD 0 DPAD 1 - + R8A7779 (H1) DPAD 0 DPAD 1 - - + R8A7790 (H2) DPAD LVDS 0 LVDS 1 - + R8A7791 (M2-W) DPAD LVDS 0 - - + R8A7793 (M2-N) DPAD LVDS 0 - - + R8A7794 (E2) DPAD 0 DPAD 1 - - + R8A7795 (H3) DPAD HDMI 0 HDMI 1 LVDS Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) DU diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/inno_hdmi-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/inno_hdmi-rockchip.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8096a29f9776 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/inno_hdmi-rockchip.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +Rockchip specific extensions to the Innosilicon HDMI +================================ + +Required properties: +- compatible: + "rockchip,rk3036-inno-hdmi"; +- reg: + Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- clocks, clock-names: + Phandle to hdmi controller clock, name should be "pclk" +- interrupts: + HDMI interrupt number +- ports: + Contain one port node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. +- pinctrl-0, pinctrl-name: + Switch the iomux of HPD/CEC pins to HDMI function. + +Example: +hdmi: hdmi@20034000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3036-inno-hdmi"; + reg = <0x20034000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 45 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cru PCLK_HDMI>; + clock-names = "pclk"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_ctl>; + status = "disabled"; + + hdmi_in: port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + hdmi_in_lcdc: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&lcdc_out_hdmi>; + }; + }; +}; + +&pinctrl { + hdmi { + hdmi_ctl: hdmi-ctl { + rockchip,pins = <1 8 RK_FUNC_1 &pcfg_pull_none>, + <1 9 RK_FUNC_1 &pcfg_pull_none>, + <1 10 RK_FUNC_1 &pcfg_pull_none>, + <1 11 RK_FUNC_1 &pcfg_pull_none>; + }; + }; + +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt index 267565894db9..db7e2260f9c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/arm-pl330.txt @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Optional properties: cells in the dmas property of client device. - dma-channels: contains the total number of DMA channels supported by the DMAC - dma-requests: contains the total number of DMA requests supported by the DMAC + - arm,pl330-broken-no-flushp: quirk for avoiding to execute DMAFLUSHP Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt index 7a802f64e5bd..8f7364a7b349 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mmp-dma.txt @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - #dma-channels: Number of DMA channels supported by the controller (defaults to 32 when not specified) +- #dma-requests: Number of DMA requestor lines supported by the controller + (defaults to 32 when not specified) "marvell,pdma-1.0" Used platforms: pxa25x, pxa27x, pxa3xx, pxa93x, pxa168, pxa910, pxa688. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_hidma_mgmt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_hidma_mgmt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fd5618bd8fbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_hidma_mgmt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +Qualcomm Technologies HIDMA Management interface + +Qualcomm Technologies HIDMA is a high speed DMA device. It only supports +memcpy and memset capabilities. It has been designed for virtualized +environments. + +Each HIDMA HW instance consists of multiple DMA channels. These channels +share the same bandwidth. The bandwidth utilization can be parititioned +among channels based on the priority and weight assignments. + +There are only two priority levels and 15 weigh assignments possible. + +Other parameters here determine how much of the system bus this HIDMA +instance can use like maximum read/write request and and number of bytes to +read/write in a single burst. + +Main node required properties: +- compatible: "qcom,hidma-mgmt-1.0"; +- reg: Address range for DMA device +- dma-channels: Number of channels supported by this DMA controller. +- max-write-burst-bytes: Maximum write burst in bytes that HIDMA can + occupy the bus for in a single transaction. A memcpy requested is + fragmented to multiples of this amount. This parameter is used while + writing into destination memory. Setting this value incorrectly can + starve other peripherals in the system. +- max-read-burst-bytes: Maximum read burst in bytes that HIDMA can + occupy the bus for in a single transaction. A memcpy request is + fragmented to multiples of this amount. This parameter is used while + reading the source memory. Setting this value incorrectly can starve + other peripherals in the system. +- max-write-transactions: This value is how many times a write burst is + applied back to back while writing to the destination before yielding + the bus. +- max-read-transactions: This value is how many times a read burst is + applied back to back while reading the source before yielding the bus. +- channel-reset-timeout-cycles: Channel reset timeout in cycles for this SOC. + Once a reset is applied to the HW, HW starts a timer for reset operation + to confirm. If reset is not completed within this time, HW reports reset + failure. + +Sub-nodes: + +HIDMA has one or more DMA channels that are used to move data from one +memory location to another. + +When the OS is not in control of the management interface (i.e. it's a guest), +the channel nodes appear on their own, not under a management node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must contain "qcom,hidma-1.0" +- reg: Addresses for the transfer and event channel +- interrupts: Should contain the event interrupt +- desc-count: Number of asynchronous requests this channel can handle +- iommus: required a iommu node + +Example: + +Hypervisor OS configuration: + + hidma-mgmt@f9984000 = { + compatible = "qcom,hidma-mgmt-1.0"; + reg = <0xf9984000 0x15000>; + dma-channels = <6>; + max-write-burst-bytes = <1024>; + max-read-burst-bytes = <1024>; + max-write-transactions = <31>; + max-read-transactions = <31>; + channel-reset-timeout-cycles = <0x500>; + + hidma_24: dma-controller@0x5c050000 { + compatible = "qcom,hidma-1.0"; + reg = <0 0x5c050000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0 0x5c0b0000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 389 0>; + desc-count = <10>; + iommus = <&system_mmu>; + }; + }; + +Guest OS configuration: + + hidma_24: dma-controller@0x5c050000 { + compatible = "qcom,hidma-1.0"; + reg = <0 0x5c050000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0 0x5c0b0000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 389 0>; + desc-count = <10>; + iommus = <&system_mmu>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/audio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d043fda433ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/audio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Android Goldfish Audio + +Android goldfish audio device generated by android emulator. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should contain "google,goldfish-audio" to match emulator +- reg : <registers mapping> +- interrupts : <interrupt mapping> + +Example: + + goldfish_audio@9030000 { + compatible = "google,goldfish-audio"; + reg = <0x9030000 0x100>; + interrupts = <0x4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/battery.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4fb613933214 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/battery.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Android Goldfish Battery + +Android goldfish battery device generated by android emulator. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should contain "google,goldfish-battery" to match emulator +- reg : <registers mapping> +- interrupts : <interrupt mapping> + +Example: + + goldfish_battery@9020000 { + compatible = "google,goldfish-battery"; + reg = <0x9020000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/events.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/events.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5babf46317a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/events.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Android Goldfish Events Keypad + +Android goldfish events keypad device generated by android emulator. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should contain "google,goldfish-events-keypad" to match emulator +- reg : <registers mapping> +- interrupts : <interrupt mapping> + +Example: + + goldfish-events@9040000 { + compatible = "google,goldfish-events-keypad"; + reg = <0x9040000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x5>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/pipe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/pipe.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e417a31a1ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/pipe.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Android Goldfish QEMU Pipe + +Andorid pipe virtual device generated by android emulator. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should contain "google,android-pipe" to match emulator +- reg : <registers mapping> +- interrupts : <interrupt mapping> + +Example: + + android_pipe@a010000 { + compatible = "google,android-pipe"; + reg = <ff018000 0x2000>; + interrupts = <0x12>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/tty.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/tty.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..82648278da77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/goldfish/tty.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Android Goldfish TTY + +Android goldfish tty device generated by android emulator. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should contain "google,goldfish-tty" to match emulator +- reg : <registers mapping> +- interrupts : <interrupt mapping> + +Example: + + goldfish_tty@1f004000 { + compatible = "google,goldfish-tty"; + reg = <0x1f004000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0xc>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt index 12f50149e1ed..826a7208ca93 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Required properties: - #interrupt-cells : Should be 1. The interrupt type is fixed in the hardware. - The first cell is the GPIO offset number within the GPIO controller. - interrupts: Specify the interrupt. -- altr,interrupt-trigger: Specifies the interrupt trigger type the GPIO +- altr,interrupt-type: Specifies the interrupt trigger type the GPIO hardware is synthesized. This field is required if the Altera GPIO controller used has IRQ enabled as the interrupt type is not software controlled, but hardware synthesized. Required if GPIO is used as an interrupt @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ gpio_altr: gpio@0xff200000 { reg = <0xff200000 0x10>; interrupts = <0 45 4>; altr,ngpio = <32>; - altr,interrupt-trigger = <IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + altr,interrupt-type = <IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; #gpio-cells = <2>; gpio-controller; #interrupt-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt index f3332b9a8ed4..c934106b10aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mcp23s08.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: - "microchip,mcp23s08" for 8 GPIO SPI version - "microchip,mcp23s17" for 16 GPIO SPI version + - "microchip,mcp23s18" for 16 GPIO SPI version - "microchip,mcp23008" for 8 GPIO I2C version or - "microchip,mcp23017" for 16 GPIO I2C version of the chip NOTE: Do not use the old mcp prefix any more. It is deprecated and will be @@ -43,9 +44,6 @@ Optional properties: - first cell is the pin number - second cell is used to specify flags. - interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as a interrupt controller. -NOTE: The interrupt functionality is only supported for i2c versions of the -chips. The spi chips can also do the interrupts, but this is not supported by -the linux driver yet. Optional device specific properties: - microchip,irq-mirror: Sets the mirror flag in the IOCON register. Devices diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pisosr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pisosr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..414a01cdf715 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pisosr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Generic Parallel-in/Serial-out Shift Register GPIO Driver + +This binding describes generic parallel-in/serial-out shift register +devices that can be used for GPI (General Purpose Input). This includes +SN74165 serial-out shift registers and the SN65HVS88x series of +industrial serializers. + +Required properties: + - compatible : Should be "pisosr-gpio". + - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. + - #gpio-cells : Should be two. For consumer use see gpio.txt. + +Optional properties: + - ngpios : Number of used GPIO lines (0..n-1), default is 8. + - load-gpios : GPIO pin specifier attached to load enable, this + pin is pulsed before reading from the device to + load input pin values into the the device. + +For other required and optional properties of SPI slave +nodes please refer to ../spi/spi-bus.txt. + +Example: + + gpio@0 { + compatible = "ti,sn65hvs882", "pisosr-gpio"; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + load-gpios = <&gpio2 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; + spi-cpol; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ts4800.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ts4800.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..92ea9c8f6399 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-ts4800.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* TS-4800 FPGA's GPIO controller bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "technologic,ts4800-gpio". +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number. +- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length + of memory mapped region. + +Optional property: +- ngpios: See "gpio.txt" + +Example: + +gpio1: gpio { + compatible = "technologic,ts4800-gpio"; + reg = <0x10020 0x6>; + ngpios = <8>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt index dae130060537..5490c1d68981 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt @@ -1,10 +1,20 @@ APM X-Gene Standby GPIO controller bindings -This is a gpio controller in the standby domain. - -There are 20 GPIO pins from 0..21. There is no GPIO_DS14 or GPIO_DS15, -only GPIO_DS8..GPIO_DS13 support interrupts. The IRQ mapping -is currently 1-to-1 on interrupts 0x28 thru 0x2d. +This is a gpio controller in the standby domain. It also supports interrupt in +some particular pins which are sourced to its parent interrupt controller +as diagram below: + +-----------------+ + | X-Gene standby | + | GPIO controller +------ GPIO_0 ++------------+ | | ... +| Parent IRQ | EXT_INT_0 | +------ GPIO_8/EXT_INT_0 +| controller | (SPI40) | | ... +| (GICv2) +--------------+ +------ GPIO_[N+8]/EXT_INT_N +| | ... | | +| | EXT_INT_N | +------ GPIO_[N+9] +| | (SPI[40 + N])| | ... +| +--------------+ +------ GPIO_MAX ++------------+ +-----------------+ Required properties: - compatible: "apm,xgene-gpio-sb" for the X-Gene Standby GPIO controller @@ -15,10 +25,18 @@ Required properties: 0 = active high 1 = active low - gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. -- interrupts: Shall contain exactly 6 interrupts. +- interrupts: The EXT_INT_0 parent interrupt resource must be listed first. +- interrupt-parent: Phandle of the parent interrupt controller. +- interrupt-cells: Should be two. + - first cell is 0-N coresponding for EXT_INT_0 to EXT_INT_N. + - second cell is used to specify flags. +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- apm,nr-gpios: Optional, specify number of gpios pin. +- apm,nr-irqs: Optional, specify number of interrupt pins. +- apm,irq-start: Optional, specify lowest gpio pin support interrupt. Example: - sbgpio: sbgpio@17001000 { + sbgpio: gpio@17001000{ compatible = "apm,xgene-gpio-sb"; reg = <0x0 0x17001000 0x0 0x400>; #gpio-cells = <2>; @@ -29,4 +47,19 @@ Example: <0x0 0x2b 0x1>, <0x0 0x2c 0x1>, <0x0 0x2d 0x1>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + apm,nr-gpios = <22>; + apm,nr-irqs = <6>; + apm,irq-start = <8>; + }; + + testuser { + compatible = "example,testuser"; + /* Use the GPIO_13/EXT_INT_5 line as an active high triggered + * level interrupt + */ + interrupts = <5 4>; + interrupt-parent = <&sbgpio>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt index 8a979780452b..53de1d9d0b95 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hsi/nokia-modem.txt @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ properties are needed by the Nokia modem HSI client: Required properties: - compatible: Should be one of "nokia,n900-modem" + "nokia,n950-modem" + "nokia,n9-modem" - hsi-channel-names: Should contain the following strings "mcsaab-control" "speech-control" @@ -15,11 +17,11 @@ Required properties: - gpios: Should provide a GPIO handler for each GPIO listed in gpio-names - gpio-names: Should contain the following strings - "cmt_apeslpx" - "cmt_rst_rq" - "cmt_en" - "cmt_rst" - "cmt_bsi" + "cmt_apeslpx" (for n900, n950, n9) + "cmt_rst_rq" (for n900, n950, n9) + "cmt_en" (for n900, n950, n9) + "cmt_rst" (for n900) + "cmt_bsi" (for n900) - interrupts: Should be IRQ handle for modem's reset indication Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-demux-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-demux-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6078aefe7ed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-demux-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +Pinctrl-based I2C Bus DeMux + +This binding describes an I2C bus demultiplexer that uses pin multiplexing to +route the I2C signals, and represents the pin multiplexing configuration using +the pinctrl device tree bindings. This may be used to select one I2C IP core at +runtime which may have a better feature set for a given task than another I2C +IP core on the SoC. The most simple example is to fall back to GPIO bitbanging +if your current runtime configuration hits an errata of the internal IP core. + + +-------------------------------+ + | SoC | + | | +-----+ +-----+ + | +------------+ | | dev | | dev | + | |I2C IP Core1|--\ | +-----+ +-----+ + | +------------+ \-------+ | | | + | |Pinctrl|--|------+--------+ + | +------------+ +-------+ | + | |I2C IP Core2|--/ | + | +------------+ | + | | + +-------------------------------+ + +Required properties: +- compatible: "i2c-demux-pinctrl" +- i2c-parent: List of phandles of I2C masters available for selection. The first + one will be used as default. +- i2c-bus-name: The name of this bus. Also needed as pinctrl-name for the I2C + parents. + +Furthermore, I2C mux properties and child nodes. See mux.txt in this directory. + +Example: + +Here is a snipplet for a bus to be demuxed. It contains various i2c clients for +HDMI, so the bus is named "i2c-hdmi": + + i2chdmi: i2c@8 { + + compatible = "i2c-demux-pinctrl"; + i2c-parent = <&gpioi2c>, <&iic2>, <&i2c2>; + i2c-bus-name = "i2c-hdmi"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ak4643: sound-codec@12 { + compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak4643"; + + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x12>; + }; + + composite-in@20 { + compatible = "adi,adv7180"; + reg = <0x20>; + remote = <&vin1>; + + port { + adv7180: endpoint { + bus-width = <8>; + remote-endpoint = <&vin1ep0>; + }; + }; + }; + + hdmi@39 { + compatible = "adi,adv7511w"; + reg = <0x39>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <15 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + + adi,input-depth = <8>; + adi,input-colorspace = "rgb"; + adi,input-clock = "1x"; + adi,input-style = <1>; + adi,input-justification = "evenly"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + adv7511_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&du_out_lvds0>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + adv7511_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_con>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +And for clarification, here are the snipplets for the i2c-parents: + + gpioi2c: i2c@9 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "i2c-gpio"; + status = "disabled"; + gpios = <&gpio5 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH /* sda */ + &gpio5 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH /* scl */ + >; + i2c-gpio,delay-us = <5>; + }; + +... + +&i2c2 { + pinctrl-0 = <&i2c2_pins>; + pinctrl-names = "i2c-hdmi"; + + clock-frequency = <100000>; +}; + +... + +&iic2 { + pinctrl-0 = <&iic2_pins>; + pinctrl-names = "i2c-hdmi"; + + clock-frequency = <100000>; +}; + +Please note: + +- pinctrl properties for the parent I2C controllers need a pinctrl state + with the same name as i2c-bus-name, not "default"! + +- the i2c masters must have their status "disabled". This driver will + enable them at runtime when needed. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt index eab5836ba7f9..b967544590e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. - The absence of the propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. + The absence of the property indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. - dmas: A list of two dma specifiers, one for each entry in dma-names. - dma-names: should contain "tx" and "rx". - scl-gpios: specify the gpio related to SCL pin diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt index 95e97223a71c..cf8bfc956cdc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - clock-frequency: desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. The absence of this - propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. + property indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. - clocks: clock specifier. - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns: see i2c.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt index 7baf9e133fa8..2701eefb00f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Required properties : Optional properties: - clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. - The absence of the propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. + The absence of the property indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. Examples : diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xiic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xiic.txt index ceabbe91ae44..caf42e989462 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xiic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-xiic.txt @@ -6,14 +6,17 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : IIC controller unterrupt - #address-cells = <1> - #size-cells = <0> +- clocks: Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings. Optional properties: - Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding +- clock-names: Input clock name, should be 'pclk'. Example: axi_iic_0: i2c@40800000 { compatible = "xlnx,xps-iic-2.00.a"; + clocks = <&clkc 15>; interrupts = < 1 2 >; reg = < 0x40800000 0x10000 >; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt index 3c10e8581144..165937e1ac1c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ -Freescale MMA8452Q, MMA8453Q, MMA8652FC or MMA8653FC triaxial accelerometer +Freescale MMA8451Q, MMA8452Q, MMA8453Q, MMA8652FC or MMA8653FC +triaxial accelerometer Required properties: - compatible: should contain one of + * "fsl,mma8451" * "fsl,mma8452" * "fsl,mma8453" * "fsl,mma8652" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3223684a643b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/at91-sama5d2_adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* AT91 SAMA5D2 Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "atmel,sama5d2-adc". + - reg: Should contain ADC registers location and length. + - interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the ADC. + - clocks: phandle to device clock. + - clock-names: Must be "adc_clk". + - vref-supply: Supply used as reference for conversions. + - vddana-supply: Supply for the adc device. + - atmel,min-sample-rate-hz: Minimum sampling rate, it depends on SoC. + - atmel,max-sample-rate-hz: Maximum sampling rate, it depends on SoC. + - atmel,startup-time-ms: Startup time expressed in ms, it depends on SoC. + +Example: + +adc: adc@fc030000 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-adc"; + reg = <0xfc030000 0x100>; + interrupts = <40 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>; + clocks = <&adc_clk>; + clock-names = "adc_clk"; + atmel,min-sample-rate-hz = <200000>; + atmel,max-sample-rate-hz = <20000000>; + atmel,startup-time-ms = <4>; + vddana-supply = <&vdd_3v3_lp_reg>; + vref-supply = <&vdd_3v3_lp_reg>; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/fsl,imx25-gcq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/fsl,imx25-gcq.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b0866d36a307 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/fsl,imx25-gcq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +Freescale i.MX25 ADC GCQ device + +This is a generic conversion queue device that can convert any of the +analog inputs using the ADC unit of the i.MX25. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "fsl,imx25-gcq". + - reg: Should be the register range of the module. + - interrupts: Should be the interrupt number of the module. + Typically this is <1>. + - interrupt-parent: phandle to the tsadc module of the i.MX25. + - #address-cells: Should be <1> (setting for the subnodes) + - #size-cells: Should be <0> (setting for the subnodes) + +Optional properties: + - vref-ext-supply: The regulator supplying the ADC reference voltage. + Required when at least one subnode uses the this reference. + - vref-xp-supply: The regulator supplying the ADC reference voltage on pin XP. + Required when at least one subnode uses this reference. + - vref-yp-supply: The regulator supplying the ADC reference voltage on pin YP. + Required when at least one subnode uses this reference. + +Sub-nodes: +Optionally you can define subnodes which define the reference voltage +for the analog inputs. + +Required properties for subnodes: + - reg: Should be the number of the analog input. + 0: xp + 1: yp + 2: xn + 3: yn + 4: wiper + 5: inaux0 + 6: inaux1 + 7: inaux2 +Optional properties for subnodes: + - fsl,adc-refp: specifies the positive reference input as defined in + <dt-bindings/iio/adc/fsl-imx25-gcq.h> + - fsl,adc-refn: specifies the negative reference input as defined in + <dt-bindings/iio/adc/fsl-imx25-gcq.h> + +Example: + + adc: adc@50030800 { + compatible = "fsl,imx25-gcq"; + reg = <0x50030800 0x60>; + interrupt-parent = <&tscadc>; + interrupts = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + inaux@5 { + reg = <5>; + fsl,adc-refp = <MX25_ADC_REFP_INT>; + fsl,adc-refn = <MX25_ADC_REFN_NGND>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt index dcae4ccfcc52..82bcce07255d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3422.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties: "microchip,mcp3422" or "microchip,mcp3423" or "microchip,mcp3424" or + "microchip,mcp3425" or "microchip,mcp3426" or "microchip,mcp3427" or "microchip,mcp3428" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc0832.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc0832.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d91130587d01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc0832.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +* Texas Instruments' ADC0831/ADC0832/ADC0832/ADC0838 + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be one of + * "ti,adc0831" + * "ti,adc0832" + * "ti,adc0834" + * "ti,adc0838" + - reg: spi chip select number for the device + - vref-supply: The regulator supply for ADC reference voltage + - spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use (< 400000) + +Example: +adc@0 { + compatible = "ti,adc0832"; + reg = <0>; + vref-supply = <&vdd_supply>; + spi-max-frequency = <200000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/atlas,ph-sm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/atlas,ph-sm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cffa1907463a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/atlas,ph-sm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Atlas Scientific pH-SM OEM sensor + +http://www.atlas-scientific.com/_files/_datasheets/_oem/pH_oem_datasheet.pdf + +Required properties: + + - compatible: must be "atlas,ph-sm" + - reg: the I2C address of the sensor + - interrupt-parent: should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + - interrupts: the sole interrupt generated by the device + + Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client + node bindings. + +Example: + +atlas@65 { + compatible = "atlas,ph-sm"; + reg = <0x65>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <16 2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/vf610-dac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/vf610-dac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..20c6c7ae9687 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/vf610-dac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Freescale vf610 Digital to Analog Converter bindings + +The devicetree bindings are for the new DAC driver written for +vf610 SoCs from Freescale. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "fsl,vf610-dac" +- reg: Offset and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: Should contain the interrupt for the device +- clocks: The clock is needed by the DAC controller +- clock-names: Must contain "dac" matching entry in the clocks property. + +Example: +dac0: dac@400cc000 { + compatible = "fsl,vf610-dac"; + reg = <0x400cc000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <55 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clock-names = "dac"; + clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_DAC0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/afe4403.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/afe4403.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2fffd70336ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/afe4403.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Texas Instruments AFE4403 Heart rate and Pulse Oximeter + +Required properties: + - compatible : Should be "ti,afe4403". + - reg : SPI chip select address of device. + - tx-supply : Regulator supply to transmitting LEDs. + - interrupt-parent : Phandle to he parent interrupt controller. + - interrupts : The interrupt line the device ADC_RDY pin is + connected to. For details refer to, + ../../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + +Optional properties: + - reset-gpios : GPIO used to reset the device. + For details refer to, ../../gpio/gpio.txt. + +For other required and optional properties of SPI slave nodes +please refer to ../../spi/spi-bus.txt. + +Example: + +&spi0 { + heart_mon@0 { + compatible = "ti,afe4403"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <10000000>; + + tx-supply = <&vbat>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <28 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/afe4404.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/afe4404.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..de69f203edfa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/afe4404.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Texas Instruments AFE4404 Heart rate and Pulse Oximeter + +Required properties: + - compatible : Should be "ti,afe4404". + - reg : I2C address of the device. + - tx-supply : Regulator supply to transmitting LEDs. + - interrupt-parent : Phandle to he parent interrupt controller. + - interrupts : The interrupt line the device ADC_RDY pin is + connected to. For details refer to, + ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + +Optional properties: + - reset-gpios : GPIO used to reset the device. + For details refer to, ../gpio/gpio.txt. + +Example: + +&i2c2 { + heart_mon@58 { + compatible = "ti,afe4404"; + reg = <0x58>; + + tx-supply = <&vbat>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <28 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/max30100.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/max30100.txt index f6fbac66ad06..295a9edfa4fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/max30100.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/max30100.txt @@ -11,11 +11,19 @@ Required properties: Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client node bindings. +Optional properties: + - maxim,led-current-microamp: configuration for LED current in microamperes + while the engine is running. First indexed value is the configuration for + the RED LED, and second value is for the IR LED. + + Refer to the datasheet for the allowed current values. + Example: max30100@057 { compatible = "maxim,max30100"; reg = <57>; + maxim,led-current-microamp = <24000 50000>; interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; interrupts = <16 2>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/opt3001.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/opt3001.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eac30d508849 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/opt3001.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* Texas Instruments OPT3001 Ambient Light Sensor + +The driver supports interrupt-driven and interrupt-less operation, depending +on whether an interrupt property has been populated into the DT. Note that +the optional generation of IIO events on rising/falling light threshold changes +requires the use of interrupts. Without interrupts, only the simple reading +of the current light value is supported through the IIO API. + +http://www.ti.com/product/opt3001 + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "ti,opt3001" + - reg: the I2C address of the sensor + +Optional properties: + - interrupt-parent: should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + - interrupts: interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ (configure for falling edge) + +Example: + +opt3001@44 { + compatible = "ti,opt3001"; + reg = <0x44>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <28 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt index 33a1638b61d6..c6cfe2e3ed41 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ads7846.txt @@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ Optional properties: ti,vref-delay-usecs vref supply delay in usecs, 0 for external vref (u16). ti,vref-mv The VREF voltage, in millivolts (u16). + Set to 0 to use internal refernce + (ADS7846). ti,keep-vref-on set to keep vref on for differential measurements as well ti,swap-xy swap x and y axis diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_2d_sensor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_2d_sensor.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f2c30c8b725d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_2d_sensor.txt @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +Synaptics RMI4 2D Sensor Device Binding + +The Synaptics RMI4 core is able to support RMI4 devices using different +transports and different functions. This file describes the device tree +bindings for devices which contain 2D sensors using Function 11 or +Function 12. Complete documentation for transports and other functions +can be found in: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4. + +RMI4 Function 11 and Function 12 are for 2D touch position sensing. +Additional documentation for F11 can be found at: +http://www.synaptics.com/sites/default/files/511-000136-01-Rev-E-RMI4-Interfacing-Guide.pdf + +Optional Touch Properties: +Description in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touch +- touchscreen-inverted-x +- touchscreen-inverted-y +- touchscreen-swapped-x-y +- touchscreen-x-mm +- touchscreen-y-mm + +Optional Properties: +- syna,clip-x-low: Sets a minimum value for X. +- syna,clip-y-low: Sets a minimum value for Y. +- syna,clip-x-high: Sets a maximum value for X. +- syna,clip-y-high: Sets a maximum value for Y. +- syna,offset-x: Add an offset to X. +- syna,offset-y: Add an offset to Y. +- syna,delta-x-threshold: Set the minimum distance on the X axis required + to generate an interrupt in reduced reporting + mode. +- syna,delta-y-threshold: Set the minimum distance on the Y axis required + to generate an interrupt in reduced reporting + mode. +- syna,sensor-type: Set the sensor type. 1 for touchscreen 2 for touchpad. +- syna,disable-report-mask: Mask for disabling posiiton reporting. Used to + disable reporing absolute position data. +- syna,rezero-wait-ms: Time in miliseconds to wait after issuing a rezero + command. + + +Example of a RMI4 I2C device with F11: +Example: + &i2c1 { + rmi4-i2c-dev@2c { + compatible = "syna,rmi4-i2c"; + + ... + + rmi4-f11@11 { + reg = <0x11>; + touchscreen-inverted-y; + syna,sensor-type = <2>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_f01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_f01.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..079cad2b6843 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_f01.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Synaptics RMI4 F01 Device Binding + +The Synaptics RMI4 core is able to support RMI4 devices using different +transports and different functions. This file describes the device tree +bindings for devices which contain Function 1. Complete documentation +for transports and other functions can be found in: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4. + +Additional documentation for F01 can be found at: +http://www.synaptics.com/sites/default/files/511-000136-01-Rev-E-RMI4-Interfacing-Guide.pdf + +Optional Properties: +- syna,nosleep-mode: If set the device will run at full power without sleeping. + nosleep has 3 modes, 0 will not change the default + setting, 1 will disable nosleep (allow sleeping), + and 2 will enable nosleep (disabling sleep). +- syna,wakeup-threshold: Defines the amplitude of the disturbance to the + background capacitance that will cause the + device to wake from dozing. +- syna,doze-holdoff-ms: The delay to wait after the last finger lift and the + first doze cycle. +- syna,doze-interval-ms: The time period that the device sleeps between finger + activity. + + +Example of a RMI4 I2C device with F01: + Example: + &i2c1 { + rmi4-i2c-dev@2c { + compatible = "syna,rmi4-i2c"; + + ... + + rmi4-f01@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + syna,nosleep-mode = <1>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..95fa715c6046 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Synaptics RMI4 I2C Device Binding + +The Synaptics RMI4 core is able to support RMI4 devices using different +transports and different functions. This file describes the device tree +bindings for devices using the I2C transport driver. Complete documentation +for other transports and functions can be found in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: syna,rmi4-i2c +- reg: I2C address +- #address-cells: Set to 1 to indicate that the function child nodes + consist of only on uint32 value. +- #size-cells: Set to 0 to indicate that the function child nodes do not + have a size property. + +Optional Properties: +- interrupts: interrupt which the rmi device is connected to. +- interrupt-parent: The interrupt controller. +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + +- syna,reset-delay-ms: The number of milliseconds to wait after resetting the + device. + +Function Parameters: +Parameters specific to RMI functions are contained in child nodes of the rmi device + node. Documentation for the parameters of each function can be found in: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_f*.txt. + + + +Example: + &i2c1 { + rmi4-i2c-dev@2c { + compatible = "syna,rmi4-i2c"; + reg = <0x2c>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <4 2>; + + rmi4-f01@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + syna,nosleep-mode = <1>; + }; + + rmi4-f11@11 { + reg = <0x11>; + touchscreen-inverted-y; + syna,sensor-type = <2>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_spi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a4ca7828f21d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_spi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +Synaptics RMI4 SPI Device Binding + +The Synaptics RMI4 core is able to support RMI4 devices using different +transports and different functions. This file describes the device tree +bindings for devices using the SPI transport driver. Complete documentation +for other transports and functions can be found in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: syna,rmi4-spi +- reg: Chip select address for the device +- #address-cells: Set to 1 to indicate that the function child nodes + consist of only on uint32 value. +- #size-cells: Set to 0 to indicate that the function child nodes do not + have a size property. + +Optional Properties: +- interrupts: interrupt which the rmi device is connected to. +- interrupt-parent: The interrupt controller. +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + +- spi-rx-delay-us: microsecond delay after a read transfer. +- spi-tx-delay-us: microsecond delay after a write transfer. + +Function Parameters: +Parameters specific to RMI functions are contained in child nodes of the rmi device + node. Documentation for the parameters of each function can be found in: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rmi4/rmi_f*.txt. + + + +Example: + spi@7000d800 { + rmi4-spi-dev@0 { + compatible = "syna,rmi4-spi"; + reg = <0x0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <4000000>; + spi-cpha; + spi-cpol; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <TEGRA_GPIO(K, 2) 0x2>; + spi-rx-delay-us = <30>; + + rmi4-f01@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + syna,nosleep-mode = <1>; + }; + + rmi4-f11@11 { + reg = <0x11>; + touchscreen-inverted-y; + syna,sensor-type = <2>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt index de99cbbbf6da..6c9f0c8a846c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/rotary-encoder.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Rotary encoder DT bindings Required properties: -- gpios: a spec for two GPIOs to be used +- gpios: a spec for at least two GPIOs to be used, most significant first Optional properties: - linux,axis: the input subsystem axis to map to this rotary encoder. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ad7879.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ad7879.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e3f22d23fc8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ad7879.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +* Analog Devices AD7879(-1)/AD7889(-1) touchscreen interface (SPI/I2C) + +Required properties: +- compatible : for SPI slave, use "adi,ad7879" + for I2C slave, use "adi,ad7879-1" +- reg : SPI chipselect/I2C slave address + See spi-bus.txt for more SPI slave properties +- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller +- interrupts : touch controller interrupt +- touchscreen-max-pressure : maximum reported pressure +- adi,resistance-plate-x : total resistance of X-plate (for pressure + calculation) +Optional properties: +- touchscreen-swapped-x-y : X and Y axis are swapped (boolean) +- adi,first-conversion-delay : 0-12: In 128us steps (starting with 128us) + 13 : 2.560ms + 14 : 3.584ms + 15 : 4.096ms + This property has to be a '/bits/ 8' value +- adi,acquisition-time : 0: 2us + 1: 4us + 2: 8us + 3: 16us + This property has to be a '/bits/ 8' value +- adi,median-filter-size : 0: disabled + 1: 4 measurements + 2: 8 measurements + 3: 16 measurements + This property has to be a '/bits/ 8' value +- adi,averaging : 0: 2 middle values (1 if median disabled) + 1: 4 middle values + 2: 8 middle values + 3: 16 values + This property has to be a '/bits/ 8' value +- adi,conversion-interval: : 0 : convert one time only + 1-255: 515us + val * 35us (up to 9.440ms) + This property has to be a '/bits/ 8' value + +Example: + + ad7879@2c { + compatible = "adi,ad7879-1"; + reg = <0x2c>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + touchscreen-max-pressure = <4096>; + adi,resistance-plate-x = <120>; + adi,first-conversion-delay = /bits/ 8 <3>; + adi,acquisition-time = /bits/ 8 <1>; + adi,median-filter-size = /bits/ 8 <2>; + adi,averaging = /bits/ 8 <1>; + adi,conversion-interval = /bits/ 8 <255>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/cyttsp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/cyttsp.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b75d4cfd2c36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/cyttsp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +* Cypress cyttsp touchscreen controller + +Required properties: + - compatible : must be "cypress,cyttsp-i2c" or "cypress,cyttsp-spi" + - reg : Device I2C address or SPI chip select number + - spi-max-frequency : Maximum SPI clocking speed of the device (for cyttsp-spi) + - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the gpio controller + (see interrupt binding[0]). + - interrupts : (gpio) interrupt to which the chip is connected + (see interrupt binding[0]). + - bootloader-key : the 8-byte bootloader key that is required to switch + the chip from bootloader mode (default mode) to + application mode. + This property has to be specified as an array of 8 + '/bits/ 8' values. + +Optional properties: + - reset-gpios : the reset gpio the chip is connected to + (see GPIO binding[1] for more details). + - touchscreen-size-x : horizontal resolution of touchscreen (in pixels) + - touchscreen-size-y : vertical resolution of touchscreen (in pixels) + - touchscreen-fuzz-x : horizontal noise value of the absolute input device + (in pixels) + - touchscreen-fuzz-y : vertical noise value of the absolute input device + (in pixels) + - active-distance : the distance in pixels beyond which a touch must move + before movement is detected and reported by the device. + Valid values: 0-15. + - active-interval-ms : the minimum period in ms between consecutive + scanning/processing cycles when the chip is in active mode. + Valid values: 0-255. + - lowpower-interval-ms : the minimum period in ms between consecutive + scanning/processing cycles when the chip is in low-power mode. + Valid values: 0-2550 + - touch-timeout-ms : minimum time in ms spent in the active power state while no + touches are detected before entering low-power mode. + Valid values: 0-2550 + - use-handshake : enable register-based handshake (boolean). This should + only be used if the chip is configured to use 'blocking + communication with timeout' (in this case the device + generates an interrupt at the end of every + scanning/processing cycle). + +[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt + +Example: + &i2c1 { + /* ... */ + cyttsp@a { + compatible = "cypress,cyttsp-i2c"; + reg = <0xa>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; + interrupts = <28 0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio3 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + touchscreen-size-x = <800>; + touchscreen-size-y = <480>; + touchscreen-fuzz-x = <4>; + touchscreen-fuzz-y = <7>; + + bootloader-key = /bits/ 8 <0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08>; + active-distance = <8>; + active-interval-ms = <0>; + lowpower-interval-ms = <200>; + touch-timeout-ms = <100>; + }; + + /* ... */ + }; + + &mcspi1 { + /* ... */ + cyttsp@0 { + compatible = "cypress,cyttsp-spi"; + spi-max-frequency = <6000000>; + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; + interrupts = <28 0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio3 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + touchscreen-size-x = <800>; + touchscreen-size-y = <480>; + touchscreen-fuzz-x = <4>; + touchscreen-fuzz-y = <7>; + + bootloader-key = /bits/ 8 <0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08>; + active-distance = <8>; + active-interval-ms = <0>; + lowpower-interval-ms = <200>; + touch-timeout-ms = <100>; + }; + + /* ... */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/fsl-mx25-tcq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/fsl-mx25-tcq.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cdf05f9b2329 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/fsl-mx25-tcq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Freescale mx25 TS conversion queue module + +mx25 touchscreen conversion queue module which controls the ADC unit of the +mx25 for attached touchscreens. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "fsl,imx25-tcq". + - reg: Memory range of the device. + - interrupts: Should be the interrupt number associated with this module within + the tscadc unit (<0>). + - interrupt-parent: Should be a phandle to the tscadc unit. + - fsl,wires: Should be '<4>' or '<5>' + +Optional properties: + - fsl,pen-debounce-ns: Pen debounce time in nanoseconds. + - fsl,pen-threshold: Pen-down threshold for the touchscreen. This is a value + between 1 and 4096. It is the ratio between the internal reference voltage + and the measured voltage after the plate was precharged. Resistence between + plates and therefore the voltage decreases with pressure so that a smaller + value is equivalent to a higher pressure. + - fsl,settling-time-ns: Settling time in nanoseconds. The settling time is before + the actual touch detection to wait for an even charge distribution in the + plate. + +This device includes two conversion queues which can be added as subnodes. +The first queue is for the touchscreen, the second for general purpose ADC. + +Example: + tsc: tcq@50030400 { + compatible = "fsl,imx25-tcq"; + reg = <0x50030400 0x60>; + interrupt-parent = <&tscadc>; + interrupts = <0>; + fsl,wires = <4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt index ac23caf518ad..bccaa4e73045 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ Optional properties for Touchscreens: - touchscreen-inverted-y : Y axis is inverted (boolean) - touchscreen-swapped-x-y : X and Y axis are swapped (boolean) Swapping is done after inverting the axis + - touchscreen-x-mm : horizontal length in mm of the touchscreen + - touchscreen-y-mm : vertical length in mm of the touchscreen Deprecated properties for Touchscreens: - x-size : deprecated name for touchscreen-size-x diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/hisilicon,mbigen-v2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/hisilicon,mbigen-v2.txt index 720f7c92e9a1..3b2f4c43ad8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/hisilicon,mbigen-v2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/hisilicon,mbigen-v2.txt @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ Mbigen main node required properties: - reg: Specifies the base physical address and size of the Mbigen registers. +Mbigen sub node required properties: +------------------------------------------ - interrupt controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller - msi-parent: Specifies the MSI controller this mbigen use. @@ -45,13 +47,23 @@ Mbigen main node required properties: Examples: - mbigen_device_gmac:intc { + mbigen_chip_dsa { compatible = "hisilicon,mbigen-v2"; reg = <0x0 0xc0080000 0x0 0x10000>; - interrupt-controller; - msi-parent = <&its_dsa 0x40b1c>; - num-pins = <9>; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + mbigen_gmac:intc_gmac { + interrupt-controller; + msi-parent = <&its_dsa 0x40b1c>; + num-pins = <9>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + mbigen_i2c:intc_i2c { + interrupt-controller; + msi-parent = <&its_dsa 0x40b0e>; + num-pins = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; }; Devices connect to mbigen required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cd1b1cd7b5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +* Mediatek IOMMU Architecture Implementation + + Some Mediatek SOCs contain a Multimedia Memory Management Unit (M4U) which +uses the ARM Short-Descriptor translation table format for address translation. + + About the M4U Hardware Block Diagram, please check below: + + EMI (External Memory Interface) + | + m4u (Multimedia Memory Management Unit) + | + SMI Common(Smart Multimedia Interface Common) + | + +----------------+------- + | | + | | + SMI larb0 SMI larb1 ... SoCs have several SMI local arbiter(larb). + (display) (vdec) + | | + | | + +-----+-----+ +----+----+ + | | | | | | + | | |... | | | ... There are different ports in each larb. + | | | | | | +OVL0 RDMA0 WDMA0 MC PP VLD + + As above, The Multimedia HW will go through SMI and M4U while it +access EMI. SMI is a bridge between m4u and the Multimedia HW. It contain +smi local arbiter and smi common. It will control whether the Multimedia +HW should go though the m4u for translation or bypass it and talk +directly with EMI. And also SMI help control the power domain and clocks for +each local arbiter. + Normally we specify a local arbiter(larb) for each multimedia HW +like display, video decode, and camera. And there are different ports +in each larb. Take a example, There are many ports like MC, PP, VLD in the +video decode local arbiter, all these ports are according to the video HW. + +Required properties: +- compatible : must be "mediatek,mt8173-m4u". +- reg : m4u register base and size. +- interrupts : the interrupt of m4u. +- clocks : must contain one entry for each clock-names. +- clock-names : must be "bclk", It is the block clock of m4u. +- mediatek,larbs : List of phandle to the local arbiters in the current Socs. + Refer to bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt. It must sort + according to the local arbiter index, like larb0, larb1, larb2... +- iommu-cells : must be 1. This is the mtk_m4u_id according to the HW. + Specifies the mtk_m4u_id as defined in + dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h. + +Example: + iommu: iommu@10205000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-m4u"; + reg = <0 0x10205000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 139 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&infracfg CLK_INFRA_M4U>; + clock-names = "bclk"; + mediatek,larbs = <&larb0 &larb1 &larb2 &larb3 &larb4 &larb5>; + #iommu-cells = <1>; + }; + +Example for a client device: + display { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp"; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_OVL0>, + <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_RDMA0>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt index 48ffb38f699e..3ed027cfca95 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt @@ -7,23 +7,34 @@ connected to the IPMMU through a port called micro-TLB. Required Properties: - - compatible: Must contain SoC-specific and generic entries from below. + - compatible: Must contain SoC-specific and generic entry below in case + the device is compatible with the R-Car Gen2 VMSA-compatible IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a73a4" for the R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 (R-Car H2) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7793" for the R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7794" for the R8A7794 (R-Car E2) IPMMU. + - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 (R-Car H3) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-vmsa" for generic R-Car Gen2 VMSA-compatible IPMMU. - reg: Base address and size of the IPMMU registers. - interrupts: Specifiers for the MMU fault interrupts. For instances that support secure mode two interrupts must be specified, for non-secure and secure mode, in that order. For instances that don't support secure mode a - single interrupt must be specified. + single interrupt must be specified. Not required for cache IPMMUs. - #iommu-cells: Must be 1. +Optional properties: + + - renesas,ipmmu-main: reference to the main IPMMU instance in two cells. + The first cell is a phandle to the main IPMMU and the second cell is + the interrupt bit number associated with the particular cache IPMMU device. + The interrupt bit number needs to match the main IPMMU IMSSTR register. + Only used by cache IPMMU instances. + + Each bus master connected to an IPMMU must reference the IPMMU in its device node with the following property: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt index bc620fe32a70..85f068805dd8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt @@ -23,28 +23,24 @@ MMUs. for window 1, 2 and 3. * M2M Scalers and G2D in Exynos5420 has one System MMU on the read channel and the other System MMU on the write channel. -The drivers must consider how to handle those System MMUs. One of the idea is -to implement child devices or sub-devices which are the client devices of the -System MMU. -Note: -The current DT binding for the Exynos System MMU is incomplete. -The following properties can be removed or changed, if found incompatible with -the "Generic IOMMU Binding" support for attaching devices to the IOMMU. +For information on assigning System MMU controller to its peripheral devices, +see generic IOMMU bindings. Required properties: - compatible: Should be "samsung,exynos-sysmmu" - reg: A tuple of base address and size of System MMU registers. +- #iommu-cells: Should be <0>. - interrupt-parent: The phandle of the interrupt controller of System MMU - interrupts: An interrupt specifier for interrupt signal of System MMU, according to the format defined by a particular interrupt controller. -- clock-names: Should be "sysmmu" if the System MMU is needed to gate its clock. +- clock-names: Should be "sysmmu" or a pair of "aclk" and "pclk" to gate + SYSMMU core clocks. Optional "master" if the clock to the System MMU is gated by - another gate clock other than "sysmmu". - Exynos4 SoCs, there needs no "master" clock. - Exynos5 SoCs, some System MMUs must have "master" clocks. -- clocks: Required if the System MMU is needed to gate its clock. + another gate clock other core (usually main gate clock + of peripheral device this SYSMMU belongs to). +- clocks: Phandles for respective clocks described by clock-names. - power-domains: Required if the System MMU is needed to gate its power. Please refer to the following document: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/pd-samsung.txt @@ -57,6 +53,7 @@ Examples: power-domains = <&pd_gsc>; clocks = <&clock CLK_GSCL0>; clock-names = "gscl"; + iommus = <&sysmmu_gsc0>; }; sysmmu_gsc0: sysmmu@13E80000 { @@ -67,4 +64,5 @@ Examples: clock-names = "sysmmu", "master"; clocks = <&clock CLK_SMMU_GSCL0>, <&clock CLK_GSCL0>; power-domains = <&pd_gsc>; + #iommu-cells = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/hisilicon,hi6220-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/hisilicon,hi6220-mailbox.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..044b17f3a77a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/hisilicon,hi6220-mailbox.txt @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +Hisilicon Hi6220 Mailbox Driver +=============================== + +Hisilicon Hi6220 mailbox supports up to 32 channels. Each channel +is unidirectional with a maximum message size of 8 words. I/O is +performed using register access (there is no DMA) and the cell +raises an interrupt when messages are received. + +Mailbox Device Node: +==================== + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- compatible: Shall be "hisilicon,hi6220-mbox" +- reg: Contains the mailbox register address range (base + address and length); the first item is for IPC + registers, the second item is shared buffer for + slots. +- #mbox-cells: Common mailbox binding property to identify the number + of cells required for the mailbox specifier. Must be 3. + <&phandle slot_id dst_irq ack_irq> + phandle: Label name of mailbox controller + slot_id: Slot id used either for TX or RX + dst_irq: IRQ identifier index number which used by MCU + ack_irq: IRQ identifier index number with generating a + TX/RX interrupt to application processor, + mailbox driver uses it to acknowledge interrupt +- interrupts: Contains the interrupt information for the mailbox + device. The format is dependent on which interrupt + controller the SoCs use. + +Optional Properties: +-------------------- +- hi6220,mbox-tx-noirq: Property of MCU firmware's feature, so mailbox driver + use this flag to ask MCU to enable "automatic idle + flag" mode or IRQ generated mode to acknowledge a TX + completion. + +Example: +-------- + + mailbox: mailbox@f7510000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-mbox"; + reg = <0x0 0xf7510000 0x0 0x1000>, /* IPC_S */ + <0x0 0x06dff800 0x0 0x0800>; /* Mailbox */ + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 94 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #mbox-cells = <3>; + }; + + +Mailbox client +=============== + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- compatible: Many (See the client docs). +- mboxes: Standard property to specify a Mailbox (See ./mailbox.txt) + Cells must match 'mbox-cells' (See Mailbox Device Node above). + +Optional Properties: +-------------------- +- mbox-names: Name given to channels seen in the 'mboxes' property. + +Example: +-------- + + stub_clock: stub_clock { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi6220-stub-clk"; + hisilicon,hi6220-clk-sram = <&sram>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + mbox-names = "mbox-tx", "mbox-rx"; + mboxes = <&mailbox 1 0 11>, <&mailbox 0 1 10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/rockchip-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/rockchip-mailbox.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b6bb84acf5be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/rockchip-mailbox.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Rockchip mailbox + +The Rockchip mailbox is used by the Rockchip CPU cores to communicate +requests to MCU processor. + +Refer to ./mailbox.txt for generic information about mailbox device-tree +bindings. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: should be one of the following. + - "rockchip,rk3368-mbox" for rk3368 + - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + - interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu. The interrupt specifier format + depends on the interrupt controller. + - #mbox-cells: Common mailbox binding property to identify the number + of cells required for the mailbox specifier. Should be 1 + +Example: +-------- + +/* RK3368 */ +mbox: mbox@ff6b0000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3368-mailbox"; + reg = <0x0 0xff6b0000 0x0 0x1000>, + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 146 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 147 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 148 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 149 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #mbox-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/sti-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/sti-mailbox.txt index b61eec920359..351f612673fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/sti-mailbox.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/sti-mailbox.txt @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Optional properties Example: mailbox_test { - compatible = "mailbox_test"; + compatible = "mailbox-test"; reg = <0x[shared_memory_address], [shared_memory_size]>; mboxes = <&mailbox2 0 1>, <&mailbox0 2 1>; mbox-names = "tx", "rx"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/ti,message-manager.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/ti,message-manager.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b449d025049f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/ti,message-manager.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +Texas Instruments' Message Manager Driver +======================================== + +The Texas Instruments' Message Manager is a mailbox controller that has +configurable queues selectable at SoC(System on Chip) integration. The Message +manager is broken up into queues in different address regions that are called +"proxies" - each instance is unidirectional and is instantiated at SoC +integration level to indicate receive or transmit path. + +Message Manager Device Node: +=========================== +Required properties: +-------------------- +- compatible: Shall be: "ti,k2g-message-manager" +- reg-names queue_proxy_region - Map the queue proxy region. + queue_state_debug_region - Map the queue state debug + region. +- reg: Contains the register map per reg-names. +- #mbox-cells Shall be 2. Contains the queue ID and proxy ID in that + order referring to the transfer path. +- interrupt-names: Contains interrupt names matching the rx transfer path + for a given SoC. Receive interrupts shall be of the + format: "rx_<QID>_<PID>". + For ti,k2g-message-manager, this shall contain: + "rx_005_002", "rx_057_002" +- interrupts: Contains the interrupt information corresponding to + interrupt-names property. + +Example(K2G): +------------ + + msgmgr: msgmgr@02a00000 { + compatible = "ti,k2g-message-manager"; + #mbox-cells = <2>; + reg-names = "queue_proxy_region", "queue_state_debug_region"; + reg = <0x02a00000 0x400000>, <0x028c3400 0x400>; + interrupt-names = "rx_005", "rx_057"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 324 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 327 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + + pmmc: pmmc { + [...] + mbox-names = "rx", "tx"; + # RX queue ID is 5, proxy ID is 2 + # TX queue ID is 0, proxy ID is 0 + mboxes= <&msgmgr 5 2>, + <&msgmgr 0 0>; + [...] + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xgene-slimpro-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xgene-slimpro-mailbox.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e46451bb242f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xgene-slimpro-mailbox.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +The APM X-Gene SLIMpro mailbox is used to communicate messages between +the ARM64 processors and the Cortex M3 (dubbed SLIMpro). It uses a simple +interrupt based door bell mechanism and can exchange simple messages using the +internal registers. + +There are total of 8 interrupts in this mailbox. Each used for an individual +door bell (or mailbox channel). + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be as "apm,xgene-slimpro-mbox". + +- reg: Contains the mailbox register address range. + +- interrupts: 8 interrupts must be from 0 to 7, interrupt 0 define the + the interrupt for mailbox channel 0 and interrupt 1 for + mailbox channel 1 and so likewise for the reminder. + +- #mbox-cells: only one to specify the mailbox channel number. + +Example: + +Mailbox Node: + mailbox: mailbox@10540000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-slimpro-mbox"; + reg = <0x0 0x10540000 0x0 0xa000>; + #mbox-cells = <1>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x0 0x4>, + <0x0 0x1 0x4>, + <0x0 0x2 0x4>, + <0x0 0x3 0x4>, + <0x0 0x4 0x4>, + <0x0 0x5 0x4>, + <0x0 0x6 0x4>, + <0x0 0x7 0x4>, + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt index 202565313e82..100f0ae43269 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ Optional Properties: - link-frequencies: List of allowed link frequencies in Hz. Each frequency is expressed as a 64-bit big-endian integer. +- reset-gpios: GPIO handle which is connected to the reset pin of the chip. +- standby-gpios: GPIO handle which is connected to the standby pin of the chip. For further reading on port node refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp5150.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp5150.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8c0fc1a26bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tvp5150.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +* Texas Instruments TVP5150 and TVP5151 video decoders + +The TVP5150 and TVP5151 are video decoders that convert baseband NTSC and PAL +(and also SECAM in the TVP5151 case) video signals to either 8-bit 4:2:2 YUV +with discrete syncs or 8-bit ITU-R BT.656 with embedded syncs output formats. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: value must be "ti,tvp5150" +- reg: I2C slave address + +Optional Properties: +- pdn-gpios: phandle for the GPIO connected to the PDN pin, if any. +- reset-gpios: phandle for the GPIO connected to the RESETB pin, if any. + +The device node must contain one 'port' child node for its digital output +video port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Required Endpoint Properties for parallel synchronization: + +- hsync-active: active state of the HSYNC signal. Must be <1> (HIGH). +- vsync-active: active state of the VSYNC signal. Must be <1> (HIGH). +- field-even-active: field signal level during the even field data + transmission. Must be <0>. + +If none of hsync-active, vsync-active and field-even-active is specified, +the endpoint is assumed to use embedded BT.656 synchronization. + +Example: + +&i2c2 { + ... + tvp5150@5c { + compatible = "ti,tvp5150"; + reg = <0x5c>; + pdn-gpios = <&gpio4 30 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio6 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + port { + tvp5150_1: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ccdc_ep>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt index 9dafe6b06cd2..619193ccf7ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ family of devices. The current blocks are always slaves and suppot one input channel which can be either RGB, YUYV or BT656. - compatible: Must be one of the following + - "renesas,vin-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 device - "renesas,vin-r8a7794" for the R8A7794 device - "renesas,vin-r8a7793" for the R8A7793 device - "renesas,vin-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 device diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt index 0cb94201bf92..d3436e5190f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,jpu.txt @@ -5,11 +5,12 @@ and decoding function conforming to the JPEG baseline process, so that the JPU can encode image data and decode JPEG data quickly. Required properties: - - compatible: should containg one of the following: - - "renesas,jpu-r8a7790" for R-Car H2 - - "renesas,jpu-r8a7791" for R-Car M2-W - - "renesas,jpu-r8a7792" for R-Car V2H - - "renesas,jpu-r8a7793" for R-Car M2-N +- compatible: "renesas,jpu-<soctype>", "renesas,rcar-gen2-jpu" as fallback. + Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,jpu-r8a7790" for R-Car H2 + - "renesas,jpu-r8a7791" for R-Car M2-W + - "renesas,jpu-r8a7792" for R-Car V2H + - "renesas,jpu-r8a7793" for R-Car M2-N - reg: Base address and length of the registers block for the JPU. - interrupts: JPU interrupt specifier. @@ -17,7 +18,7 @@ Required properties: Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) JPU node jpeg-codec@fe980000 { - compatible = "renesas,jpu-r8a7790"; + compatible = "renesas,jpu-r8a7790", "renesas,rcar-gen2-jpu"; reg = <0 0xfe980000 0 0x10300>; interrupts = <0 272 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&mstp1_clks R8A7790_CLK_JPU>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt index 87fe08abf36d..627405abd144 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt @@ -1,30 +1,18 @@ -* Renesas VSP1 Video Processing Engine +* Renesas VSP Video Processing Engine -The VSP1 is a video processing engine that supports up-/down-scaling, alpha +The VSP is a video processing engine that supports up-/down-scaling, alpha blending, color space conversion and various other image processing features. It can be found in the Renesas R-Car second generation SoCs. Required properties: - - compatible: Must contain "renesas,vsp1" + - compatible: Must contain one of the following values + - "renesas,vsp1" for the R-Car Gen2 VSP1 + - "renesas,vsp2" for the R-Car Gen3 VSP2 - - reg: Base address and length of the registers block for the VSP1. - - interrupts: VSP1 interrupt specifier. - - clocks: A phandle + clock-specifier pair for the VSP1 functional clock. - - - renesas,#rpf: Number of Read Pixel Formatter (RPF) modules in the VSP1. - - renesas,#uds: Number of Up Down Scaler (UDS) modules in the VSP1. - - renesas,#wpf: Number of Write Pixel Formatter (WPF) modules in the VSP1. - - -Optional properties: - - - renesas,has-lif: Boolean, indicates that the LCD Interface (LIF) module is - available. - - renesas,has-lut: Boolean, indicates that the Look Up Table (LUT) module is - available. - - renesas,has-sru: Boolean, indicates that the Super Resolution Unit (SRU) - module is available. + - reg: Base address and length of the registers block for the VSP. + - interrupts: VSP interrupt specifier. + - clocks: A phandle + clock-specifier pair for the VSP functional clock. Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) VSP1-S node @@ -34,10 +22,4 @@ Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) VSP1-S node reg = <0 0xfe928000 0 0x8000>; interrupts = <0 267 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&mstp1_clks R8A7790_CLK_VSP1_S>; - - renesas,has-lut; - renesas,has-sru; - renesas,#rpf = <5>; - renesas,#uds = <3>; - renesas,#wpf = <4>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-cal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-cal.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ae9b52f37576 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-cal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +Texas Instruments DRA72x CAMERA ADAPTATION LAYER (CAL) +------------------------------------------------------ + +The Camera Adaptation Layer (CAL) is a key component for image capture +applications. The capture module provides the system interface and the +processing capability to connect CSI2 image-sensor modules to the +DRA72x device. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "ti,dra72-cal" +- reg: CAL Top level, Receiver Core #0, Receiver Core #1 and Camera RX + control address space +- reg-names: cal_top, cal_rx_core0, cal_rx_core1, and camerrx_control + registers +- interrupts: should contain IRQ line for the CAL; + +CAL supports 2 camera port nodes on MIPI bus. Each CSI2 camera port nodes +should contain a 'port' child node with child 'endpoint' node. Please +refer to the bindings defined in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: + cal: cal@4845b000 { + compatible = "ti,dra72-cal"; + ti,hwmods = "cal"; + reg = <0x4845B000 0x400>, + <0x4845B800 0x40>, + <0x4845B900 0x40>, + <0x4A002e94 0x4>; + reg-names = "cal_top", + "cal_rx_core0", + "cal_rx_core1", + "camerrx_control"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 119 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + csi2_0: port@0 { + reg = <0>; + endpoint { + slave-mode; + remote-endpoint = <&ar0330_1>; + }; + }; + csi2_1: port@1 { + reg = <1>; + }; + }; + }; + + i2c5: i2c@4807c000 { + ar0330@10 { + compatible = "ti,ar0330"; + reg = <0x10>; + + port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ar0330_1: endpoint { + reg = <0>; + clock-lanes = <1>; + data-lanes = <0 2 3 4>; + remote-endpoint = <&csi2_0>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..06a83ceebba7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +SMI (Smart Multimedia Interface) Common + +The hardware block diagram please check bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : must be "mediatek,mt8173-smi-common" +- reg : the register and size of the SMI block. +- power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. +- clock-names : must contain 2 entries, as follows: + - "apb" : Advanced Peripheral Bus clock, It's the clock for setting + the register. + - "smi" : It's the clock for transfer data and command. + They may be the same if both source clocks are the same. + +Example: + smi_common: smi@14022000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-smi-common"; + reg = <0 0x14022000 0 0x1000>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_MM>; + clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_SMI_COMMON>, + <&mmsys CLK_MM_SMI_COMMON>; + clock-names = "apb", "smi"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..55ff3b7e0bb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +SMI (Smart Multimedia Interface) Local Arbiter + +The hardware block diagram please check bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : must be "mediatek,mt8173-smi-larb" +- reg : the register and size of this local arbiter. +- mediatek,smi : a phandle to the smi_common node. +- power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. +- clock-names: must contain 2 entries, as follows: + - "apb" : Advanced Peripheral Bus clock, It's the clock for setting + the register. + - "smi" : It's the clock for transfer data and command. + +Example: + larb1: larb@16010000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-smi-larb"; + reg = <0 0x16010000 0 0x1000>; + mediatek,smi = <&smi_common>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_VDEC>; + clocks = <&vdecsys CLK_VDEC_CKEN>, + <&vdecsys CLK_VDEC_LARB_CKEN>; + clock-names = "apb", "smi"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/act8945a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/act8945a.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f71283055685 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/act8945a.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Active-semi ACT8945A MFD driver + +Required properties: + - compatible: "active-semi,act8945a". + - reg: the I2C slave address for the ACT8945A chip + +The chip exposes two subdevices: + - a regulators: see ../regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt + - a charger: see ../power/act8945a-charger.txt + +Example: + pmic@5b { + compatible = "active-semi,act8945a"; + reg = <0x5b>; + status = "okay"; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_charger_chglev>; + active-semi,chglev-gpio = <&pioA 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + active-semi,input-voltage-threshold-microvolt = <6600>; + active-semi,precondition-timeout = <40>; + active-semi,total-timeout = <3>; + + active-semi,vsel-high; + + regulators { + vdd_1v35_reg: REG_DCDC1 { + regulator-name = "VDD_1V35"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1350000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vdd_1v2_reg: REG_DCDC2 { + regulator-name = "VDD_1V2"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vdd_3v3_reg: REG_DCDC3 { + regulator-name = "VDD_3V3"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vdd_fuse_reg: REG_LDO1 { + regulator-name = "VDD_FUSE"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2500000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vdd_3v3_lp_reg: REG_LDO2 { + regulator-name = "VDD_3V3_LP"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vdd_led_reg: REG_LDO3 { + regulator-name = "VDD_LED"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vdd_sdhc_1v8_reg: REG_LDO4 { + regulator-name = "VDD_SDHC_1V8"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt index a474359dd206..fd39fa54571b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt @@ -5,11 +5,12 @@ axp152 (X-Powers) axp202 (X-Powers) axp209 (X-Powers) axp221 (X-Powers) +axp223 (X-Powers) Required properties: - compatible: "x-powers,axp152", "x-powers,axp202", "x-powers,axp209", - "x-powers,axp221" -- reg: The I2C slave address for the AXP chip + "x-powers,axp221", "x-powers,axp223" +- reg: The I2C slave address or RSB hardware address for the AXP chip - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller - interrupts: SoC NMI / GPIO interrupt connected to the PMIC's IRQ pin - interrupt-controller: The PMIC has its own internal IRQs @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ LDO3 : LDO : ldo3in-supply LDO4 : LDO : ldo24in-supply : shared supply LDO5 : LDO : ldo5in-supply -AXP221 regulators, type, and corresponding input supply names: +AXP221/AXP223 regulators, type, and corresponding input supply names: Regulator Type Supply Name Notes --------- ---- ----------- ----- diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/fsl-imx25-tsadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/fsl-imx25-tsadc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b03505286997 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/fsl-imx25-tsadc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Freescale MX25 ADC/TSC MultiFunction Device (MFD) + +This device combines two general purpose conversion queues one used for general +ADC and the other used for touchscreens. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "fsl,imx25-tsadc". + - reg: Start address and size of the memory area of + the device + - interrupts: Interrupt for this device + (See: ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt) + - clocks: An 'ipg' clock (See: ../clock/clock-bindings.txt) + - interrupt-controller: This device is an interrupt controller. It + controls the interrupts of both + conversion queues. + - #interrupt-cells: Should be '<1>'. + - #address-cells: Should be '<1>'. + - #size-cells: Should be '<1>'. + +This device includes two conversion queues which can be added as subnodes. +The first queue is for the touchscreen, the second for general purpose ADC. + +Example: + tscadc: tscadc@50030000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx25-tsadc"; + reg = <0x50030000 0xc>; + interrupts = <46>; + clocks = <&clks 119>; + clock-names = "ipg"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + tsc: tcq@50030400 { + compatible = "fsl,imx25-tcq"; + reg = <0x50030400 0x60>; + ... + }; + + adc: gcq@50030800 { + compatible = "fsl,imx25-gcq"; + reg = <0x50030800 0x60>; + ... + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt index 15043e652699..949c85f8d02c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -MediaTek MT6397 Multifunction Device Driver +MediaTek MT6397/MT6323 Multifunction Device Driver -MT6397 is a multifunction device with the following sub modules: +MT6397/MT6323 is a multifunction device with the following sub modules: - Regulator - RTC - Audio codec @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ MT6397 is a multifunction device with the following sub modules: - Clock It is interfaced to host controller using SPI interface by a proprietary hardware -called PMIC wrapper or pwrap. MT6397 MFD is a child device of pwrap. +called PMIC wrapper or pwrap. MT6397/MT6323 MFD is a child device of pwrap. See the following for pwarp node definitions: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/pwrap.txt This document describes the binding for MFD device and its sub module. Required properties: -compatible: "mediatek,mt6397" +compatible: "mediatek,mt6397" or "mediatek,mt6323" Optional subnodes: @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ Optional subnodes: Required properties: - compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-regulator" see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6397-regulator.txt + - compatible: "mediatek,mt6323-regulator" + see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6323-regulator.txt - codec Required properties: - compatible: "mediatek,mt6397-codec" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65086.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65086.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d3705612a846 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65086.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +* TPS65086 Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) bindings + +Required properties: + - compatible : Should be "ti,tps65086". + - reg : I2C slave address. + - interrupt-parent : Phandle to the parent interrupt controller. + - interrupts : The interrupt line the device is connected to. + - interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. + - #interrupt-cells : The number of cells to describe an IRQ, should be 2. + The first cell is the IRQ number. + The second cell is the flags, encoded as trigger + masks from ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO Controller. + - #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify flags. + See ../gpio/gpio.txt for more information. + - regulators: : List of child nodes that specify the regulator + initialization data. Child nodes must be named + after their hardware counterparts: buck[1-6], + ldoa[1-3], swa1, swb[1-2], and vtt. Each child + node is defined using the standard binding for + regulators and the optional regulator properties + defined below. + +Optional regulator properties: + - ti,regulator-step-size-25mv : This is applicable for buck[1,2,6], set this + if the regulator is factory set with a 25mv + step voltage mapping. + - ti,regulator-decay : This is applicable for buck[1-6], set this if + the output needs to decay, default is for + the output to slew down. + +Example: + + pmic: tps65086@5e { + compatible = "ti,tps65086"; + reg = <0x5e>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <28 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + regulators { + buck1 { + regulator-name = "vcc1"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1600000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1600000>; + regulator-boot-on; + ti,regulator-decay; + ti,regulator-step-size-25mv; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65912.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65912.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..717e66d23142 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65912.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +* TPS65912 Power Management Integrated Circuit bindings + +Required properties: + - compatible : Should be "ti,tps65912". + - reg : Slave address or chip select number (I2C / SPI). + - interrupt-parent : The parent interrupt controller. + - interrupts : The interrupt line the device is connected to. + - interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. + - #interrupt-cells : The number of cells to describe an IRQ, should be 2. + The first cell is the IRQ number. + The second cell is the flags, encoded as trigger + masks from ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO Controller. + - #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify flags. + See ../gpio/gpio.txt for more information. + - regulators: : List of child nodes that specify the regulator + initialization data. Child nodes must be named + after their hardware counterparts: dcdc[1-4] and + ldo[1-10]. Each child nodes is defined using the + standard binding for regulators. + +Example: + + pmic: tps65912@2d { + compatible = "ti,tps65912"; + reg = <0x2d>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <28 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + + regulators { + dcdc1 { + regulator-name = "vdd_core"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <912000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1144000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + ldo1 { + regulator-name = "ldo1"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1900000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1900000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/sata-uctl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/sata-uctl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3bd3c2f0b9b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/sata-uctl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +* UCTL SATA controller glue + +UCTL is the bridge unit between the I/O interconnect (an internal bus) +and the SATA AHCI host controller (UAHC). It performs the following functions: + - provides interfaces for the applications to access the UAHC AHCI + registers on the CN71XX I/O space. + - provides a bridge for UAHC to fetch AHCI command table entries and data + buffers from Level 2 Cache. + - posts interrupts to the CIU. + - contains registers that: + - control the behavior of the UAHC + - control the clock/reset generation to UAHC + - control endian swapping for all UAHC registers and DMA accesses + +Properties: + +- compatible: "cavium,octeon-7130-sata-uctl" + + Compatibility with the cn7130 SOC. + +- reg: The base address of the UCTL register bank. + +- #address-cells, #size-cells, ranges and dma-ranges must be present and hold + suitable values to map all child nodes. + +Example: + + uctl@118006c000000 { + compatible = "cavium,octeon-7130-sata-uctl"; + reg = <0x11800 0x6c000000 0x0 0x100>; + ranges; /* Direct mapping */ + dma-ranges; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + sata: sata@16c0000000000 { + compatible = "cavium,octeon-7130-ahci"; + reg = <0x16c00 0x00000000 0x0 0x200>; + interrupt-parent = <&cibsata>; + interrupts = <2 4>; /* Bit: 2, level */ + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a8ebb4621f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +EEPROMs (SPI) compatible with Microchip Technology 93xx46 family. + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be one of: + "atmel,at93c46d" + "eeprom-93xx46" +- data-size : number of data bits per word (either 8 or 16) + +Optional properties: +- read-only : parameter-less property which disables writes to the EEPROM +- select-gpios : if present, specifies the GPIO that will be asserted prior to + each access to the EEPROM (e.g. for SPI bus multiplexing) + +Property rules described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt +apply. In particular, "reg" and "spi-max-frequency" properties must be given. + +Example: + eeprom@0 { + compatible = "eeprom-93xx46"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; + spi-cs-high; + data-size = <8>; + select-gpios = <&gpio4 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt index da541c3631f8..31b35c3a5e47 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ Device Tree Bindings for the Arasan SDHCI Controller - The bindings follow the mmc[1], clock[2] and interrupt[3] bindings. Only - deviations are documented here. + The bindings follow the mmc[1], clock[2], interrupt[3] and phy[4] bindings. + Only deviations are documented here. [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt [2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt [3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + [4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt Required Properties: - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'arasan,sdhci-8.9a' or @@ -17,6 +18,10 @@ Required Properties: - interrupt-parent: Phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device. +Required Properties for "arasan,sdhci-5.1": + - phys: From PHY bindings: Phandle for the Generic PHY for arasan. + - phy-names: MUST be "phy_arasan". + Example: sdhci@e0100000 { compatible = "arasan,sdhci-8.9a"; @@ -26,3 +31,14 @@ Example: interrupt-parent = <&gic>; interrupts = <0 24 4>; } ; + + sdhci@e2800000 { + compatible = "arasan,sdhci-5.1"; + reg = <0xe2800000 0x1000>; + clock-names = "clk_xin", "clk_ahb"; + clocks = <&cru 8>, <&cru 18>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 24 4>; + phys = <&emmc_phy>; + phy-names = "phy_arasan"; + } ; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt index 72cc9cc95880..be56d2bd474a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,sdhci-iproc.txt @@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ This file documents differences between the core properties described by mmc.txt and the properties that represent the IPROC SDHCI controller. Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "brcm,sdhci-iproc-cygnus". +- compatible : Should be one of the following + "brcm,bcm2835-sdhci" + "brcm,sdhci-iproc-cygnus" + - clocks : The clock feeding the SDHCI controller. Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/microchip,sdhci-pic32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/microchip,sdhci-pic32.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..71ad57e050b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/microchip,sdhci-pic32.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* Microchip PIC32 SDHCI Controller + +This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt +and the properties used by the sdhci-pic32 driver. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "microchip,pic32mzda-sdhci" +- interrupts: Should contain interrupt +- clock-names: Should be "base_clk", "sys_clk". + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt +- clocks: Phandle to the clock. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +- pinctrl-names: A pinctrl state names "default" must be defined. +- pinctrl-0: Phandle referencing pin configuration of the SDHCI controller. + See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-binding.txt + +Example: + + sdhci@1f8ec000 { + compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-sdhci"; + reg = <0x1f8ec000 0x100>; + interrupts = <191 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&REFCLKO4>, <&PBCLK5>; + clock-names = "base_clk", "sys_clk"; + bus-width = <4>; + cap-sd-highspeed; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_sdhc1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt index 3dc13b68fc3f..ea5614b6f613 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ Required Properties: - "rockchip,rk2928-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK2928 and following, before RK3288 - "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3288 + - "rockchip,rk3036-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3036 + - "rockchip,rk3368-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3368 Optional Properties: * clocks: from common clock binding: if ciu_drive and ciu_sample are diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt index 400b640fabc7..7fb746dd1a68 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ Required properties: "renesas,sdhi-r8a7792" - SDHI IP on R8A7792 SoC "renesas,sdhi-r8a7793" - SDHI IP on R8A7793 SoC "renesas,sdhi-r8a7794" - SDHI IP on R8A7794 SoC + "renesas,sdhi-r8a7795" - SDHI IP on R8A7795 SoC Optional properties: - toshiba,mmc-wrprotect-disable: write-protect detection is unavailable diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt index 7d4c8eb775a5..d53aba98fbc9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ Atmel NAND flash Required properties: -- compatible : should be "atmel,at91rm9200-nand" or "atmel,sama5d4-nand". +- compatible: The possible values are: + "atmel,at91rm9200-nand" + "atmel,sama5d2-nand" + "atmel,sama5d4-nand" - reg : should specify localbus address and size used for the chip, and hardware ECC controller if available. If the hardware ECC is PMECC, it should contain address and size for @@ -21,10 +24,11 @@ Optional properties: - nand-ecc-mode : String, operation mode of the NAND ecc mode, soft by default. Supported values are: "none", "soft", "hw", "hw_syndrome", "hw_oob_first", "soft_bch". -- atmel,has-pmecc : boolean to enable Programmable Multibit ECC hardware. - Only supported by at91sam9x5 or later sam9 product. +- atmel,has-pmecc : boolean to enable Programmable Multibit ECC hardware, + capable of BCH encoding and decoding, on devices where it is present. - atmel,pmecc-cap : error correct capability for Programmable Multibit ECC - Controller. Supported values are: 2, 4, 8, 12, 24. + Controller. Supported values are: 2, 4, 8, 12, 24. If the compatible string + is "atmel,sama5d2-nand", 32 is also valid. - atmel,pmecc-sector-size : sector size for ECC computation. Supported values are: 512, 1024. - atmel,pmecc-lookup-table-offset : includes two offsets of lookup table in ROM @@ -32,15 +36,16 @@ Optional properties: sector size 1024. If not specified, driver will build the table in runtime. - nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8 - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false -- Nand Flash Controller(NFC) is a slave driver under Atmel nand flash - - Required properties: - - compatible : "atmel,sama5d3-nfc". - - reg : should specify the address and size used for NFC command registers, - NFC registers and NFC Sram. NFC Sram address and size can be absent - if don't want to use it. - - clocks: phandle to the peripheral clock - - Optional properties: - - atmel,write-by-sram: boolean to enable NFC write by sram. + +Nand Flash Controller(NFC) is an optional sub-node +Required properties: +- compatible : "atmel,sama5d3-nfc" or "atmel,sama5d4-nfc". +- reg : should specify the address and size used for NFC command registers, + NFC registers and NFC SRAM. NFC SRAM address and size can be absent + if don't want to use it. +- clocks: phandle to the peripheral clock +Optional properties: +- atmel,write-by-sram: boolean to enable NFC write by SRAM. Examples: nand0: nand@40000000,0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt index 00c587b3d3ae..0333ec87dc49 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt @@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "fsl,vf610-qspi", "fsl,imx6sx-qspi", "fsl,imx7d-qspi", "fsl,imx6ul-qspi", - "fsl,ls1021-qspi" + "fsl,ls1021a-qspi" + or + "fsl,ls2080a-qspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-qspi" - reg : the first contains the register location and length, the second contains the memory mapping address and length - reg-names: Should contain the reg names "QuadSPI" and "QuadSPI-memory" @@ -19,6 +21,7 @@ Optional properties: But if there are two NOR flashes connected to the bus, you should enable this property. (Please check the board's schematic.) + - big-endian : That means the IP register is big endian Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/qcom_nandc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/qcom_nandc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..70dd5118a324 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/qcom_nandc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +* Qualcomm NAND controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "qcom,ipq806x-nand" +- reg: MMIO address range +- clocks: must contain core clock and always on clock +- clock-names: must contain "core" for the core clock and "aon" for the + always on clock +- dmas: DMA specifier, consisting of a phandle to the ADM DMA + controller node and the channel number to be used for + NAND. Refer to dma.txt and qcom_adm.txt for more details +- dma-names: must be "rxtx" +- qcom,cmd-crci: must contain the ADM command type CRCI block instance + number specified for the NAND controller on the given + platform +- qcom,data-crci: must contain the ADM data type CRCI block instance + number specified for the NAND controller on the given + platform +- #address-cells: <1> - subnodes give the chip-select number +- #size-cells: <0> + +* NAND chip-select + +Each controller may contain one or more subnodes to represent enabled +chip-selects which (may) contain NAND flash chips. Their properties are as +follows. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should contain "qcom,nandcs" +- reg: a single integer representing the chip-select + number (e.g., 0, 1, 2, etc.) +- #address-cells: see partition.txt +- #size-cells: see partition.txt +- nand-ecc-strength: see nand.txt +- nand-ecc-step-size: must be 512. see nand.txt for more details. + +Optional properties: +- nand-bus-width: see nand.txt + +Each nandcs device node may optionally contain a 'partitions' sub-node, which +further contains sub-nodes describing the flash partition mapping. See +partition.txt for more detail. + +Example: + +nand@1ac00000 { + compatible = "qcom,ebi2-nandc"; + reg = <0x1ac00000 0x800>; + + clocks = <&gcc EBI2_CLK>, + <&gcc EBI2_AON_CLK>; + clock-names = "core", "aon"; + + dmas = <&adm_dma 3>; + dma-names = "rxtx"; + qcom,cmd-crci = <15>; + qcom,data-crci = <3>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + nandcs@0 { + compatible = "qcom,nandcs"; + reg = <0>; + + nand-ecc-strength = <4>; + nand-ecc-step-size = <512>; + nand-bus-width = <8>; + + partitions { + compatible = "fixed-partitions"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + partition@0 { + label = "boot-nand"; + reg = <0 0x58a0000>; + }; + + partition@58a0000 { + label = "fs-nand"; + reg = <0x58a0000 0x4000000>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt index a1d71eb43b20..c73a0e9c625e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/arc_emac.txt @@ -7,6 +7,13 @@ Required properties: - max-speed: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. - phy: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. +Optional properties: +- phy-reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for phy reset +- phy-reset-duration : Reset duration in milliseconds. Should present + only if property "phy-reset-gpios" is available. Missing the property + will have the duration be 1 millisecond. Numbers greater than 1000 are + invalid and 1 millisecond will be used instead. + Clock handling: The clock frequency is needed to calculate and set polling period of EMAC. It must be provided by one of: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/ifi_canfd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/ifi_canfd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..20ea5c70ab82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/ifi_canfd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +IFI CANFD controller +-------------------- + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "ifi,canfd-1.0" + - reg: Should contain CAN controller registers location and length + - interrupts: Should contain IRQ line for the CAN controller + +Example: + + canfd0: canfd@ff220000 { + compatible = "ifi,canfd-1.0"; + reg = <0xff220000 0x00001000>; + interrupts = <0 43 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt index 002d8440bf66..8d40ab27bc8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt @@ -6,6 +6,17 @@ Required properties: "renesas,can-r8a7779" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7779 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7790" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7790 SoC. "renesas,can-r8a7791" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7791 SoC. + "renesas,can-r8a7792" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7792 SoC. + "renesas,can-r8a7793" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7793 SoC. + "renesas,can-r8a7794" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7794 SoC. + "renesas,can-r8a7795" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7795 SoC. + "renesas,rcar-gen1-can" for a generic R-Car Gen1 compatible device. + "renesas,rcar-gen2-can" for a generic R-Car Gen2 compatible device. + "renesas,rcar-gen3-can" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device. + When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the + SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first + followed by the generic version. + - reg: physical base address and size of the R-Car CAN register map. - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt. - clocks: phandles and clock specifiers for 3 CAN clock inputs. @@ -13,6 +24,15 @@ Required properties: - pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for this controller. - pinctrl-names: must be "default". +Required properties for "renesas,can-r8a7795" compatible: +In R8A7795 SoC, "clkp2" can be CANFD clock. This is a div6 clock and can be +used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to be scaled +to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done using +the below properties. + +- assigned-clocks: phandle of clkp2(CANFD) clock. +- assigned-clock-rates: maximum frequency of this clock. + Optional properties: - renesas,can-clock-select: R-Car CAN Clock Source Select. Valid values are: <0x0> (default) : Peripheral clock (clkp1) @@ -25,7 +45,7 @@ Example SoC common .dtsi file: can0: can@e6e80000 { - compatible = "renesas,can-r8a7791"; + compatible = "renesas,can-r8a7791", "renesas,rcar-gen2-can"; reg = <0 0xe6e80000 0 0x1000>; interrupts = <0 186 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clocks = <&mstp9_clks R8A7791_CLK_RCAN0>, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt index b4a6d53fb01a..ac3160eca96a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/sja1000.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Memory mapped SJA1000 CAN controller from NXP (formerly Philips) Required properties: -- compatible : should be "nxp,sja1000". +- compatible : should be one of "nxp,sja1000", "technologic,sja1000". - reg : should specify the chip select, address offset and size required to map the registers of the SJA1000. The size is usually 0x80. @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Optional properties: - reg-io-width : Specify the size (in bytes) of the IO accesses that should be performed on the device. Valid value is 1, 2 or 4. + This property is ignored for technologic version. Default to 1 (8 bits). - nxp,external-clock-frequency : Frequency of the external oscillator diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mdio.txt index 04cb7491d232..020df08b8a30 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cavium-mdio.txt @@ -1,9 +1,12 @@ * System Management Interface (SMI) / MDIO Properties: -- compatible: "cavium,octeon-3860-mdio" +- compatible: One of: - Compatibility with all cn3XXX, cn5XXX and cn6XXX SOCs. + "cavium,octeon-3860-mdio": Compatibility with all cn3XXX, cn5XXX + and cn6XXX SOCs. + + "cavium,thunder-8890-mdio": Compatibility with all cn8XXX SOCs. - reg: The base address of the MDIO bus controller register bank. @@ -25,3 +28,57 @@ Example: reg = <0>; }; }; + + +* System Management Interface (SMI) / MDIO Nexus + + Several mdio buses may be gathered as children of a single PCI + device, this PCI device is the nexus of the buses. + +Properties: + +- compatible: "cavium,thunder-8890-mdio-nexus"; + +- reg: The PCI device and function numbers of the nexus device. + +- #address-cells: Must be <2>. + +- #size-cells: Must be <2>. + +- ranges: As needed for mapping of the MDIO bus device registers. + +- assigned-addresses: As needed for mapping of the MDIO bus device registers. + +Example: + + mdio-nexus@1,3 { + compatible = "cavium,thunder-8890-mdio-nexus"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + reg = <0x0b00 0 0 0 0>; /* DEVFN = 0x0b (1:3) */ + assigned-addresses = <0x03000000 0x87e0 0x05000000 0x0 0x800000>; + ranges = <0x87e0 0x05000000 0x03000000 0x87e0 0x05000000 0x0 0x800000>; + + mdio0@87e0,05003800 { + compatible = "cavium,thunder-8890-mdio"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x87e0 0x05003800 0x0 0x30>; + + ethernet-phy@0 { + ... + reg = <0>; + }; + }; + mdio0@87e0,05003880 { + compatible = "cavium,thunder-8890-mdio"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x87e0 0x05003880 0x0 0x30>; + + ethernet-phy@0 { + ... + reg = <0>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/emac_rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/emac_rockchip.txt index 8dc1c79fef7f..05bd7dafce17 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/emac_rockchip.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/emac_rockchip.txt @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ -* ARC EMAC 10/100 Ethernet platform driver for Rockchip Rk3066/RK3188 SoCs +* ARC EMAC 10/100 Ethernet platform driver for Rockchip RK3036/RK3066/RK3188 SoCs Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "rockchip,rk3066-emac" or "rockchip,rk3188-emac" - according to the target SoC. +- compatible: should be "rockchip,<name>-emac" + "rockchip,rk3036-emac": found on RK3036 SoCs + "rockchip,rk3066-emac": found on RK3066 SoCs + "rockchip,rk3188-emac": found on RK3188 SoCs - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain the EMAC interrupts - rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon grf used to control speed and mode diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt index a9eb611bee68..b037a9d78d93 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ Optional properties: only if property "phy-reset-gpios" is available. Missing the property will have the duration be 1 millisecond. Numbers greater than 1000 are invalid and 1 millisecond will be used instead. +- phy-reset-active-high : If present then the reset sequence using the GPIO + specified in the "phy-reset-gpios" property is reversed (H=reset state, + L=operation state). - phy-supply : regulator that powers the Ethernet PHY. - phy-handle : phandle to the PHY device connected to this device. - fixed-link : Assume a fixed link. See fixed-link.txt in the same directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt index d2e243b1ec0e..b5a42df4c928 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties for PHY child node: - reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for phy reset +- magic-packet : If present, indicates that the hardware supports waking + up via magic packet. Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt index d0cb8693963b..73be8970815e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt @@ -18,15 +18,30 @@ Optional properties: "core" for core clock and "bus" for the optional bus clock. +Optional properties (valid only for Armada XP/38x): + +- buffer-manager: a phandle to a buffer manager node. Please refer to + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-neta-bm.txt +- bm,pool-long: ID of a pool, that will accept all packets of a size + higher than 'short' pool's threshold (if set) and up to MTU value. + Obligatory, when the port is supposed to use hardware + buffer management. +- bm,pool-short: ID of a pool, that will be used for accepting + packets of a size lower than given threshold. If not set, the port + will use a single 'long' pool for all packets, as defined above. + Example: -ethernet@d0070000 { +ethernet@70000 { compatible = "marvell,armada-370-neta"; - reg = <0xd0070000 0x2500>; + reg = <0x70000 0x2500>; interrupts = <8>; clocks = <&gate_clk 4>; tx-csum-limit = <9800> status = "okay"; phy = <&phy0>; phy-mode = "rgmii-id"; + buffer-manager = <&bm>; + bm,pool-long = <0>; + bm,pool-short = <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-neta-bm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-neta-bm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c1b1d7c3bde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-neta-bm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +* Marvell Armada 380/XP Buffer Manager driver (BM) + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "marvell,armada-380-neta-bm". +- reg: address and length of the register set for the device. +- clocks: a pointer to the reference clock for this device. +- internal-mem: a phandle to BM internal SRAM definition. + +Optional properties (port): + +- pool<0 : 3>,capacity: size of external buffer pointers' ring maintained + in DRAM. Can be set for each pool (id 0 : 3) separately. The value has + to be chosen between 128 and 16352 and it also has to be aligned to 32. + Otherwise the driver would adjust a given number or choose default if + not set. +- pool<0 : 3>,pkt-size: maximum size of a packet accepted by a given buffer + pointers' pool (id 0 : 3). It will be taken into consideration only when pool + type is 'short'. For 'long' ones it would be overridden by port's MTU. + If not set a driver will choose a default value. + +In order to see how to hook the BM to a given ethernet port, please +refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt. + +Example: + +- main node: + +bm: bm@c8000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-380-neta-bm"; + reg = <0xc8000 0xac>; + clocks = <&gateclk 13>; + internal-mem = <&bm_bppi>; + status = "okay"; + pool2,capacity = <4096>; + pool1,pkt-size = <512>; +}; + +- internal SRAM node: + +bm_bppi: bm-bppi { + compatible = "mmio-sram"; + reg = <MBUS_ID(0x0c, 0x04) 0 0x100000>; + ranges = <0 MBUS_ID(0x0c, 0x04) 0 0x100000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&gateclk 13>; + status = "okay"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-net.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-net.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5ca79290eabf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-net.txt @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +MediaTek Frame Engine Ethernet controller +========================================= + +The frame engine ethernet controller can be found on MediaTek SoCs. These SoCs +have dual GMAC each represented by a child node.. + +* Ethernet controller node + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mediatek,mt7623-eth" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: Should contain the frame engines interrupt +- clocks: the clock used by the core +- clock-names: the names of the clock listed in the clocks property. These are + "ethif", "esw", "gp2", "gp1" +- power-domains: phandle to the power domain that the ethernet is part of +- resets: Should contain a phandle to the ethsys reset signal +- reset-names: Should contain the reset signal name "eth" +- mediatek,ethsys: phandle to the syscon node that handles the port setup +- mediatek,pctl: phandle to the syscon node that handles the ports slew rate + and driver current + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device + + +* Ethernet MAC node + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mediatek,eth-mac" +- reg: The number of the MAC +- phy-handle: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory. + +Example: + +eth: ethernet@1b100000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt7623-eth"; + reg = <0 0x1b100000 0 0x20000>; + clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_ETHIF_SEL>, + <ðsys CLK_ETHSYS_ESW>, + <ðsys CLK_ETHSYS_GP2>, + <ðsys CLK_ETHSYS_GP1>; + clock-names = "ethif", "esw", "gp2", "gp1"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 200 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT2701_POWER_DOMAIN_ETH>; + resets = <ðsys MT2701_ETHSYS_ETH_RST>; + reset-names = "eth"; + mediatek,ethsys = <ðsys>; + mediatek,pctl = <&syscfg_pctl_a>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + gmac1: mac@0 { + compatible = "mediatek,eth-mac"; + reg = <0>; + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + }; + + gmac2: mac@1 { + compatible = "mediatek,eth-mac"; + reg = <1>; + phy-handle = <&phy1>; + }; + + mdio-bus { + phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + phy-mode = "rgmii"; + }; + + phy1: ethernet-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + phy-mode = "rgmii"; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8995.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8995.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..281bc2498d12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8995.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Micrel KS8995 SPI controlled Ethernet Switch families + +Required properties (according to spi-bus.txt): +- compatible: either "micrel,ks8995", "micrel,ksz8864" or "micrel,ksz8795" + +Optional properties: +- reset-gpios : phandle of gpio that will be used to reset chip during probe + +Example: + +spi-master { + ... + switch@0 { + compatible = "micrel,ksz8795"; + + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <50000000>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio0 46 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt index e862a922bd3f..6605d19601c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -17,7 +17,25 @@ Required properties: The 1st cell is reset pre-delay in micro seconds. The 2nd cell is reset pulse in micro seconds. The 3rd cell is reset post-delay in micro seconds. + +Optional properties: +- resets: Should contain a phandle to the STMMAC reset signal, if any +- reset-names: Should contain the reset signal name "stmmaceth", if a + reset phandle is given +- max-frame-size: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory +- clocks: If present, the first clock should be the GMAC main clock and + the second clock should be peripheral's register interface clock. Further + clocks may be specified in derived bindings. +- clock-names: One name for each entry in the clocks property, the + first one should be "stmmaceth" and the second one should be "pclk". +- clk_ptp_ref: this is the PTP reference clock; in case of the PTP is + available this clock is used for programming the Timestamp Addend Register. + If not passed then the system clock will be used and this is fine on some + platforms. +- tx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory +- rx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory - snps,pbl Programmable Burst Length +- snps,aal Address-Aligned Beats - snps,fixed-burst Program the DMA to use the fixed burst mode - snps,mixed-burst Program the DMA to use the mixed burst mode - snps,force_thresh_dma_mode Force DMA to use the threshold mode for @@ -29,27 +47,28 @@ Required properties: supported by this device instance - snps,perfect-filter-entries: Number of perfect filter entries supported by this device instance - -Optional properties: -- resets: Should contain a phandle to the STMMAC reset signal, if any -- reset-names: Should contain the reset signal name "stmmaceth", if a - reset phandle is given -- max-frame-size: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory -- clocks: If present, the first clock should be the GMAC main clock - The optional second clock should be peripheral's register interface clock. - The third optional clock should be the ptp reference clock. - Further clocks may be specified in derived bindings. -- clock-names: One name for each entry in the clocks property. - The first one should be "stmmaceth". - The optional second one should be "pclk". - The optional third one should be "clk_ptp_ref". -- snps,burst_len: The AXI burst lenth value of the AXI BUS MODE register. -- tx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory -- rx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory +- AXI BUS Mode parameters: below the list of all the parameters to program the + AXI register inside the DMA module: + - snps,lpi_en: enable Low Power Interface + - snps,xit_frm: unlock on WoL + - snps,wr_osr_lmt: max write oustanding req. limit + - snps,rd_osr_lmt: max read oustanding req. limit + - snps,kbbe: do not cross 1KiB boundary. + - snps,axi_all: align address + - snps,blen: this is a vector of supported burst length. + - snps,fb: fixed-burst + - snps,mb: mixed-burst + - snps,rb: rebuild INCRx Burst - mdio: with compatible = "snps,dwmac-mdio", create and register mdio bus. Examples: + stmmac_axi_setup: stmmac-axi-config { + snps,wr_osr_lmt = <0xf>; + snps,rd_osr_lmt = <0xf>; + snps,blen = <256 128 64 32 0 0 0>; + }; + gmac0: ethernet@e0800000 { compatible = "st,spear600-gmac"; reg = <0xe0800000 0x8000>; @@ -65,6 +84,7 @@ Examples: tx-fifo-depth = <16384>; clocks = <&clock>; clock-names = "stmmaceth"; + snps,axi-config = <&stmmac_axi_setup>; mdio0 { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt index edefc26c6204..96aae6b4f736 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt @@ -1,17 +1,46 @@ * Qualcomm Atheros ath10k wireless devices -For ath10k devices the calibration data can be provided through Device -Tree. The node is a child node of the PCI controller. - Required properties: --compatible : Should be "qcom,ath10k" +- compatible: Should be one of the following: + * "qcom,ath10k" + * "qcom,ipq4019-wifi" + +PCI based devices uses compatible string "qcom,ath10k" and takes only +calibration data via "qcom,ath10k-calibration-data". Rest of the properties +are not applicable for PCI based devices. + +AHB based devices (i.e. ipq4019) uses compatible string "qcom,ipq4019-wifi" +and also uses most of the properties defined in this doc. Optional properties: +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reseti.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the list of following reset names, + "wifi_cpu_init" + "wifi_radio_srif" + "wifi_radio_warm" + "wifi_radio_cold" + "wifi_core_warm" + "wifi_core_cold" +- clocks: List of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required + entry in clock-names. +- clock-names: Should contain the clock names "wifi_wcss_cmd", "wifi_wcss_ref", + "wifi_wcss_rtc". +- interrupts: List of interrupt lines. Must contain an entry + for each entry in the interrupt-names property. +- interrupt-names: Must include the entries for MSI interrupt + names ("msi0" to "msi15") and legacy interrupt + name ("legacy"), +- qcom,msi_addr: MSI interrupt address. +- qcom,msi_base: Base value to add before writing MSI data into + MSI address register. - qcom,ath10k-calibration-data : calibration data as an array, the length can vary between hw versions +Example (to supply the calibration data alone): -Example: +In this example, the node is defined as child node of the PCI controller. pci { pcie@0 { @@ -28,3 +57,53 @@ pci { }; }; }; + +Example (to supply ipq4019 SoC wifi block details): + +wifi0: wifi@a000000 { + compatible = "qcom,ipq4019-wifi"; + reg = <0xa000000 0x200000>; + resets = <&gcc WIFI0_CPU_INIT_RESET>, + <&gcc WIFI0_RADIO_SRIF_RESET>, + <&gcc WIFI0_RADIO_WARM_RESET>, + <&gcc WIFI0_RADIO_COLD_RESET>, + <&gcc WIFI0_CORE_WARM_RESET>, + <&gcc WIFI0_CORE_COLD_RESET>; + reset-names = "wifi_cpu_init", + "wifi_radio_srif", + "wifi_radio_warm", + "wifi_radio_cold", + "wifi_core_warm", + "wifi_core_cold"; + clocks = <&gcc GCC_WCSS2G_CLK>, + <&gcc GCC_WCSS2G_REF_CLK>, + <&gcc GCC_WCSS2G_RTC_CLK>; + clock-names = "wifi_wcss_cmd", + "wifi_wcss_ref", + "wifi_wcss_rtc"; + interrupts = <0 0x20 0x1>, + <0 0x21 0x1>, + <0 0x22 0x1>, + <0 0x23 0x1>, + <0 0x24 0x1>, + <0 0x25 0x1>, + <0 0x26 0x1>, + <0 0x27 0x1>, + <0 0x28 0x1>, + <0 0x29 0x1>, + <0 0x2a 0x1>, + <0 0x2b 0x1>, + <0 0x2c 0x1>, + <0 0x2d 0x1>, + <0 0x2e 0x1>, + <0 0x2f 0x1>, + <0 0xa8 0x0>; + interrupt-names = "msi0", "msi1", "msi2", "msi3", + "msi4", "msi5", "msi6", "msi7", + "msi8", "msi9", "msi10", "msi11", + "msi12", "msi13", "msi14", "msi15", + "legacy"; + qcom,msi_addr = <0x0b006040>; + qcom,msi_base = <0x40>; + qcom,ath10k-calibration-data = [ 01 02 03 ... ]; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore,spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore,spi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9180724e182c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore,spi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +* Texas Instruments wl1271 wireless lan controller + +The wl1271 chip can be connected via SPI or via SDIO. This +document describes the binding for the SPI connected chip. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "ti,wl1271" +- reg : Chip select address of device +- spi-max-frequency : Maximum SPI clocking speed of device in Hz +- ref-clock-frequency : Reference clock frequency +- interrupt-parent, interrupts : + Should contain parameters for 1 interrupt line. + Interrupt parameters: parent, line number, type. +- vwlan-supply : Point the node of the regulator that powers/enable the wl1271 chip + +Optional properties: +- clock-xtal : boolean, clock is generated from XTAL + +- Please consult Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt + for optional SPI connection related properties, + +Examples: + +&spi1 { + wl1271@1 { + compatible = "ti,wl1271"; + + reg = <1>; + spi-max-frequency = <48000000>; + clock-xtal; + ref-clock-frequency = <38400000>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + interrupts = <8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + vwlan-supply = <&vwlan_fixed>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/lpc1857-eeprom.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/lpc1857-eeprom.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..809df68f6e14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/lpc1857-eeprom.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* NXP LPC18xx EEPROM memory NVMEM driver + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc1857-eeprom" + - reg: Must contain an entry with the physical base address and length + for each entry in reg-names. + - reg-names: Must include the following entries. + - reg: EEPROM registers. + - mem: EEPROM address space. + - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + - clock-names: Must include the following entries. + - eeprom: EEPROM operating clock. + - resets: Should contain a reference to the reset controller asserting + the EEPROM in reset. + - interrupts: Should contain EEPROM interrupt. + +Example: + + eeprom: eeprom@4000e000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc1857-eeprom"; + reg = <0x4000e000 0x1000>, + <0x20040000 0x4000>; + reg-names = "reg", "mem"; + clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_EEPROM>; + clock-names = "eeprom"; + resets = <&rgu 27>; + interrupts = <4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mtk-efuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mtk-efuse.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..74cf52908a6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/mtk-efuse.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ += Mediatek MTK-EFUSE device tree bindings = + +This binding is intended to represent MTK-EFUSE which is found in most Mediatek SOCs. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "mediatek,mt8173-efuse" or "mediatek,efuse" +- reg: Should contain registers location and length + += Data cells = +Are child nodes of MTK-EFUSE, bindings of which as described in +bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt + +Example: + + efuse: efuse@10206000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-efuse"; + reg = <0 0x10206000 0 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + /* Data cells */ + thermal_calibration: calib@528 { + reg = <0x528 0xc>; + }; + }; + += Data consumers = +Are device nodes which consume nvmem data cells. + +For example: + + thermal { + ... + nvmem-cells = <&thermal_calibration>; + nvmem-cell-names = "calibration"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt index 5b0853df9d5a..64f2fff12128 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt @@ -28,3 +28,20 @@ Optional properties: - clock-names: Must include the following entries: - "pcie" - "pcie_bus" + +Example configuration: + + pcie: pcie@0xdffff000 { + compatible = "snps,dw-pcie"; + reg = <0xdffff000 0x1000>, /* Controller registers */ + <0xd0000000 0x2000>; /* PCI config space */ + reg-names = "ctrlreg", "config"; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + device_type = "pci"; + ranges = <0x81000000 0 0x00000000 0xde000000 0 0x00010000 + 0x82000000 0 0xd0400000 0xd0400000 0 0x0d000000>; + interrupts = <25>, <24>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + num-lanes = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt index 6fbba53a309b..3be80c68941a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt @@ -13,6 +13,13 @@ Required properties: - clock-names: Must include the following additional entries: - "pcie_phy" +Optional properties: +- fsl,tx-deemph-gen1: Gen1 De-emphasis value. Default: 0 +- fsl,tx-deemph-gen2-3p5db: Gen2 (3.5db) De-emphasis value. Default: 0 +- fsl,tx-deemph-gen2-6db: Gen2 (6db) De-emphasis value. Default: 20 +- fsl,tx-swing-full: Gen2 TX SWING FULL value. Default: 127 +- fsl,tx-swing-low: TX launch amplitude swing_low value. Default: 127 + Example: pcie@0x01000000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt index e3767857d30d..ef683b2fd23a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ information. Required properties: - compatible: should contain the platform identifier such as: "fsl,ls1021a-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie" - "fsl,ls2080a-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie" + "fsl,ls2080a-pcie", "fsl,ls2085a-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie" - reg: base addresses and lengths of the PCIe controller - interrupts: A list of interrupt outputs of the controller. Must contain an entry for each entry in the interrupt-names property. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-ecam.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-ecam.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f478874b79ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-ecam.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +* ThunderX PCI host controller for pass-1.x silicon + +Firmware-initialized PCI host controller to on-chip devices found on +some Cavium ThunderX processors. These devices have ECAM-based config +access, but the BARs are all at fixed addresses. We handle the fixed +addresses by synthesizing Enhanced Allocation (EA) capabilities for +these devices. + +The properties and their meanings are identical to those described in +host-generic-pci.txt except as listed below. + +Properties of the host controller node that differ from +host-generic-pci.txt: + +- compatible : Must be "cavium,pci-host-thunder-ecam" + +Example: + + pcie@84b000000000 { + compatible = "cavium,pci-host-thunder-ecam"; + device_type = "pci"; + msi-parent = <&its>; + msi-map = <0 &its 0x30000 0x10000>; + bus-range = <0 31>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #address-cells = <3>; + #stream-id-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x84b0 0x00000000 0 0x02000000>; /* Configuration space */ + ranges = <0x03000000 0x8180 0x00000000 0x8180 0x00000000 0x80 0x00000000>; /* mem ranges */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-pem.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-pem.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f131faea3b7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-thunder-pem.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +* ThunderX PEM PCIe host controller + +Firmware-initialized PCI host controller found on some Cavium +ThunderX processors. + +The properties and their meanings are identical to those described in +host-generic-pci.txt except as listed below. + +Properties of the host controller node that differ from +host-generic-pci.txt: + +- compatible : Must be "cavium,pci-host-thunder-pem" + +- reg : Two entries: First the configuration space for down + stream devices base address and size, as accessed + from the parent bus. Second, the register bank of + the PEM device PCIe bridge. + +Example: + + pci@87e0,c2000000 { + compatible = "cavium,pci-host-thunder-pem"; + device_type = "pci"; + msi-parent = <&its>; + msi-map = <0 &its 0x10000 0x10000>; + bus-range = <0x8f 0xc7>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #address-cells = <3>; + + reg = <0x8880 0x8f000000 0x0 0x39000000>, /* Configuration space */ + <0x87e0 0xc2000000 0x0 0x00010000>; /* PEM space */ + ranges = <0x01000000 0x00 0x00020000 0x88b0 0x00020000 0x00 0x00010000>, /* I/O */ + <0x03000000 0x00 0x10000000 0x8890 0x10000000 0x0f 0xf0000000>, /* mem64 */ + <0x43000000 0x10 0x00000000 0x88a0 0x00000000 0x10 0x00000000>, /* mem64-pref */ + <0x03000000 0x87e0 0xc2f00000 0x87e0 0xc2000000 0x00 0x00100000>; /* mem64 PEM BAR4 */ + + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>; + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &gic0 0 0 0 24 4>, /* INTA */ + <0 0 0 2 &gic0 0 0 0 25 4>, /* INTB */ + <0 0 0 3 &gic0 0 0 0 26 4>, /* INTC */ + <0 0 0 4 &gic0 0 0 0 27 4>; /* INTD */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-nwl-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-nwl-pcie.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..337fc97d18c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-nwl-pcie.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +* Xilinx NWL PCIe Root Port Bridge DT description + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "xlnx,nwl-pcie-2.11" +- #address-cells: Address representation for root ports, set to <3> +- #size-cells: Size representation for root ports, set to <2> +- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value must be 1. +- reg: Should contain Bridge, PCIe Controller registers location, + configuration space, and length +- reg-names: Must include the following entries: + "breg": bridge registers + "pcireg": PCIe controller registers + "cfg": configuration space region +- device_type: must be "pci" +- interrupts: Should contain NWL PCIe interrupt +- interrupt-names: Must include the following entries: + "msi1, msi0": interrupt asserted when MSI is received + "intx": interrupt asserted when a legacy interrupt is received + "misc": interrupt asserted when miscellaneous is received +- interrupt-map-mask and interrupt-map: standard PCI properties to define the + mapping of the PCI interface to interrupt numbers. +- ranges: ranges for the PCI memory regions (I/O space region is not + supported by hardware) + Please refer to the standard PCI bus binding document for a more + detailed explanation +- msi-controller: indicates that this is MSI controller node +- msi-parent: MSI parent of the root complex itself +- legacy-interrupt-controller: Interrupt controller device node for Legacy interrupts + - interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller + - #interrupt-cells: should be set to 1 + - #address-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + address. The value must be 0. + + +Example: +++++++++ + +nwl_pcie: pcie@fd0e0000 { + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + compatible = "xlnx,nwl-pcie-2.11"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + msi-controller; + device_type = "pci"; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 114 4>, <0 115 4>, <0 116 4>, <0 117 4>, <0 118 4>; + interrupt-names = "msi0", "msi1", "intx", "dummy", "misc"; + interrupt-map-mask = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x7>; + interrupt-map = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1 &pcie_intc 0x1>, + <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x2 &pcie_intc 0x2>, + <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x3 &pcie_intc 0x3>, + <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x4 &pcie_intc 0x4>; + + msi-parent = <&nwl_pcie>; + reg = <0x0 0xfd0e0000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0xfd480000 0x0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0xe0000000 0x0 0x1000000>; + reg-names = "breg", "pcireg", "cfg"; + ranges = <0x02000000 0x00000000 0xe1000000 0x00000000 0xe1000000 0 0x0f000000>; + + pcie_intc: legacy-interrupt-controller { + interrupt-controller; + #address-cells = <0>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; + +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt index 02f979a48aeb..fd57a81180a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/xilinx-pcie.txt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Required properties: Please refer to the standard PCI bus binding document for a more detailed explanation -Optional properties: +Optional properties for Zynq/Microblaze: - bus-range: PCI bus numbers covered Interrupt controller child node @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ the four INTx interrupts in ISR and route them to this domain. Example: ++++++++ - +Zynq: pci_express: axi-pcie@50000000 { #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; #interrupt-cells = <1>; compatible = "xlnx,axi-pcie-host-1.00.a"; - reg = < 0x50000000 0x10000000 >; + reg = < 0x50000000 0x1000000 >; device_type = "pci"; interrupts = < 0 52 4 >; interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>; @@ -60,3 +60,29 @@ Example: #interrupt-cells = <1>; }; }; + + +Microblaze: + pci_express: axi-pcie@10000000 { + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + compatible = "xlnx,axi-pcie-host-1.00.a"; + reg = <0x10000000 0x4000000>; + device_type = "pci"; + interrupt-parent = <µblaze_0_intc>; + interrupts = <1 2>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>; + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc 1>, + <0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc 2>, + <0 0 0 3 &pcie_intc 3>, + <0 0 0 4 &pcie_intc 4>; + ranges = <0x02000000 0x00000000 0x80000000 0x80000000 0x00000000 0x10000000>; + + pcie_intc: interrupt-controller { + interrupt-controller; + #address-cells = <0>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; + + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt index 2390e4e9c84c..eaf7e9b7ce6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt @@ -7,33 +7,26 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795" if the device is a part of an R8A7795 SoC. - reg: offset and length of the partial USB 2.0 Host register block. -- reg-names: must be "usb2_host". - clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair(s). - #phy-cells: see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory, must be <0>. Optional properties: To use a USB channel where USB 2.0 Host and HSUSB (USB 2.0 Peripheral) are -combined, the device tree node should set HSUSB properties to reg and reg-names -properties. This is because HSUSB has registers to select USB 2.0 host or -peripheral at that channel: -- reg: offset and length of the partial HSUSB register block. -- reg-names: must be "hsusb". +combined, the device tree node should set interrupt properties to use the +channel as USB OTG: - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the PHY. Example (R-Car H3): usb-phy@ee080200 { compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795"; - reg = <0 0xee080200 0 0x700>, <0 0xe6590100 0 0x100>; - reg-names = "usb2_host", "hsusb"; + reg = <0 0xee080200 0 0x700>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 108 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_EHCI0>, - <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_HSUSB>; + clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_EHCI0>; }; usb-phy@ee0a0200 { compatible = "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795"; reg = <0 0xee0a0200 0 0x700>; - reg-names = "usb2_host"; clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7795_CLK_EHCI0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-dp-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-dp-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..50c4f9b00adf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-dp-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Rockchip specific extensions to the Analogix Display Port PHY +------------------------------------ + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be one of the following supported values: + - "rockchip.rk3288-dp-phy" +- clocks: from common clock binding: handle to dp clock. + of memory mapped region. +- clock-names: from common clock binding: + Required elements: "24m" +- rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon managing the "general register files" +- #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 0; + +Example: + +edp_phy: edp-phy { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-dp-phy"; + rockchip,grf = <&grf>; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_EDP_24M>; + clock-names = "24m"; + #phy-cells = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..61916f15a949 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Rockchip EMMC PHY +----------------------- + +Required properties: + - compatible: rockchip,rk3399-emmc-phy + - rockchip,grf : phandle to the syscon managing the "general + register files" + - #phy-cells: must be 0 + - reg: PHY configure reg address offset in "general + register files" + +Example: + +emmcphy: phy { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-emmc-phy"; + rockchip,grf = <&grf>; + reg = <0xf780>; + #phy-cells = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt index add7c38ec7d8..8662f3aaf312 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-370-pinctrl.txt @@ -91,6 +91,9 @@ mpp60 60 gpio, dev(ale1), uart1(rxd), sata0(prsnt), pcie(rstout), mpp61 61 gpo, dev(we1), uart1(txd), audio(lrclk) mpp62 62 gpio, dev(a2), uart1(cts), tdm(drx), pcie(clkreq0), audio(mclk), uart0(cts) -mpp63 63 gpo, spi0(sck), tclk +mpp63 63 gpio, spi0(sck), tclk mpp64 64 gpio, spi0(miso), spi0(cs1) mpp65 65 gpio, spi0(mosi), spi0(cs2) + +Note: According to the datasheet mpp63 is a gpo but there is at least +one example of a gpio usage on the board D-Link DNS-327L diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/act8945a-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/act8945a-charger.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bea254c9d136 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/act8945a-charger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for charger of Active-semi ACT8945A Multi-Function Device + +Required properties: + - compatible: "active-semi,act8945a", please refer to ../mfd/act8945a.txt. + - active-semi,chglev-gpios: charge current level phandle with args + as described in ../gpio/gpio.txt. + +Optional properties: + - active-semi,check-battery-temperature: boolean to check the battery + temperature or not. + - active-semi,input-voltage-threshold-microvolt: unit: mV; + Specifies the charger's input over-voltage threshold value; + The value can be: 6600, 7000, 7500, 8000; default: 6600 + - active-semi,precondition-timeout: unit: minutes; + Specifies the charger's PRECONDITION safety timer setting value; + The value can be: 40, 60, 80, 0; If 0, it means to disable this timer; + default: 40. + - active-semi,total-timeout: unit: hours; + Specifies the charger's total safety timer setting value; + The value can be: 3, 4, 5, 0; If 0, it means to disable this timer; + default: 3. + +Example: + pmic@5b { + compatible = "active-semi,act8945a"; + reg = <0x5b>; + status = "okay"; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_charger_chglev>; + active-semi,chglev-gpios = <&pioA 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + active-semi,input-voltage-threshold-microvolt = <6600>; + active-semi,precondition-timeout = <40>; + active-semi,total-timeout = <3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt index 4f6a550184d0..3bf55757ceec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/ti,bq24735.txt @@ -22,6 +22,9 @@ Optional properties : value must be between 128mA and 8.064A with a 128mA step resolution. The POR value is 0x1000h. This number is in mA (e.g. 8064), see the spec for more information about the InputCurrent (0x3fh) register. + - ti,external-control : Indicates that the charger is configured externally + and that the host should not attempt to enable/disable charging or set the + charge voltage/current. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt index 1fc5328c0651..55c2c03fc81e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt @@ -315,6 +315,16 @@ PROPERTIES Value type: <phandle> Definition: A phandle for 1EEE1588 timer. +- pcsphy-handle + Usage required for "fsl,fman-memac" MACs + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: A phandle for pcsphy. + +- tbi-handle + Usage required for "fsl,fman-dtsec" MACs + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: A phandle for tbiphy. + EXAMPLE fman1_tx28: port@a8000 { @@ -340,6 +350,7 @@ ethernet@e0000 { reg = <0xe0000 0x1000>; fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx8 &fman1_tx28>; ptp-timer = <&ptp-timer>; + tbi-handle = <&tbi0>; }; ============================================================================ @@ -415,6 +426,13 @@ PROPERTIES The settings and programming routines for internal/external MDIO are different. Must be included for internal MDIO. +For internal PHY device on internal mdio bus, a PHY node should be created. +See the definition of the PHY node in booting-without-of.txt for an +example of how to define a PHY (Internal PHY has no interrupt line). +- For "fsl,fman-mdio" compatible internal mdio bus, the PHY is TBI PHY. +- For "fsl,fman-memac-mdio" compatible internal mdio bus, the PHY is PCS PHY, + PCS PHY addr must be '0'. + EXAMPLE Example for FMan v2 external MDIO: @@ -425,12 +443,29 @@ mdio@f1000 { interrupts = <101 2 0 0>; }; +Example for FMan v2 internal MDIO: + +mdio@e3120 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-mdio"; + reg = <0xe3120 0xee0>; + fsl,fman-internal-mdio; + + tbi1: tbi-phy@8 { + reg = <0x8>; + device_type = "tbi-phy"; + }; +}; + Example for FMan v3 internal MDIO: mdio@f1000 { compatible = "fsl,fman-memac-mdio"; reg = <0xf1000 0x1000>; fsl,fman-internal-mdio; + + pcsphy6: ethernet-phy@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + }; }; ============================================================================= @@ -568,6 +603,7 @@ fman@400000 { cell-index = <0>; reg = <0xe0000 0x1000>; fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0x8 &fman1_tx_0x28>; + tbi-handle = <&tbi5>; }; ethernet@e2000 { @@ -575,6 +611,7 @@ fman@400000 { cell-index = <1>; reg = <0xe2000 0x1000>; fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0x9 &fman1_tx_0x29>; + tbi-handle = <&tbi6>; }; ethernet@e4000 { @@ -582,6 +619,7 @@ fman@400000 { cell-index = <2>; reg = <0xe4000 0x1000>; fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0xa &fman1_tx_0x2a>; + tbi-handle = <&tbi7>; }; ethernet@e6000 { @@ -589,6 +627,7 @@ fman@400000 { cell-index = <3>; reg = <0xe6000 0x1000>; fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0xb &fman1_tx_0x2b>; + tbi-handle = <&tbi8>; }; ethernet@e8000 { @@ -596,6 +635,7 @@ fman@400000 { cell-index = <4>; reg = <0xf0000 0x1000>; fsl,fman-ports = <&fman1_rx_0xc &fman1_tx_0x2c>; + tbi-handle = <&tbi9>; ethernet@f0000 { cell-index = <8>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/property-units.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/property-units.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..12278d79f6c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/property-units.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Standard Unit Suffixes for Property names + +Properties which have a unit of measure are recommended to have a unit +suffix appended to the property name. The list below contains the +recommended suffixes. Other variations exist in bindings, but should not +be used in new bindings or added here. The inconsistency in the unit +prefixes is due to selecting the most commonly used variants. + +It is also recommended to use the units listed here and not add additional +unit prefixes. + +Time/Frequency +---------------------------------------- +-mhz : megahertz +-hz : Hertz (preferred) +-sec : seconds +-ms : milliseconds +-us : microseconds +-ns : nanoseconds + +Distance +---------------------------------------- +-mm : millimeters + +Electricity +---------------------------------------- +-microamp : micro amps +-ohms : Ohms +-micro-ohms : micro Ohms +-microvolt : micro volts + +Temperature +---------------------------------------- +-celsius : Degrees Celsius +-millicelsius : Degreee milli-Celsius + +Pressure +---------------------------------------- +-kpascal : kiloPascal diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/st-rproc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/st-rproc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1031bcd90a79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/st-rproc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +STMicroelectronics Co-Processor Bindings +---------------------------------------- + +This binding provides support for adjunct processors found on ST SoCs. + +Co-processors can be controlled from the bootloader or the primary OS. If +the bootloader starts a co-processor, the primary OS must detect its state +and act accordingly. + +Required properties: +- compatible Should be one of: + "st,st231-rproc" + "st,st40-rproc" +- memory-region Reserved memory (See: ../reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt) +- resets Reset lines (See: ../reset/reset.txt) +- reset-names Must be "sw_reset" and "pwr_reset" +- clocks Clock for co-processor (See: ../clock/clock-bindings.txt) +- clock-frequency Clock frequency to set co-processor at if the bootloader + hasn't already done so +- st,syscfg System configuration register which holds the boot vector + for the co-processor + 1st cell: Phandle to syscon block + 2nd cell: Boot vector register offset + +Example: + + audio_reserved: rproc@42000000 { + compatible = "shared-dma-pool"; + reg = <0x42000000 0x01000000>; + no-map; + }; + + st231-audio { + compatible = "st,st231-rproc"; + memory-region = <&audio_reserved>; + resets = <&softreset STIH407_ST231_AUD_SOFTRESET>; + reset-names = "sw_reset"; + clocks = <&clk_s_c0_flexgen CLK_ST231_AUD_0>; + clock-frequency = <600000000>; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core 0x228>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/img,pistachio-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/img,pistachio-reset.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8c05d16367df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/img,pistachio-reset.txt @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +Pistachio Reset Controller +============================================================================= + +This binding describes a reset controller device that is used to enable and +disable individual IP blocks within the Pistachio SoC using "soft reset" +control bits found in the Pistachio SoC top level registers. + +The actual action taken when soft reset is asserted is hardware dependent. +However, when asserted it may not be possible to access the hardware's +registers, and following an assert/deassert sequence the hardware's previous +state may no longer be valid. + +Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt +for common reset controller binding usage. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Contains "img,pistachio-reset" + +- #reset-cells: Contains 1 + +Example: + + cr_periph: clk@18148000 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-cr-periph", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x18148000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clk_periph PERIPH_CLK_SYS>; + clock-names = "sys"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + pistachio_reset: reset-controller { + compatible = "img,pistachio-reset"; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; + }; + +Specifying reset control of devices +======================================= + +Device nodes should specify the reset channel required in their "resets" +property, containing a phandle to the pistachio reset device node and an +index specifying which reset to use, as described in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt. + +Example: + + spdif_out: spdif-out@18100d00 { + ... + resets = <&pistachio_reset PISTACHIO_RESET_SPDIF_OUT>; + reset-names = "rst"; + ... + }; + +Macro definitions for the supported resets can be found in: +include/dt-bindings/reset/pistachio-resets.h diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm6368.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm6368.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4b5ac600bfbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/brcm,bcm6368.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +BCM6368 Random number generator + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "brcm,bcm6368-rng" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers +- clocks : phandle to clock-controller plus clock-specifier pair +- clock-names : "ipsec" as a clock name + +Example: + random: rng@10004180 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm6368-rng"; + reg = <0x10004180 0x14>; + + clocks = <&periph_clk 18>; + clock-names = "ipsec"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/microchip,pic32-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/microchip,pic32-rng.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c6d1003befb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/microchip,pic32-rng.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* Microchip PIC32 Random Number Generator + +The PIC32 RNG provides a pseudo random number generator which can be seeded by +another true random number generator. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "microchip,pic32mzda-rng" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +- clocks: clock phandle. + +Example: + + rng: rng@1f8e6000 { + compatible = "microchip,pic32mzda-rng"; + reg = <0x1f8e6000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&PBCLK5>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,mcp795.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,mcp795.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a59fdd8c236d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,mcp795.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +* Maxim MCP795 SPI Serial Real-Time Clock + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "maxim,mcp795". +- reg: SPI address for chip + +Example: + mcp795: rtc@0 { + compatible = "maxim,mcp795"; + reg = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt index f67e761bcc18..bf2411f366e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ The HiSilicon SAS controller supports SAS/SATA. Main node required properties: - compatible : value should be as follows: (a) "hisilicon,hip05-sas-v1" for v1 hw in hip05 chipset + (b) "hisilicon,hip06-sas-v2" for v2 hw in hip06 chipset - sas-addr : array of 8 bytes for host SAS address - reg : Address and length of the SAS register - hisilicon,sas-syscon: phandle of syscon used for sas control @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ Main node required properties: - ctrl-clock-ena-reg : offset to controller clock enable register in ctrl reg - queue-count : number of delivery and completion queues in the controller - phy-count : number of phys accessible by the controller - - interrupts : Interrupts for phys, completion queues, and fatal + - interrupts : For v1 hw: Interrupts for phys, completion queues, and fatal sources; the interrupts are ordered in 3 groups, as follows: - Phy interrupts - Completion queue interrupts @@ -30,6 +31,24 @@ Main node required properties: Fatal interrupts : the fatal interrupts are ordered as follows: - ECC - AXI bus + For v2 hw: Interrupts for phys, Sata, and completion queues; + the interrupts are ordered in 3 groups, as follows: + - Phy interrupts + - Sata interrupts + - Completion queue interrupts + Phy interrupts : Each controller has 2 phy interrupts: + - phy up/down + - channel interrupt + Sata interrupts : Each phy on the controller has 1 Sata + interrupt. The interrupts are ordered in increasing + order. + Completion queue interrupts : each completion queue has 1 + interrupt source. The interrupts are ordered in + increasing order. + +Optional main node properties: + - hip06-sas-v2-quirk-amt : when set, indicates that the v2 controller has the + "am-max-transmissions" limitation. Example: sas0: sas@c1000000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b5cc6297cd1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +* BCM2835 AUXILIAR UART + +Required properties: + +- compatible: "brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart" +- reg: The base address of the UART register bank. +- interrupts: A single interrupt specifier. +- clocks: Clock driving the hardware; used to figure out the baud rate + divisor. + +Example: + + uart1: serial@7e215040 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-aux-uart"; + reg = <0x7e215040 0x40>; + interrupts = <1 29>; + clocks = <&aux BCM2835_AUX_CLOCK_UART>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt index a833a016f656..e99e10ab9ecb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties: * "mediatek,mt6582-uart" for MT6582 compatible UARTS * "mediatek,mt6589-uart" for MT6589 compatible UARTS * "mediatek,mt6795-uart" for MT6795 compatible UARTS + * "mediatek,mt7623-uart" for MT7623 compatible UARTS * "mediatek,mt8127-uart" for MT8127 compatible UARTS * "mediatek,mt8135-uart" for MT8135 compatible UARTS * "mediatek,mt8173-uart" for MT8173 compatible UARTS diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt index 401b1b33c2c4..528c3b90f23c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,scifa-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) SCIFB compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif-r8a7792" for R8A7792 (R-Car V2H) SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif-r8a7792" for R8A7792 (R-Car V2H) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scif-r8a7793" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) SCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scifa-r8a7793" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) SCIFA compatible UART. - "renesas,scifb-r8a7793" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) SCIFB compatible UART. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/rcpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/rcpm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e284e4e1ccd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/rcpm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +* Run Control and Power Management +------------------------------------------- +The RCPM performs all device-level tasks associated with device run control +and power management. + +Required properites: + - reg : Offset and length of the register set of the RCPM block. + - fsl,#rcpm-wakeup-cells : The number of IPPDEXPCR register cells in the + fsl,rcpm-wakeup property. + - compatible : Must contain a chip-specific RCPM block compatible string + and (if applicable) may contain a chassis-version RCPM compatible + string. Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-rcpm", + such as: + * "fsl,p2041-rcpm" + * "fsl,p5020-rcpm" + * "fsl,t4240-rcpm" + + Chassis-version strings are of the form "fsl,qoriq-rcpm-<version>", + such as: + * "fsl,qoriq-rcpm-1.0": for chassis 1.0 rcpm + * "fsl,qoriq-rcpm-2.0": for chassis 2.0 rcpm + * "fsl,qoriq-rcpm-2.1": for chassis 2.1 rcpm + +All references to "1.0" and "2.0" refer to the QorIQ chassis version to +which the chip complies. +Chassis Version Example Chips +--------------- ------------------------------- +1.0 p4080, p5020, p5040, p2041, p3041 +2.0 t4240, b4860, b4420 +2.1 t1040, ls1021 + +Example: +The RCPM node for T4240: + rcpm: global-utilities@e2000 { + compatible = "fsl,t4240-rcpm", "fsl,qoriq-rcpm-2.0"; + reg = <0xe2000 0x1000>; + fsl,#rcpm-wakeup-cells = <2>; + }; + +* Freescale RCPM Wakeup Source Device Tree Bindings +------------------------------------------- +Required fsl,rcpm-wakeup property should be added to a device node if the device +can be used as a wakeup source. + + - fsl,rcpm-wakeup: Consists of a phandle to the rcpm node and the IPPDEXPCR + register cells. The number of IPPDEXPCR register cells is defined in + "fsl,#rcpm-wakeup-cells" in the rcpm node. The first register cell is + the bit mask that should be set in IPPDEXPCR0, and the second register + cell is for IPPDEXPCR1, and so on. + + Note: IPPDEXPCR(IP Powerdown Exception Control Register) provides a + mechanism for keeping certain blocks awake during STANDBY and MEM, in + order to use them as wake-up sources. + +Example: + lpuart0: serial@2950000 { + compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-lpuart"; + reg = <0x0 0x2950000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 80 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&sysclk>; + clock-names = "ipg"; + fsl,rcpm-wakeup = <&rcpm 0x0 0x40000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/power_domain.txt index 112756e11802..13dc6a3fdb4a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/power_domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/power_domain.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ powered up/down by software based on different application scenes to save power. Required properties for power domain controller: - compatible: Should be one of the following. "rockchip,rk3288-power-controller" - for RK3288 SoCs. + "rockchip,rk3368-power-controller" - for RK3368 SoCs. - #power-domain-cells: Number of cells in a power-domain specifier. Should be 1 for multiple PM domains. - #address-cells: Should be 1. @@ -14,6 +15,7 @@ Required properties for power domain controller: Required properties for power domain sub nodes: - reg: index of the power domain, should use macros in: "include/dt-bindings/power/rk3288-power.h" - for RK3288 type power domain. + "include/dt-bindings/power/rk3368-power.h" - for RK3368 type power domain. - clocks (optional): phandles to clocks which need to be enabled while power domain switches state. @@ -31,11 +33,24 @@ Example: }; }; + power: power-controller { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3368-power-controller"; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pd_gpu_1 { + reg = <RK3368_PD_GPU_1>; + clocks = <&cru ACLK_GPU_CFG>; + }; + }; + Node of a device using power domains must have a power-domains property, containing a phandle to the power device node and an index specifying which power domain to use. The index should use macros in: "include/dt-bindings/power/rk3288-power.h" - for rk3288 type power domain. + "include/dt-bindings/power/rk3368-power.h" - for rk3368 type power domain. Example of the node using power domain: @@ -44,3 +59,9 @@ Example of the node using power domain: power-domains = <&power RK3288_PD_GPU>; /* ... */ }; + + node { + /* ... */ + power-domains = <&power RK3368_PD_GPU_1>; + /* ... */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau17x1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau17x1.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8dbce0e18dda --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau17x1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Analog Devices ADAU1361/ADAU1461/ADAU1761/ADAU1961/ADAU1381/ADAU1781 + +Required properties: + + - compatible: Should contain one of the following: + "adi,adau1361" + "adi,adau1461" + "adi,adau1761" + "adi,adau1961" + "adi,adau1381" + "adi,adau1781" + + - reg: The i2c address. Value depends on the state of ADDR0 + and ADDR1, as wired in hardware. + +Examples: +#include <dt-bindings/sound/adau17x1.h> + + i2c_bus { + adau1361@38 { + compatible = "adi,adau1761"; + reg = <0x38>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt index 4da41bf1888e..ceaef5126989 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt @@ -24,6 +24,9 @@ The compatible list for this generic sound card currently: "fsl,imx-audio-cs42888" + "fsl,imx-audio-cs427x" + (compatible with CS4271 and CS4272) + "fsl,imx-audio-wm8962" (compatible with Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-wm8962.txt) @@ -63,6 +66,12 @@ Optional properties: - audio-asrc : The phandle of ASRC. It can be absent if there's no need to add ASRC support via DPCM. +Optional unless SSI is selected as a CPU DAI: + + - mux-int-port : The internal port of the i.MX audio muxer (AUDMUX) + + - mux-ext-port : The external port of the i.MX audio muxer + Example: sound-cs42888 { compatible = "fsl,imx-audio-cs42888"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max9867.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max9867.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..394cd4eb17ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max9867.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +max9867 codec + +This device supports I2C mode only. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "maxim,max9867" +- reg : The chip select number on the I2C bus + +Example: + +&i2c { + max9867: max9867@0x18 { + compatible = "maxim,max9867"; + reg = <0x18>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98926.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98926.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0b7f4e4d5f9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98926.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +max98926 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "maxim,max98926" + + - vmon-slot-no : slot number used to send voltage information + or in inteleave mode this will be used as + interleave slot. + + - imon-slot-no : slot number used to send current information + + - interleave-mode : When using two MAX98926 in a system it is + possible to create ADC data that that will + overflow the frame size. Digital Audio Interleave + mode provides a means to output VMON and IMON data + from two devices on a single DOUT line when running + smaller frames sizes such as 32 BCLKS per LRCLK or + 48 BCLKS per LRCLK. + + - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C + +Example: + +codec: max98926@1a { + compatible = "maxim,max98926"; + vmon-slot-no = <0>; + imon-slot-no = <2>; + reg = <0x1a>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5514.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5514.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e8b3c80c6fff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650-rt5514.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +MT8173 with RT5650 RT5514 CODECS + +Required properties: +- compatible : "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650-rt5514" +- mediatek,audio-codec: the phandles of rt5650 and rt5514 codecs +- mediatek,platform: the phandle of MT8173 ASoC platform + +Example: + + sound { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650-rt5514"; + mediatek,audio-codec = <&rt5650 &rt5514>; + mediatek,platform = <&afe>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fe5a5ef1714d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8173-rt5650.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +MT8173 with RT5650 CODECS + +Required properties: +- compatible : "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650" +- mediatek,audio-codec: the phandles of rt5650 codecs +- mediatek,platform: the phandle of MT8173 ASoC platform + +Example: + + sound { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-rt5650"; + mediatek,audio-codec = <&rt5650>; + mediatek,platform = <&afe>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm179x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm179x.txt index 4ae70d3462d6..436c2b247693 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm179x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm179x.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Texas Instruments pcm179x DT bindings -This driver supports the SPI bus. +This driver supports both the I2C and SPI bus. Required properties: @@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ Required properties: For required properties on SPI, please consult Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt +Required properties on I2C: + + - reg: the I2C address + + Examples: codec_spi: 1792a@0 { @@ -16,3 +21,7 @@ Examples: spi-max-frequency = <600000>; }; + codec_i2c: 1792a@4c { + compatible = "ti,pcm1792a"; + reg = <0x4c>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt index 8ee0fa91e4a0..c7b29df4a963 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt @@ -1,6 +1,337 @@ Renesas R-Car sound +============================================= +* Modules +============================================= + +Renesas R-Car sound is constructed from below modules +(for Gen2 or later) + + SCU : Sampling Rate Converter Unit + - SRC : Sampling Rate Converter + - CMD + - CTU : Channel Transfer Unit + - MIX : Mixer + - DVC : Digital Volume and Mute Function + SSIU : Serial Sound Interface Unit + SSI : Serial Sound Interface + +See detail of each module's channels, connection, limitation on datasheet + +============================================= +* Multi channel +============================================= + +Multi channel is supported by Multi-SSI, or TDM-SSI. + + Multi-SSI : 6ch case, you can use stereo x 3 SSI + TDM-SSI : 6ch case, you can use TDM + +============================================= +* Enable/Disable each modules +============================================= + +See datasheet to check SRC/CTU/MIX/DVC connect-limitation. +DT controls enabling/disabling module. +${LINUX}/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7790-lager.dts can be good example. +This is example of + +Playback: [MEM] -> [SRC2] -> [DVC0] -> [SSIU0/SSI0] -> [codec] +Capture: [MEM] <- [DVC1] <- [SRC3] <- [SSIU1/SSI1] <- [codec] + + &rcar_sound { + ... + rcar_sound,dai { + dai0 { + playback = <&ssi0 &src2 &dvc0>; + capture = <&ssi1 &src3 &dvc1>; + }; + }; + }; + +You can use below. +${LINUX}/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7790.dts can be good example. + + &src0 &ctu00 &mix0 &dvc0 &ssi0 + &src1 &ctu01 &mix1 &dvc1 &ssi1 + &src2 &ctu02 &ssi2 + &src3 &ctu03 &ssi3 + &src4 &ssi4 + &src5 &ctu10 &ssi5 + &src6 &ctu11 &ssi6 + &src7 &ctu12 &ssi7 + &src8 &ctu13 &ssi8 + &src9 &ssi9 + +============================================= +* SRC (Sampling Rate Converter) +============================================= + + [xx]Hz [yy]Hz + ------> [SRC] ------> + +SRC can convert [xx]Hz to [yy]Hz. Then, it has below 2 modes + + Asynchronous mode: input data / output data are based on different clocks. + you can use this mode on Playback / Capture + Synchronous mode: input data / output data are based on same clocks. + This mode will be used if system doesn't have its input clock, + for example digital TV case. + you can use this mode on Playback + +------------------ +** Asynchronous mode +------------------ + +You need to use "renesas,rsrc-card" sound card for it. +example) + + sound { + compatible = "renesas,rsrc-card"; + ... + /* + * SRC Asynchronous mode setting + * Playback: + * All input data will be converted to 48kHz + * Capture: + * Inputed 48kHz data will be converted to + * system specified Hz + */ + convert-rate = <48000>; + ... + cpu { + sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>; + }; + codec { + ... + }; + }; + +------------------ +** Synchronous mode +------------------ + + > amixer set "SRC Out Rate" on + > aplay xxxx.wav + > amixer set "SRC Out Rate" 48000 + > amixer set "SRC Out Rate" 44100 + +============================================= +* CTU (Channel Transfer Unit) +============================================= + + [xx]ch [yy]ch + ------> [CTU] --------> + +CTU can convert [xx]ch to [yy]ch, or exchange outputed channel. +CTU conversion needs matrix settings. +For more detail information, see below + + Renesas R-Car datasheet + - Sampling Rate Converter Unit (SCU) + - SCU Operation + - CMD Block + - Functional Blocks in CMD + + Renesas R-Car datasheet + - Sampling Rate Converter Unit (SCU) + - Register Description + - CTUn Scale Value exx Register (CTUn_SVxxR) + + ${LINUX}/sound/soc/sh/rcar/ctu.c + - comment of header + +You need to use "renesas,rsrc-card" sound card for it. +example) + + sound { + compatible = "renesas,rsrc-card"; + ... + /* + * CTU setting + * All input data will be converted to 2ch + * as output data + */ + convert-channels = <2>; + ... + cpu { + sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>; + }; + codec { + ... + }; + }; + +Ex) Exchange output channel + Input -> Output + 1ch -> 0ch + 0ch -> 1ch + + example of using matrix + output 0ch = (input 0ch x 0) + (input 1ch x 1) + output 1ch = (input 0ch x 1) + (input 1ch x 0) + + amixer set "CTU Reset" on + amixer set "CTU Pass" 9,10 + amixer set "CTU SV0" 0,4194304 + amixer set "CTU SV1" 4194304,0 + + example of changing connection + amixer set "CTU Reset" on + amixer set "CTU Pass" 2,1 + +============================================= +* MIX (Mixer) +============================================= + +MIX merges 2 sounds path. You can see 2 sound interface on system, +and these sounds will be merged by MIX. + + aplay -D plughw:0,0 xxxx.wav & + aplay -D plughw:0,1 yyyy.wav + +You need to use "renesas,rsrc-card" sound card for it. +Ex) + [MEM] -> [SRC1] -> [CTU02] -+-> [MIX0] -> [DVC0] -> [SSI0] + | + [MEM] -> [SRC2] -> [CTU03] -+ + + sound { + compatible = "renesas,rsrc-card"; + ... + cpu@0 { + sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 0>; + }; + cpu@1 { + sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 1>; + }; + codec { + ... + }; + }; + + &rcar_sound { + ... + rcar_sound,dai { + dai0 { + playback = <&src1 &ctu02 &mix0 &dvc0 &ssi0>; + }; + dai1 { + playback = <&src2 &ctu03 &mix0 &dvc0 &ssi0>; + }; + }; + }; + +============================================= +* DVC (Digital Volume and Mute Function) +============================================= + +DVC controls Playback/Capture volume. + +Playback Volume + amixer set "DVC Out" 100% + +Capture Volume + amixer set "DVC In" 100% + +Playback Mute + amixer set "DVC Out Mute" on + +Capture Mute + amixer set "DVC In Mute" on + +Volume Ramp + amixer set "DVC Out Ramp Up Rate" "0.125 dB/64 steps" + amixer set "DVC Out Ramp Down Rate" "0.125 dB/512 steps" + amixer set "DVC Out Ramp" on + aplay xxx.wav & + amixer set "DVC Out" 80% // Volume Down + amixer set "DVC Out" 100% // Volume Up + +============================================= +* SSIU (Serial Sound Interface Unit) +============================================= + +There is no DT settings for SSIU, because SSIU will be automatically +selected via SSI. +SSIU can avoid some under/over run error, because it has some buffer. +But you can't use it if SSI was PIO mode. +In DMA mode, you can select not to use SSIU by using "no-busif" on DT. + + &ssi0 { + no-busif; + }; + +============================================= +* SSI (Serial Sound Interface) +============================================= + +** PIO mode + +You can use PIO mode which is for connection check by using. +Note: The system will drop non-SSI modules in PIO mode +even though if DT is selecting other modules. + + &ssi0 { + pio-transfer + }; + +** DMA mode without SSIU + +You can use DMA without SSIU. +Note: under/over run, or noise are likely to occur + + &ssi0 { + no-busif; + }; + +** PIN sharing + +Each SSI can share WS pin. It is based on platform. +This is example if SSI1 want to share WS pin with SSI0 + + &ssi1 { + shared-pin; + }; + +** Multi-SSI + +You can use Multi-SSI. +This is example of SSI0/SSI1/SSI2 (= for 6ch) + + &rcar_sound { + ... + rcar_sound,dai { + dai0 { + playback = <&ssi0 &ssi1 &ssi2 &src0 &dvc0>; + }; + }; + }; + +** TDM-SSI + +You can use TDM with SSI. +This is example of TDM 6ch. +Driver can automatically switches TDM <-> stereo mode in this case. + + rsnd_tdm: sound { + compatible = "simple-audio-card"; + ... + simple-audio-card,cpu { + /* system can use TDM 6ch */ + dai-tdm-slot-num = <6>; + sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>; + }; + simple-audio-card,codec { + ... + }; + }; + + +============================================= Required properties: +============================================= + - compatible : "renesas,rcar_sound-<soctype>", fallbacks "renesas,rcar_sound-gen1" if generation1, and "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2" if generation2 @@ -64,7 +395,10 @@ DAI subnode properties: - playback : list of playback modules - capture : list of capture modules + +============================================= Example: +============================================= rcar_sound: sound@ec500000 { #sound-dai-cells = <1>; @@ -250,7 +584,9 @@ rcar_sound: sound@ec500000 { }; }; +============================================= Example: simple sound card +============================================= rsnd_ak4643: sound { compatible = "simple-audio-card"; @@ -290,7 +626,9 @@ Example: simple sound card shared-pin; }; +============================================= Example: simple sound card for TDM +============================================= rsnd_tdm: sound { compatible = "simple-audio-card"; @@ -309,7 +647,9 @@ Example: simple sound card for TDM }; }; +============================================= Example: simple sound card for Multi channel +============================================= &rcar_sound { pinctrl-0 = <&sound_pins &sound_clk_pins>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt index 2b2caa281ce3..255ece3043ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsrc-card.txt @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ Optional subnode properties: - frame-inversion : bool property. Add this if the dai-link uses frame clock inversion. - convert-rate : platform specified sampling rate convert +- convert-channels : platform specified converted channel size (2 - 8 ch) - audio-prefix : see audio-routing - audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt index b7f3a9325ebd..6e86d8aa29b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties: - "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3066 - "rockchip,rk3188-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3188 - "rockchip,rk3288-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3288 + - "rockchip,rk3399-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3399 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: should contain the I2S interrupt. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-spdif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-spdif.txt index e64dbdea7db9..11046429a118 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-spdif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-spdif.txt @@ -7,8 +7,12 @@ a fibre cable. Required properties: - compatible: should be one of the following: - - "rockchip,rk3288-spdif", "rockchip,rk3188-spdif" or - "rockchip,rk3066-spdif" + - "rockchip,rk3066-spdif" + - "rockchip,rk3188-spdif" + - "rockchip,rk3288-spdif" + - "rockchip,rk3366-spdif" + - "rockchip,rk3368-spdif" + - "rockchip,rk3399-spdif" - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: should contain the SPDIF interrupt. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5514.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5514.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e24436fc5ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5514.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +RT5514 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C only. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "realtek,rt5514". + +- reg : The I2C address of the device. + +Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) for RT5514: + + * DMIC1L + * DMIC1R + * DMIC2L + * DMIC2R + * AMICL + * AMICR + +Example: + +codec: rt5514@57 { + compatible = "realtek,rt5514"; + reg = <0x57>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5616.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5616.txt index efc48c65198d..e41085818559 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5616.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5616.txt @@ -8,6 +8,12 @@ Required properties: - reg : The I2C address of the device. +Optional properties: + +- clocks: The phandle of the master clock to the CODEC. + +- clock-names: Should be "mclk". + Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) for RT5616: * IN1P diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5640.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5640.txt index 9e62f6eb348f..57fe64643050 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5640.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5640.txt @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: +- clocks: The phandle of the master clock to the CODEC +- clock-names: Should be "mclk" + - realtek,in1-differential - realtek,in2-differential - realtek,in3-differential diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sunxi,sun4i-spdif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sunxi,sun4i-spdif.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..13503aa505a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sunxi,sun4i-spdif.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Allwinner Sony/Philips Digital Interface Format (S/PDIF) Controller + +The Allwinner S/PDIF audio block is a transceiver that allows the +processor to receive and transmit digital audio via an coaxial cable or +a fibre cable. +For now only playback is supported. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : should be one of the following: + - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-spdif": for the Allwinner A10 SoC + + - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. + + - interrupts : Contains the spdif interrupt. + + - dmas : Generic dma devicetree binding as described in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt. + + - dma-names : Two dmas have to be defined, "tx" and "rx". + + - clocks : Contains an entry for each entry in clock-names. + + - clock-names : Includes the following entries: + "apb" clock for the spdif bus. + "spdif" clock for spdif controller. + +Example: + +spdif: spdif@01c21000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-spdif"; + reg = <0x01c21000 0x40>; + interrupts = <13>; + clocks = <&apb0_gates 1>, <&spdif_clk>; + clock-names = "apb", "spdif"; + dmas = <&dma 0 2>, <&dma 0 2>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + status = "okay"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,ads117x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,ads117x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7db19b50865a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,ads117x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +Texas Intstruments ADS117x ADC + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "ti,ads1174" or "ti,ads1178" + +Example: + +ads1178 { + compatible = "ti,ads1178"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sparc_sun_oracle_rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sparc_sun_oracle_rng.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b0b211194c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sparc_sun_oracle_rng.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +HWRNG support for the n2_rng driver + +Required properties: +- reg : base address to sample from +- compatible : should contain one of the following + RNG versions: + - 'SUNW,n2-rng' for Niagara 2 Platform (SUN UltraSPARC T2 CPU) + - 'SUNW,vf-rng' for Victoria Falls Platform (SUN UltraSPARC T2 Plus CPU) + - 'SUNW,kt-rng' for Rainbow/Yosemite Falls Platform (SUN SPARC T3/T4), (UltraSPARC KT/Niagara 3 - development names) + more recent systems (after Oracle acquisition of SUN) + - 'ORCL,m4-rng' for SPARC T5/M5 + - 'ORCL,m7-rng' for SPARC T7/M7 + +Examples: +/* linux LDOM on SPARC T5-2 */ +Node 0xf029a4f4 + .node: f029a4f4 + rng-#units: 00000002 + compatible: 'ORCL,m4-rng' + reg: 0000000e + name: 'random-number-generator' + +/* solaris on SPARC M7-8 */ +Node 0xf028c08c + rng-#units: 00000003 + compatible: 'ORCL,m7-rng' + reg: 0000000e + name: 'random-number-generator' + +PS: see as well prtconfs.git by DaveM diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt index bbaa857dd68f..42d595425dfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt @@ -61,6 +61,8 @@ contain the following properties. used for MOSI. Defaults to 1 if not present. - spi-rx-bus-width - (optional) The bus width(number of data wires) that used for MISO. Defaults to 1 if not present. +- spi-rx-delay-us - (optional) Microsecond delay after a read transfer. +- spi-tx-delay-us - (optional) Microsecond delay after a write transfer. Some SPI controllers and devices support Dual and Quad SPI transfer mode. It allows data in the SPI system to be transferred in 2 wires(DUAL) or 4 wires(QUAD). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt index 42ee9438b771..227e3a341af1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt @@ -25,6 +25,11 @@ Required properties in the sram node: - ranges : standard definition, should translate from local addresses within the sram to bus addresses +Optional properties in the sram node: + +- no-memory-wc : the flag indicating, that SRAM memory region has not to + be remapped as write combining. WC is used by default. + Required properties in the area nodes: - reg : iomem address range, relative to the SRAM range diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt index 695150a4136b..70b4c16c7ed8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ "samsung,exynos5420-tmu" for TMU channel 0, 1 on Exynos5420 "samsung,exynos5420-tmu-ext-triminfo" for TMU channels 2, 3 and 4 Exynos5420 (Must pass triminfo base and triminfo clock) + "samsung,exynos5433-tmu" "samsung,exynos5440-tmu" "samsung,exynos7-tmu" - interrupt-parent : The phandle for the interrupt controller @@ -40,9 +41,14 @@ for current TMU channel -- "tmu_sclk" clock for functional operation of the current TMU channel -- vtmu-supply: This entry is optional and provides the regulator node supplying - voltage to TMU. If needed this entry can be placed inside - board/platform specific dts file. + +The Exynos TMU supports generating interrupts when reaching given +temperature thresholds. Number of supported thermal trip points depends +on the SoC (only first trip points defined in DT will be configured): + - most of SoC: 4 + - samsung,exynos5433-tmu: 8 + - samsung,exynos7-tmu: 8 + Following properties are mandatory (depending on SoC): - samsung,tmu_gain: Gain value for internal TMU operation. - samsung,tmu_reference_voltage: Value of TMU IP block's reference voltage @@ -56,6 +62,12 @@ Following properties are mandatory (depending on SoC): - samsung,tmu_default_temp_offset: Default temperature offset - samsung,tmu_cal_type: Callibration type +** Optional properties: + +- vtmu-supply: This entry is optional and provides the regulator node supplying + voltage to TMU. If needed this entry can be placed inside + board/platform specific dts file. + Example 1): tmu@100C0000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..81f9a512bc2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +* Mediatek Thermal + +This describes the device tree binding for the Mediatek thermal controller +which measures the on-SoC temperatures. This device does not have its own ADC, +instead it directly controls the AUXADC via AHB bus accesses. For this reason +this device needs phandles to the AUXADC. Also it controls a mux in the +apmixedsys register space via AHB bus accesses, so a phandle to the APMIXEDSYS +is also needed. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "mediatek,mt8173-thermal" +- reg: Address range of the thermal controller +- interrupts: IRQ for the thermal controller +- clocks, clock-names: Clocks needed for the thermal controller. required + clocks are: + "therm": Main clock needed for register access + "auxadc": The AUXADC clock +- resets: Reference to the reset controller controlling the thermal controller. +- mediatek,auxadc: A phandle to the AUXADC which the thermal controller uses +- mediatek,apmixedsys: A phandle to the APMIXEDSYS controller. +- #thermal-sensor-cells : Should be 0. See ./thermal.txt for a description. + +Optional properties: +- nvmem-cells: A phandle to the calibration data provided by a nvmem device. If + unspecified default values shall be used. +- nvmem-cell-names: Should be "calibration-data" + +Example: + + thermal: thermal@1100b000 { + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-thermal"; + reg = <0 0x1100b000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 70 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_THERM>, <&pericfg CLK_PERI_AUXADC>; + clock-names = "therm", "auxadc"; + resets = <&pericfg MT8173_PERI_THERM_SW_RST>; + reset-names = "therm"; + mediatek,auxadc = <&auxadc>; + mediatek,apmixedsys = <&apmixedsys>; + nvmem-cells = <&thermal_calibration_data>; + nvmem-cell-names = "calibration-data"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt index 8ff54eb464dc..b1fe7e9de1b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties: * "mediatek,mt2701-timer" for MT2701 compatible timers * "mediatek,mt6580-timer" for MT6580 compatible timers * "mediatek,mt6589-timer" for MT6589 compatible timers + * "mediatek,mt7623-timer" for MT7623 compatible timers * "mediatek,mt8127-timer" for MT8127 compatible timers * "mediatek,mt8135-timer" for MT8135 compatible timers * "mediatek,mt8173-timer" for MT8173 compatible timers diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6087defd9f93 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/mvebu-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* Marvell UART : Non standard UART used in some of Marvell EBU SoCs (e.g., Armada-3700) + +Required properties: +- compatible: "marvell,armada-3700-uart" +- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts: device interrupt + +Example: + serial@12000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-uart"; + reg = <0x12000 0x400>; + interrupts = <43>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt index 781296bfbe4f..1084e2bcbe1c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt @@ -2,7 +2,14 @@ Required properties: - compatible: should be one of: + "fsl,imx23-usb" "fsl,imx27-usb" + "fsl,imx28-usb" + "fsl,imx6q-usb" + "fsl,imx6sl-usb" + "fsl,imx6sx-usb" + "fsl,imx6ul-usb" + "fsl,imx7d-usb" "lsi,zevio-usb" "qcom,ci-hdrc" "chipidea,usb2" @@ -53,6 +60,22 @@ Optional properties: be specified. - phy-clkgate-delay-us: the delay time (us) between putting the PHY into low power mode and gating the PHY clock. +- non-zero-ttctrl-ttha: after setting this property, the value of register + ttctrl.ttha will be 0x7f; if not, the value will be 0x0, this is the default + value. It needs to be very carefully for setting this property, it is + recommended that consult with your IC engineer before setting this value. + On the most of chipidea platforms, the "usage_tt" flag at RTL is 0, so this + property only affects siTD. + If this property is not set, the max packet size is 1023 bytes, and if + the total of packet size for pervious transactions are more than 256 bytes, + it can't accept any transactions within this frame. The use case is single + transaction, but higher frame rate. + If this property is set, the max packet size is 188 bytes, it can handle + more transactions than above case, it can accept transactions until it + considers the left room size within frame is less than 188 bytes, software + needs to make sure it does not send more than 90% + maximum_periodic_data_per_frame. The use case is multiple transactions, but + less frame rate. i.mx specific properties - fsl,usbmisc: phandler of non-core register device, with one diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt index 221368207ca4..20a68bf2b4e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties: - rockchip,rk3066-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the rk3066 Soc; - "rockchip,rk3188-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3188 Soc; - "rockchip,rk3288-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3288 Soc; + - "lantiq,arx100-usb": The DWC2 USB controller instance in Lantiq ARX SoCs; + - "lantiq,xrx200-usb": The DWC2 USB controller instance in Lantiq XRX SoCs; - snps,dwc2: A generic DWC2 USB controller with default parameters. - reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length) - interrupts : Should contain 1 interrupt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1c35e7b665e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Generic USB Device Properties + +Usually, we only use device tree for hard wired USB device. +The reference binding doc is from: +http://www.firmware.org/1275/bindings/usb/usb-1_0.ps + +Required properties: +- compatible: usbVID,PID. The textual representation of VID, PID shall + be in lower case hexadecimal with leading zeroes suppressed. The + other compatible strings from the above standard binding could also + be used, but a device adhering to this binding may leave out all except + for usbVID,PID. +- reg: the port number which this device is connecting to, the range + is 1-31. + +Example: + +&usb1 { + status = "okay"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + hub: genesys@1 { + compatible = "usb5e3,608"; + reg = <1>; + }; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt index 082573289f1e..6a17aa85c4d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt @@ -1,10 +1,23 @@ USB xHCI controllers Required properties: - - compatible: should be one of "generic-xhci", - "marvell,armada-375-xhci", "marvell,armada-380-xhci", - "renesas,xhci-r8a7790", "renesas,xhci-r8a7791", "renesas,xhci-r8a7793", - "renesas,xhci-r8a7795" (deprecated: "xhci-platform"). + - compatible: should be one or more of + + - "generic-xhci" for generic XHCI device + - "marvell,armada-375-xhci" for Armada 375 SoCs + - "marvell,armada-380-xhci" for Armada 38x SoCs + - "renesas,xhci-r8a7790" for r8a7790 SoC + - "renesas,xhci-r8a7791" for r8a7791 SoC + - "renesas,xhci-r8a7793" for r8a7793 SoC + - "renesas,xhci-r8a7795" for r8a7795 SoC + - "renesas,rcar-gen2-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen2 compatible device + - "renesas,rcar-gen3-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device + - "xhci-platform" (deprecated) + + When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the + SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first + followed by the generic version. + - reg: should contain address and length of the standard XHCI register set for the device. - interrupts: one XHCI interrupt should be described here. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index dd72e0541e83..86740d4a270d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ ad Avionic Design GmbH adapteva Adapteva, Inc. adh AD Holdings Plc. adi Analog Devices, Inc. +advantech Advantech Corporation aeroflexgaisler Aeroflex Gaisler AB al Annapurna Labs allwinner Allwinner Technology Co., Ltd. @@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ arm ARM Ltd. armadeus ARMadeus Systems SARL artesyn Artesyn Embedded Technologies Inc. asahi-kasei Asahi Kasei Corp. +atlas Atlas Scientific LLC atmel Atmel Corporation auo AU Optronics Corporation avago Avago Technologies @@ -71,6 +73,7 @@ dmo Data Modul AG ea Embedded Artists AB ebv EBV Elektronik edt Emerging Display Technologies +eeti eGalax_eMPIA Technology Inc elan Elan Microelectronic Corp. emmicro EM Microelectronic energymicro Silicon Laboratories (formerly Energy Micro AS) @@ -87,6 +90,7 @@ fcs Fairchild Semiconductor firefly Firefly focaltech FocalTech Systems Co.,Ltd fsl Freescale Semiconductor +ge General Electric Company GEFanuc GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc. gef GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc. geniatech Geniatech, Inc. @@ -111,6 +115,7 @@ hp Hewlett Packard i2se I2SE GmbH ibm International Business Machines (IBM) idt Integrated Device Technologies, Inc. +ifi Ingenieurburo Fur Ic-Technologie (I/F/I) iom Iomega Corporation img Imagination Technologies Ltd. ingenic Ingenic Semiconductor @@ -171,6 +176,7 @@ opencores OpenCores.org option Option NV ortustech Ortus Technology Co., Ltd. ovti OmniVision Technologies +ORCL Oracle Corporation panasonic Panasonic Corporation parade Parade Technologies Inc. pericom Pericom Technology Inc. @@ -228,7 +234,9 @@ st STMicroelectronics startek Startek ste ST-Ericsson stericsson ST-Ericsson +syna Synaptics Inc. synology Synology, Inc. +SUNW Sun Microsystems, Inc tbs TBS Technologies tcl Toby Churchill Ltd. technologic Technologic Systems @@ -240,8 +248,10 @@ toshiba Toshiba Corporation toumaz Toumaz tplink TP-LINK Technologies Co., Ltd. tronfy Tronfy +tronsmart Tronsmart truly Truly Semiconductors Limited upisemi uPI Semiconductor Corp. +urt United Radiant Technology Corporation usi Universal Scientific Industrial Co., Ltd. v3 V3 Semiconductor variscite Variscite Ltd. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm,sp805.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm,sp805.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ca99d64e6211 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/arm,sp805.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +ARM AMBA Primecell SP805 Watchdog + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "arm,sp805" & "arm,primecell" +- reg: Should contain location and length for watchdog timer register. +- interrupts: Should contain the list of watchdog timer interrupts. +- clocks: clocks driving the watchdog timer hardware. This list should be 2 + clocks. With 2 clocks, the order is wdogclk clock, apb_pclk. + +Example: + watchdog@66090000 { + compatible = "arm,sp805", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0x66090000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 406 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&apb_pclk>,<&apb_pclk>; + clock-names = "wdogclk", "apb_pclk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sbsa-gwdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sbsa-gwdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6f2d5f91964d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sbsa-gwdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +* SBSA (Server Base System Architecture) Generic Watchdog + +The SBSA Generic Watchdog Timer is used to force a reset of the system +after two stages of timeout have elapsed. A detailed definition of the +watchdog timer can be found in the ARM document: ARM-DEN-0029 - Server +Base System Architecture (SBSA) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should at least contain "arm,sbsa-gwdt". + +- reg: Each entry specifies the base physical address of a register frame + and the length of that frame; currently, two frames must be defined, + in this order: + 1: Watchdog control frame; + 2: Refresh frame. + +- interrupts: Should contain the Watchdog Signal 0 (WS0) SPI (Shared + Peripheral Interrupt) number of SBSA Generic Watchdog. + +Optional properties +- timeout-sec: Watchdog timeout values (in seconds). + +Example for FVP Foundation Model v8: + +watchdog@2a440000 { + compatible = "arm,sbsa-gwdt"; + reg = <0x0 0x2a440000 0 0x1000>, + <0x0 0x2a450000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 27 4>; + timeout-sec = <30>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt index 04d34f6a58f3..3f1437fbca6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Table of Contents 2) Entry point for arch/powerpc 3) Entry point for arch/x86 4) Entry point for arch/mips/bmips + 5) Entry point for arch/sh II - The DT block format 1) Header @@ -316,6 +317,18 @@ it with special cases. This convention is defined for 32-bit systems only, as there are not currently any 64-bit BMIPS implementations. +5) Entry point for arch/sh +-------------------------- + + Device-tree-compatible SH bootloaders are expected to provide the physical + address of the device tree blob in r4. Since legacy bootloaders did not + guarantee any particular initial register state, kernels built to + inter-operate with old bootloaders must either use a builtin DTB or + select a legacy board option (something other than CONFIG_SH_DEVICE_TREE) + that does not use device tree. Support for the latter is being phased out + in favor of device tree. + + II - The DT block format ======================== diff --git a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt index 480c8de3c2c4..32ac32e773e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt +++ b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt @@ -257,17 +257,15 @@ Access to a dma_buf from the kernel context involves three steps: Interface: int dma_buf_begin_cpu_access(struct dma_buf *dmabuf, - size_t start, size_t len, enum dma_data_direction direction) This allows the exporter to ensure that the memory is actually available for cpu access - the exporter might need to allocate or swap-in and pin the backing storage. The exporter also needs to ensure that cpu access is - coherent for the given range and access direction. The range and access - direction can be used by the exporter to optimize the cache flushing, i.e. - access outside of the range or with a different direction (read instead of - write) might return stale or even bogus data (e.g. when the exporter needs to - copy the data to temporary storage). + coherent for the access direction. The direction can be used by the exporter + to optimize the cache flushing, i.e. access with a different direction (read + instead of write) might return stale or even bogus data (e.g. when the + exporter needs to copy the data to temporary storage). This step might fail, e.g. in oom conditions. @@ -322,14 +320,13 @@ Access to a dma_buf from the kernel context involves three steps: 3. Finish access - When the importer is done accessing the range specified in begin_cpu_access, - it needs to announce this to the exporter (to facilitate cache flushing and - unpinning of any pinned resources). The result of any dma_buf kmap calls - after end_cpu_access is undefined. + When the importer is done accessing the CPU, it needs to announce this to + the exporter (to facilitate cache flushing and unpinning of any pinned + resources). The result of any dma_buf kmap calls after end_cpu_access is + undefined. Interface: void dma_buf_end_cpu_access(struct dma_buf *dma_buf, - size_t start, size_t len, enum dma_data_direction dir); @@ -353,7 +350,26 @@ Being able to mmap an export dma-buf buffer object has 2 main use-cases: handles, too). So it's beneficial to support this in a similar fashion on dma-buf to have a good transition path for existing Android userspace. - No special interfaces, userspace simply calls mmap on the dma-buf fd. + No special interfaces, userspace simply calls mmap on the dma-buf fd, making + sure that the cache synchronization ioctl (DMA_BUF_IOCTL_SYNC) is *always* + used when the access happens. This is discussed next paragraphs. + + Some systems might need some sort of cache coherency management e.g. when + CPU and GPU domains are being accessed through dma-buf at the same time. To + circumvent this problem there are begin/end coherency markers, that forward + directly to existing dma-buf device drivers vfunc hooks. Userspace can make + use of those markers through the DMA_BUF_IOCTL_SYNC ioctl. The sequence + would be used like following: + - mmap dma-buf fd + - for each drawing/upload cycle in CPU 1. SYNC_START ioctl, 2. read/write + to mmap area 3. SYNC_END ioctl. This can be repeated as often as you + want (with the new data being consumed by the GPU or say scanout device) + - munmap once you don't need the buffer any more + + Therefore, for correctness and optimal performance, systems with the memory + cache shared by the GPU and CPU i.e. the "coherent" and also the + "incoherent" are always required to use SYNC_START and SYNC_END before and + after, respectively, when accessing the mapped address. 2. Supporting existing mmap interfaces in importers diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt index 831a5363f6be..73b98dfbcea4 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt @@ -252,6 +252,11 @@ GPIO devm_gpiod_get_index_optional() devm_gpiod_get_optional() devm_gpiod_put() + devm_gpiochip_add_data() + devm_gpiochip_remove() + devm_gpio_request() + devm_gpio_request_one() + devm_gpio_free() IIO devm_iio_device_alloc() diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt index e456696cfef2..9d9e47dfc013 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ If one of the drivers fails to register, all drivers registered up to that point will be unregistered in reverse order. Note that there is a convenience macro that passes THIS_MODULE as owner parameter: - #define platform_register_driver(drivers, count) + #define platform_register_drivers(drivers, count) Device Enumeration diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/porting.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/porting.txt index 92d86f7271b4..453053f1661f 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/porting.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/porting.txt @@ -340,8 +340,10 @@ comparison: int (*match)(struct device * dev, struct device_driver * drv); -match should return '1' if the driver supports the device, and '0' -otherwise. +match should return positive value if the driver supports the device, +and zero otherwise. It may also return error code (for example +-EPROBE_DEFER) if determining that given driver supports the device is +not possible. When a device is registered, the bus's list of drivers is iterated over. bus->match() is called for each one until a match is found. diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb b/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb index 669dc6ce4330..6f4b12f7b844 100644 --- a/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb +++ b/Documentation/dvb/README.dvb-usb @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ and watch another one. Patches, comments and suggestions are very very welcome. 3. Acknowledgements - Amaury Demol (ademol@dibcom.fr) and Francois Kanounnikoff from DiBcom for + Amaury Demol (Amaury.Demol@parrot.com) and Francois Kanounnikoff from DiBcom for providing specs, code and help, on which the dvb-dibusb, dib3000mb and dib3000mc are based. diff --git a/Documentation/efi-stub.txt b/Documentation/efi-stub.txt index 7747024d3bb7..e15746988261 100644 --- a/Documentation/efi-stub.txt +++ b/Documentation/efi-stub.txt @@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ arch/x86/boot/header.S and arch/x86/boot/compressed/eboot.c, respectively. For ARM the EFI stub is implemented in arch/arm/boot/compressed/efi-header.S and arch/arm/boot/compressed/efi-stub.c. EFI stub code that is shared -between architectures is in drivers/firmware/efi/efi-stub-helper.c. +between architectures is in drivers/firmware/efi/libstub. For arm64, there is no compressed kernel support, so the Image itself masquerades as a PE/COFF image and the EFI stub is linked into the kernel. The arm64 EFI stub lives in arch/arm64/kernel/efi-entry.S -and arch/arm64/kernel/efi-stub.c. +and drivers/firmware/efi/libstub/arm64-stub.c. By using the EFI boot stub it's possible to boot a Linux kernel without the use of a conventional EFI boot loader, such as grub or diff --git a/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh index 6065124a072f..c16b5b595688 100755 --- a/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh +++ b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # (If no arguments are given then it will print the host architecture's status.) # -ARCH=${1:-$(arch | sed 's/x86_64/x86/' | sed 's/i386/x86/')} +ARCH=${1:-$(uname -m | sed 's/x86_64/x86/' | sed 's/i386/x86/')} cd $(dirname $0) echo "#" diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt index af6816bccb43..df1d1f3c9af2 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ | alpha: | TODO | | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | - | arm64: | TODO | + | arm64: | ok | | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt index c772b47e7ef0..f9dad22d95ce 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt @@ -1,20 +1,10 @@ - BTRFS ===== -Btrfs is a copy on write filesystem for Linux aimed at -implementing advanced features while focusing on fault tolerance, -repair and easy administration. Initially developed by Oracle, Btrfs -is licensed under the GPL and open for contribution from anyone. - -Linux has a wealth of filesystems to choose from, but we are facing a -number of challenges with scaling to the large storage subsystems that -are becoming common in today's data centers. Filesystems need to scale -in their ability to address and manage large storage, and also in -their ability to detect, repair and tolerate errors in the data stored -on disk. Btrfs is under heavy development, and is not suitable for -any uses other than benchmarking and review. The Btrfs disk format is -not yet finalized. +Btrfs is a copy on write filesystem for Linux aimed at implementing advanced +features while focusing on fault tolerance, repair and easy administration. +Jointly developed by several companies, licensed under the GPL and open for +contribution from anyone. The main Btrfs features include: @@ -28,243 +18,14 @@ The main Btrfs features include: * Checksums on data and metadata (multiple algorithms available) * Compression * Integrated multiple device support, with several raid algorithms - * Online filesystem check (not yet implemented) - * Very fast offline filesystem check - * Efficient incremental backup and FS mirroring (not yet implemented) + * Offline filesystem check + * Efficient incremental backup and FS mirroring * Online filesystem defragmentation +For more information please refer to the wiki -Mount Options -============= - -When mounting a btrfs filesystem, the following option are accepted. -Options with (*) are default options and will not show in the mount options. - - alloc_start=<bytes> - Debugging option to force all block allocations above a certain - byte threshold on each block device. The value is specified in - bytes, optionally with a K, M, or G suffix, case insensitive. - Default is 1MB. - - noautodefrag(*) - autodefrag - Disable/enable auto defragmentation. - Auto defragmentation detects small random writes into files and queue - them up for the defrag process. Works best for small files; - Not well suited for large database workloads. - - check_int - check_int_data - check_int_print_mask=<value> - These debugging options control the behavior of the integrity checking - module (the BTRFS_FS_CHECK_INTEGRITY config option required). - - check_int enables the integrity checker module, which examines all - block write requests to ensure on-disk consistency, at a large - memory and CPU cost. - - check_int_data includes extent data in the integrity checks, and - implies the check_int option. - - check_int_print_mask takes a bitmask of BTRFSIC_PRINT_MASK_* values - as defined in fs/btrfs/check-integrity.c, to control the integrity - checker module behavior. - - See comments at the top of fs/btrfs/check-integrity.c for more info. - - commit=<seconds> - Set the interval of periodic commit, 30 seconds by default. Higher - values defer data being synced to permanent storage with obvious - consequences when the system crashes. The upper bound is not forced, - but a warning is printed if it's more than 300 seconds (5 minutes). - - compress - compress=<type> - compress-force - compress-force=<type> - Control BTRFS file data compression. Type may be specified as "zlib" - "lzo" or "no" (for no compression, used for remounting). If no type - is specified, zlib is used. If compress-force is specified, - all files will be compressed, whether or not they compress well. - If compression is enabled, nodatacow and nodatasum are disabled. - - degraded - Allow mounts to continue with missing devices. A read-write mount may - fail with too many devices missing, for example if a stripe member - is completely missing. - - device=<devicepath> - Specify a device during mount so that ioctls on the control device - can be avoided. Especially useful when trying to mount a multi-device - setup as root. May be specified multiple times for multiple devices. - - nodiscard(*) - discard - Disable/enable discard mount option. - Discard issues frequent commands to let the block device reclaim space - freed by the filesystem. - This is useful for SSD devices, thinly provisioned - LUNs and virtual machine images, but may have a significant - performance impact. (The fstrim command is also available to - initiate batch trims from userspace). - - noenospc_debug(*) - enospc_debug - Disable/enable debugging option to be more verbose in some ENOSPC conditions. - - fatal_errors=<action> - Action to take when encountering a fatal error: - "bug" - BUG() on a fatal error. This is the default. - "panic" - panic() on a fatal error. - - noflushoncommit(*) - flushoncommit - The 'flushoncommit' mount option forces any data dirtied by a write in a - prior transaction to commit as part of the current commit. This makes - the committed state a fully consistent view of the file system from the - application's perspective (i.e., it includes all completed file system - operations). This was previously the behavior only when a snapshot is - created. - - inode_cache - Enable free inode number caching. Defaults to off due to an overflow - problem when the free space crcs don't fit inside a single page. - - max_inline=<bytes> - Specify the maximum amount of space, in bytes, that can be inlined in - a metadata B-tree leaf. The value is specified in bytes, optionally - with a K, M, or G suffix, case insensitive. In practice, this value - is limited by the root sector size, with some space unavailable due - to leaf headers. For a 4k sector size, max inline data is ~3900 bytes. - - metadata_ratio=<value> - Specify that 1 metadata chunk should be allocated after every <value> - data chunks. Off by default. - - acl(*) - noacl - Enable/disable support for Posix Access Control Lists (ACLs). See the - acl(5) manual page for more information about ACLs. - - barrier(*) - nobarrier - Enable/disable the use of block layer write barriers. Write barriers - ensure that certain IOs make it through the device cache and are on - persistent storage. If disabled on a device with a volatile - (non-battery-backed) write-back cache, nobarrier option will lead to - filesystem corruption on a system crash or power loss. - - datacow(*) - nodatacow - Enable/disable data copy-on-write for newly created files. - Nodatacow implies nodatasum, and disables all compression. - - datasum(*) - nodatasum - Enable/disable data checksumming for newly created files. - Datasum implies datacow. - - treelog(*) - notreelog - Enable/disable the tree logging used for fsync and O_SYNC writes. - - recovery - Enable autorecovery attempts if a bad tree root is found at mount time. - Currently this scans a list of several previous tree roots and tries to - use the first readable. - - rescan_uuid_tree - Force check and rebuild procedure of the UUID tree. This should not - normally be needed. - - skip_balance - Skip automatic resume of interrupted balance operation after mount. - May be resumed with "btrfs balance resume." - - space_cache (*) - Enable the on-disk freespace cache. - nospace_cache - Disable freespace cache loading without clearing the cache. - clear_cache - Force clearing and rebuilding of the disk space cache if something - has gone wrong. - - ssd - nossd - ssd_spread - Options to control ssd allocation schemes. By default, BTRFS will - enable or disable ssd allocation heuristics depending on whether a - rotational or non-rotational disk is in use. The ssd and nossd options - can override this autodetection. - - The ssd_spread mount option attempts to allocate into big chunks - of unused space, and may perform better on low-end ssds. ssd_spread - implies ssd, enabling all other ssd heuristics as well. - - subvol=<path> - Mount subvolume at <path> rather than the root subvolume. <path> is - relative to the top level subvolume. - - subvolid=<ID> - Mount subvolume specified by an ID number rather than the root subvolume. - This allows mounting of subvolumes which are not in the root of the mounted - filesystem. - You can use "btrfs subvolume list" to see subvolume ID numbers. - - subvolrootid=<objectid> (deprecated) - Mount subvolume specified by <objectid> rather than the root subvolume. - This allows mounting of subvolumes which are not in the root of the mounted - filesystem. - You can use "btrfs subvolume show " to see the object ID for a subvolume. - - thread_pool=<number> - The number of worker threads to allocate. The default number is equal - to the number of CPUs + 2, or 8, whichever is smaller. - - user_subvol_rm_allowed - Allow subvolumes to be deleted by a non-root user. Use with caution. - -MAILING LIST -============ - -There is a Btrfs mailing list hosted on vger.kernel.org. You can -find details on how to subscribe here: - -http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-btrfs - -Mailing list archives are available from gmane: - -http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.file-systems.btrfs - - - -IRC -=== - -Discussion of Btrfs also occurs on the #btrfs channel of the Freenode -IRC network. - - - - UTILITIES - ========= - -Userspace tools for creating and manipulating Btrfs file systems are -available from the git repository at the following location: - - http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/mason/btrfs-progs.git - git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mason/btrfs-progs.git - -These include the following tools: - -* mkfs.btrfs: create a filesystem - -* btrfs: a single tool to manage the filesystems, refer to the manpage for more details - -* 'btrfsck' or 'btrfs check': do a consistency check of the filesystem - -Other tools for specific tasks: - -* btrfs-convert: in-place conversion from ext2/3/4 filesystems + https://btrfs.wiki.kernel.org -* btrfs-image: dump filesystem metadata for debugging +that maintains information about administration tasks, frequently asked +questions, use cases, mount options, comprehensible changelogs, features, +manual pages, source code repositories, contacts etc. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt index e5fe521eea1d..8ec9136aae56 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt @@ -250,7 +250,8 @@ child item. struct config_item cg_item; struct list_head cg_children; struct configfs_subsystem *cg_subsys; - struct config_group **default_groups; + struct list_head default_groups; + struct list_head group_entry; }; void config_group_init(struct config_group *group); @@ -420,15 +421,15 @@ These automatic subgroups, or default groups, do not preclude other children of the parent group. If ct_group_ops->make_group() exists, other child groups can be created on the parent group directly. -A configfs subsystem specifies default groups by filling in the -NULL-terminated array default_groups on the config_group structure. -Each group in that array is populated in the configfs tree at the same +A configfs subsystem specifies default groups by adding them using the +configfs_add_default_group() function to the parent config_group +structure. Each added group is populated in the configfs tree at the same time as the parent group. Similarly, they are removed at the same time as the parent. No extra notification is provided. When a ->drop_item() method call notifies the subsystem the parent group is going away, it also means every default group child associated with that parent group. -As a consequence of this, default_groups cannot be removed directly via +As a consequence of this, default groups cannot be removed directly via rmdir(2). They also are not considered when rmdir(2) on the parent group is checking for children. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt index 68dffd87f9b7..30d2fcb32f72 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt @@ -51,6 +51,15 @@ where 'ns_exec -cm /bin/bash' calls clone() with CLONE_NEWNS flag and execs /bin/bash in the child process. A pty created by the sshd is not visible in the original mount of /dev/pts. +Total count of pty pairs in all instances is limited by sysctls: +kernel.pty.max = 4096 - global limit +kernel.pty.reserve = 1024 - reserve for initial instance +kernel.pty.nr - current count of ptys + +Per-instance limit could be set by adding mount option "max=<count>". +This feature was added in kernel 3.4 together with sysctl kernel.pty.reserve. +In kernels older than 3.4 sysctl kernel.pty.max works as per-instance limit. + User-space changes ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt index 426d166089a3..f3a5b0a8ac05 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/fault_injection.txt @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ forget_locks: forget_delegations: A delegation is used to assure the client that a file, or part of a file, has not changed since the delegation was awarded. Clearing this list will - force the client to reaquire its delegation before accessing the file + force the client to reacquire its delegation before accessing the file again. recall_delegations: Delegations can be recalled by the server when another client attempts to access a file. This test will notify the client that its delegation has - been revoked, forcing the client to reaquire the delegation before using + been revoked, forcing the client to reacquire the delegation before using the file again. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt index 906b6c233f62..1e6564545edf 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ NFS/RDMA Setup /vol0 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0(fsid=0,rw,async,insecure,no_root_squash) The IP address(es) is(are) the client's IPoIB address for an InfiniBand - HCA or the cleint's iWARP address(es) for an RNIC. + HCA or the client's iWARP address(es) for an RNIC. NOTE: The "insecure" option must be used because the NFS/RDMA client does not use a reserved port. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt index bb5ab6de5924..0b2883b17d4c 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ ip=<client-ip>:<server-ip>:<gw-ip>:<netmask>:<hostname>:<device>:<autoconf>: Value gets exported by /proc/net/pnp which is often linked on embedded systems by /etc/resolv.conf. - <dns1-ip> IP address of secound nameserver. + <dns1-ip> IP address of second nameserver. Same as above. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs-scsi-server.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs-scsi-server.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5bef7268bd9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs-scsi-server.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + +pNFS SCSI layout server user guide +================================== + +This document describes support for pNFS SCSI layouts in the Linux NFS server. +With pNFS SCSI layouts, the NFS server acts as Metadata Server (MDS) for pNFS, +which in addition to handling all the metadata access to the NFS export, +also hands out layouts to the clients so that they can directly access the +underlying SCSI LUNs that are shared with the client. + +To use pNFS SCSI layouts with with the Linux NFS server, the exported file +system needs to support the pNFS SCSI layouts (currently just XFS), and the +file system must sit on a SCSI LUN that is accessible to the clients in +addition to the MDS. As of now the file system needs to sit directly on the +exported LUN, striping or concatenation of LUNs on the MDS and clients +is not supported yet. + +On a server built with CONFIG_NFSD_SCSI, the pNFS SCSI volume support is +automatically enabled if the file system is exported using the "pnfs" +option and the underlying SCSI device support persistent reservations. +On the client make sure the kernel has the CONFIG_PNFS_BLOCK option +enabled, and the file system is mounted using the NFSv4.1 protocol +version (mount -o vers=4.1). diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt index 44a9f2493a88..8de578a98222 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ table which are called by the nfs-client pnfs-core to implement the different layout types. Files-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/filelayout/.. directory -Objects-layout-deriver code is in: fs/nfs/objlayout/.. directory -Blocks-layout-deriver code is in: fs/nfs/blocklayout/.. directory +Objects-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/objlayout/.. directory +Blocks-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/blocklayout/.. directory Flexfiles-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/flexfilelayout/.. directory objects-layout setup @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The API to the login script is as follows: Usage: $0 -u <URI> -o <OSDNAME> -s <SYSTEMID> Options: -u target uri e.g. iscsi://<ip>:<port> - (allways exists) + (always exists) (More protocols can be defined in the future. The client does not interpret this string it is passed unchanged as received from the Server) diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt index 716f4be8e8b3..310bbbaf9080 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-server-gss.txt @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ the Kerberos tickets, that needs to be sent through the GSS layer in order to perform context establishment. B) It does not properly handle creds where the user is member of more -than a few housand groups (the current hard limit in the kernel is 65K +than a few thousand groups (the current hard limit in the kernel is 65K groups) due to limitation on the size of the buffer that can be send back to the kernel (4KiB). diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2-online-filecheck.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2-online-filecheck.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1ab07860430d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2-online-filecheck.txt @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ + OCFS2 online file check + ----------------------- + +This document will describe OCFS2 online file check feature. + +Introduction +============ +OCFS2 is often used in high-availaibility systems. However, OCFS2 usually +converts the filesystem to read-only when encounters an error. This may not be +necessary, since turning the filesystem read-only would affect other running +processes as well, decreasing availability. +Then, a mount option (errors=continue) is introduced, which would return the +-EIO errno to the calling process and terminate furhter processing so that the +filesystem is not corrupted further. The filesystem is not converted to +read-only, and the problematic file's inode number is reported in the kernel +log. The user can try to check/fix this file via online filecheck feature. + +Scope +===== +This effort is to check/fix small issues which may hinder day-to-day operations +of a cluster filesystem by turning the filesystem read-only. The scope of +checking/fixing is at the file level, initially for regular files and eventually +to all files (including system files) of the filesystem. + +In case of directory to file links is incorrect, the directory inode is +reported as erroneous. + +This feature is not suited for extravagant checks which involve dependency of +other components of the filesystem, such as but not limited to, checking if the +bits for file blocks in the allocation has been set. In case of such an error, +the offline fsck should/would be recommended. + +Finally, such an operation/feature should not be automated lest the filesystem +may end up with more damage than before the repair attempt. So, this has to +be performed using user interaction and consent. + +User interface +============== +When there are errors in the OCFS2 filesystem, they are usually accompanied +by the inode number which caused the error. This inode number would be the +input to check/fix the file. + +There is a sysfs directory for each OCFS2 file system mounting: + + /sys/fs/ocfs2/<devname>/filecheck + +Here, <devname> indicates the name of OCFS2 volumn device which has been already +mounted. The file above would accept inode numbers. This could be used to +communicate with kernel space, tell which file(inode number) will be checked or +fixed. Currently, three operations are supported, which includes checking +inode, fixing inode and setting the size of result record history. + +1. If you want to know what error exactly happened to <inode> before fixing, do + + # echo "<inode>" > /sys/fs/ocfs2/<devname>/filecheck/check + # cat /sys/fs/ocfs2/<devname>/filecheck/check + +The output is like this: + INO DONE ERROR +39502 1 GENERATION + +<INO> lists the inode numbers. +<DONE> indicates whether the operation has been finished. +<ERROR> says what kind of errors was found. For the detailed error numbers, +please refer to the file linux/fs/ocfs2/filecheck.h. + +2. If you determine to fix this inode, do + + # echo "<inode>" > /sys/fs/ocfs2/<devname>/filecheck/fix + # cat /sys/fs/ocfs2/<devname>/filecheck/fix + +The output is like this: + INO DONE ERROR +39502 1 SUCCESS + +This time, the <ERROR> column indicates whether this fix is successful or not. + +3. The record cache is used to store the history of check/fix results. It's +defalut size is 10, and can be adjust between the range of 10 ~ 100. You can +adjust the size like this: + + # echo "<size>" > /sys/fs/ocfs2/<devname>/filecheck/set + +Fixing stuff +============ +On receivng the inode, the filesystem would read the inode and the +file metadata. In case of errors, the filesystem would fix the errors +and report the problems it fixed in the kernel log. As a precautionary measure, +the inode must first be checked for errors before performing a final fix. + +The inode and the result history will be maintained temporarily in a +small linked list buffer which would contain the last (N) inodes +fixed/checked, the detailed errors which were fixed/checked are printed in the +kernel log. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index 843b045b4069..7f5607a089b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ Table of Contents 3.7 /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/children - Information about task children 3.8 /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<fd> - Information about opened file 3.9 /proc/<pid>/map_files - Information about memory mapped files + 3.10 /proc/<pid>/timerslack_ns - Task timerslack value 4 Configuring procfs 4.1 Mount options @@ -1862,6 +1863,23 @@ time one can open(2) mappings from the listings of two processes and comparing their inode numbers to figure out which anonymous memory areas are actually shared. +3.10 /proc/<pid>/timerslack_ns - Task timerslack value +--------------------------------------------------------- +This file provides the value of the task's timerslack value in nanoseconds. +This value specifies a amount of time that normal timers may be deferred +in order to coalesce timers and avoid unnecessary wakeups. + +This allows a task's interactivity vs power consumption trade off to be +adjusted. + +Writing 0 to the file will set the tasks timerslack to the default value. + +Valid values are from 0 - ULLONG_MAX + +An application setting the value must have PTRACE_MODE_ATTACH_FSCREDS level +permissions on the task specified to change its timerslack_ns value. + + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Configuring procfs ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt index e3f4c778eb98..8ccfbd55244b 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ replicas continue to be exactly same. 2d) A unbindable mount is a unbindable private mount - let's say we have a mount at /mnt and we make is unbindable + let's say we have a mount at /mnt and we make it unbindable # mount --make-unbindable /mnt @@ -197,13 +197,13 @@ replicas continue to be exactly same. namespaces are made first class objects with user API to associate/disassociate a namespace with userid, then each user could have his/her own namespace and tailor it to his/her - requirements. Offcourse its needs support from PAM. + requirements. This needs to be supported in PAM. D) Versioned files If the entire mount tree is visible at multiple locations, then - a underlying versioning file system can return different - version of the file depending on the path used to access that + an underlying versioning file system can return different + versions of the file depending on the path used to access that file. An example is: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt index 223c32171dcc..cf51360e3a9f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt @@ -56,9 +56,10 @@ iocharset=<name> -- Character set to use for converting between the you should consider the following option instead. utf8=<bool> -- UTF-8 is the filesystem safe version of Unicode that - is used by the console. It can be enabled for the - filesystem with this option. If 'uni_xlate' gets set, - UTF-8 gets disabled. + is used by the console. It can be enabled or disabled + for the filesystem with this option. + If 'uni_xlate' gets set, UTF-8 gets disabled. + By default, FAT_DEFAULT_UTF8 setting is used. uni_xlate=<bool> -- Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This would let you backup and diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt index 3092178628c4..86d3fa95fd12 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt @@ -111,16 +111,13 @@ files that desire to do so need to include the following header: GPIOs are mapped by the means of tables of lookups, containing instances of the gpiod_lookup structure. Two macros are defined to help declaring such mappings: - GPIO_LOOKUP(chip_label, chip_hwnum, dev_id, con_id, flags) - GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX(chip_label, chip_hwnum, dev_id, con_id, idx, flags) + GPIO_LOOKUP(chip_label, chip_hwnum, con_id, flags) + GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX(chip_label, chip_hwnum, con_id, idx, flags) where - chip_label is the label of the gpiod_chip instance providing the GPIO - chip_hwnum is the hardware number of the GPIO within the chip - - dev_id is the identifier of the device that will make use of this GPIO. It - can be NULL, in which case it will be matched for calls to gpiod_get() - with a NULL device. - con_id is the name of the GPIO function from the device point of view. It can be NULL, in which case it will match any function. - idx is the index of the GPIO within the function. @@ -134,7 +131,9 @@ In the future, these flags might be extended to support more properties. Note that GPIO_LOOKUP() is just a shortcut to GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX() where idx = 0. A lookup table can then be defined as follows, with an empty entry defining its -end: +end. The 'dev_id' field of the table is the identifier of the device that will +make use of these GPIOs. It can be NULL, in which case it will be matched for +calls to gpiod_get() with a NULL device. struct gpiod_lookup_table gpios_table = { .dev_id = "foo.0", diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/dev-interface b/Documentation/i2c/dev-interface index 2ac78ae1039d..bcf919d8625c 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/dev-interface +++ b/Documentation/i2c/dev-interface @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ the /dev interface. You need to load module i2c-dev for this. Each registered i2c adapter gets a number, counting from 0. You can examine /sys/class/i2c-dev/ to see what number corresponds to which adapter. -Alternatively, you can run "i2cdetect -l" to obtain a formated list of all +Alternatively, you can run "i2cdetect -l" to obtain a formatted list of all i2c adapters present on your system at a given time. i2cdetect is part of the i2c-tools package. diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend b/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend index c8444ef82acf..04f8d8a9b817 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend +++ b/Documentation/i2c/slave-eeprom-backend @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ This is a proof-of-concept backend which acts like an EEPROM on the connected I2C bus. The memory contents can be modified from userspace via this file located in sysfs: - /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<device-direcory>/slave-eeprom + /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<device-directory>/slave-eeprom As of 2015, Linux doesn't support poll on binary sysfs files, so there is no -notfication when another master changed the content. +notification when another master changed the content. diff --git a/Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt index 9028b025501a..3ecf0c3a133f 100644 --- a/Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/infiniband/sysfs.txt @@ -78,9 +78,10 @@ HFI1 chip_reset - diagnostic (root only) boardversion - board version ports/1/ - CMgtA/ + CCMgtA/ cc_settings_bin - CCA tables used by PSM2 cc_table_bin + cc_prescan - enable prescaning for faster BECN response sc2v/ - 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->vl sl2sc/ - 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->sc vl2mtu/ - 16 (0 - 15) files used to determine MTU for vl diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index 91261a32a573..9369d3b0f09a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -319,6 +319,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments <mailto:vgo@ratio.de> 0xB1 00-1F PPPoX <mailto:mostrows@styx.uwaterloo.ca> 0xB3 00 linux/mmc/ioctl.h +0xB4 00-0F linux/gpio.h <mailto:linux-gpio@vger.kernel.org> 0xC0 00-0F linux/usb/iowarrior.h 0xCA 00-0F uapi/misc/cxl.h 0xCA 80-8F uapi/scsi/cxlflash_ioctl.h diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/00-INDEX b/Documentation/isdn/00-INDEX index e87e336f590e..2d1889b6c1fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/isdn/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/isdn/00-INDEX @@ -16,8 +16,6 @@ README.FAQ - general info for FAQ. README.HiSax - info on the HiSax driver which replaces the old teles. -README.act2000 - - info on driver for IBM ACT-2000 card. README.audio - info for running audio over ISDN. README.avmb1 @@ -34,14 +32,8 @@ README.hfc-pci - info on hfc-pci based cards. README.hysdn - info on driver for Hypercope active HYSDN cards -README.icn - - info on the ICN-ISDN-card and its driver. README.mISDN - info on the Modular ISDN subsystem (mISDN) -README.pcbit - - info on the PCBIT-D ISDN adapter and driver. -README.sc - - info on driver for Spellcaster cards. README.syncppp - info on running Sync PPP over ISDN. README.x25 diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.act2000 b/Documentation/isdn/README.act2000 deleted file mode 100644 index ce7115e7f4ce..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/isdn/README.act2000 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -$Id: README.act2000,v 1.3 2000/08/06 09:22:51 armin Exp $ - -This document describes the ACT2000 driver for the -IBM Active 2000 ISDN card. - -There are 3 Types of this card available. A ISA-, MCA-, and PCMCIA-Bus -Version. Currently, only the ISA-Bus version of the card is supported. -However MCA and PCMCIA will follow soon. - -The ISA-Bus Version uses 8 IO-ports. The base port address has to be set -manually using the DIP switches. - -Setting up the DIP switches for the IBM Active 2000 ISDN card: - - Note: S5 and S6 always set off! - - S1 S2 S3 S4 Base-port - on on on on 0x0200 (Factory default) - off on on on 0x0240 - on off on on 0x0280 - off off on on 0x02c0 - on on off on 0x0300 - off on off on 0x0340 - on off off on 0x0380 - on on on off 0xcfe0 - off on on off 0xcfa0 - on off on off 0xcf60 - off off on off 0xcf20 - on on off off 0xcee0 - off on off off 0xcea0 - on off off off 0xce60 - off off off off Card disabled - -IRQ is configured by software. Possible values are: - - 3, 5, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15 and none (polled mode) - - -The ACT2000 driver may either be built into the kernel or as a module. -Initialization depends on how the driver is built: - -Driver built into the kernel: - - The ACT2000 driver can be configured using the commandline-feature while - loading the kernel with LILO or LOADLIN. It accepts the following syntax: - - act2000=b,p,i[,idstring] - - where - - b = Bus-Type (1=ISA, 2=MCA, 3=PCMCIA) - p = portbase (-1 means autoprobe) - i = Interrupt (-1 means use next free IRQ, 0 means polled mode) - - The idstring is an arbitrary string used for referencing the card - by the actctrl tool later. - - Defaults used, when no parameters given at all: - - 1,-1,-1,"" - - which means: Autoprobe for an ISA card, use next free IRQ, let the - ISDN linklevel fill the IdString (usually "line0" for the first card). - - If you like to use more than one card, you can use the program - "actctrl" from the utility-package to configure additional cards. - - Using the "actctrl"-utility, portbase and irq can also be changed - during runtime. The D-channel protocol is configured by the "dproto" - option of the "actctrl"-utility after loading the firmware into the - card's memory using the "actctrl"-utility. - -Driver built as module: - - The module act2000.o can be configured during modprobe (insmod) by - appending its parameters to the modprobe resp. insmod commandline. - The following syntax is accepted: - - act_bus=b act_port=p act_irq=i act_id=idstring - - where b, p, i and idstring have the same meanings as the parameters - described for the builtin version above. - - Using the "actctrl"-utility, the same features apply to the modularized - version as to the kernel-builtin one. (i.e. loading of firmware and - configuring the D-channel protocol) - -Loading the firmware into the card: - - The firmware is supplied together with the isdn4k-utils package. It - can be found in the subdirectory act2000/firmware/ - - Assuming you have installed the utility-package correctly, the firmware - will be downloaded into the card using the following command: - - actctrl -d idstring load /etc/isdn/bip11.btl - - where idstring is the Name of the card, given during insmod-time or - (for kernel-builtin driver) on the kernel commandline. If only one - ISDN card is used, the -d isdstrin may be omitted. - - For further documentation (adding more IBM Active 2000 cards), refer to - the manpage actctrl.8 which is included in the isdn4k-utils package. - diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.icn b/Documentation/isdn/README.icn deleted file mode 100644 index 13f833d4e910..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/isdn/README.icn +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -$Id: README.icn,v 1.7 2000/08/06 09:22:51 armin Exp $ - -You can get the ICN-ISDN-card from: - -Thinking Objects Software GmbH -Versbacher Röthe 159 -97078 Würzburg -Tel: +49 931 2877950 -Fax: +49 931 2877951 - -email info@think.de -WWW http:/www.think.de - - -The card communicates with the PC by two interfaces: - 1. A range of 4 successive port-addresses, whose base address can be - configured with the switches. - 2. A memory window with 16KB-256KB size, which can be setup in 16k steps - over the whole range of 16MB. Isdn4linux only uses a 16k window. - The base address of the window can be configured when loading - the lowlevel-module (see README). If using more than one card, - all cards are mapped to the same window and activated as needed. - -Setting up the IO-address dipswitches for the ICN-ISDN-card: - - Two types of cards exist, one with dip-switches and one with - hook-switches. - - 1. Setting for the card with hook-switches: - - (0 = switch closed, 1 = switch open) - - S3 S2 S1 Base-address - 0 0 0 0x300 - 0 0 1 0x310 - 0 1 0 0x320 (Default for isdn4linux) - 0 1 1 0x330 - 1 0 0 0x340 - 1 0 1 0x350 - 1 1 0 0x360 - 1 1 1 NOT ALLOWED! - - 2. Setting for the card with dip-switches: - - (0 = switch closed, 1 = switch open) - - S1 S2 S3 S4 Base-Address - 0 0 0 0 0x300 - 0 0 0 1 0x310 - 0 0 1 0 0x320 (Default for isdn4linux) - 0 0 1 1 0x330 - 0 1 0 0 0x340 - 0 1 0 1 0x350 - 0 1 1 0 0x360 - 0 1 1 1 NOT ALLOWED! - 1 0 0 0 0x308 - 1 0 0 1 0x318 - 1 0 1 0 0x328 - 1 0 1 1 0x338 - 1 1 0 0 0x348 - 1 1 0 1 0x358 - 1 1 1 0 0x368 - 1 1 1 1 NOT ALLOWED! - -The ICN driver may be built into the kernel or as a module. Initialization -depends on how the driver is built: - -Driver built into the kernel: - - The ICN driver can be configured using the commandline-feature while - loading the kernel with LILO or LOADLIN. It accepts the following syntax: - - icn=p,m[,idstring1[,idstring2]] - - where - - p = portbase (default: 0x320) - m = shared memory (default: 0xd0000) - - When using the ICN double card (4B), you MUST define TWO idstrings. - idstring must start with a character! There is no way for the driver - to distinguish between a 2B and 4B type card. Therefore, by supplying - TWO idstrings, you tell the driver that you have a 4B installed. - - If you like to use more than one card, you can use the program - "icnctrl" from the utility-package to configure additional cards. - You need to configure shared memory only once, since the icn-driver - maps all cards into the same address-space. - - Using the "icnctrl"-utility, portbase and shared memory can also be - changed during runtime. - - The D-channel protocol is configured by loading different firmware - into the card's memory using the "icnctrl"-utility. - - -Driver built as module: - - The module icn.o can be configured during "insmod'ing" it by - appending its parameters to the insmod-commandline. The following - syntax is accepted: - - portbase=p membase=m icn_id=idstring [icn_id2=idstring2] - - where p, m, idstring1 and idstring2 have the same meanings as the - parameters described for the kernel-version above. - - When using the ICN double card (4B), you MUST define TWO idstrings. - idstring must start with a character! There is no way for the driver - to distinguish between a 2B and 4B type card. Therefore, by supplying - TWO idstrings, you tell the driver that you have a 4B installed. - - Using the "icnctrl"-utility, the same features apply to the modularized - version like to the kernel-builtin one. - - The D-channel protocol is configured by loading different firmware - into the card's memory using the "icnctrl"-utility. - -Loading the firmware into the card: - - The firmware is supplied together with the isdn4k-utils package. It - can be found in the subdirectory icnctrl/firmware/ - - There are 3 files: - - loadpg.bin - Image of the bootstrap loader. - pc_1t_ca.bin - Image of firmware for german 1TR6 protocol. - pc_eu_ca.bin - Image if firmware for EDSS1 (Euro-ISDN) protocol. - - Assuming you have installed the utility-package correctly, the firmware - will be downloaded into the 2B-card using the following command: - - icnctrl -d Idstring load /etc/isdn/loadpg.bin /etc/isdn/pc_XX_ca.bin - - where XX is either "1t" or "eu", depending on the D-Channel protocol - used on your S0-bus and Idstring is the Name of the card, given during - insmod-time or (for kernel-builtin driver) on the kernel commandline. - - To load a 4B-card, the same command is used, except a second firmware - file is appended to the commandline of icnctrl. - - -> After downloading firmware, the two LEDs at the back cover of the card - (ICN-4B: 4 LEDs) must be blinking intermittently now. If a connection - is up, the corresponding led is lit continuously. - - For further documentation (adding more ICN-cards), refer to the manpage - icnctrl.8 which is included in the isdn4k-utils package. - diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit b/Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit deleted file mode 100644 index 5125002282e5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/isdn/README.pcbit +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - README file for the PCBIT-D Device Driver. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -The PCBIT is a Euro ISDN adapter manufactured in Portugal by Octal and -developed in cooperation with Portugal Telecom and Inesc. -The driver interfaces with the standard kernel isdn facilities -originally developed by Fritz Elfert in the isdn4linux project. - -The common versions of the pcbit board require a firmware that is -distributed (and copyrighted) by the manufacturer. To load this -firmware you need "pcbitctl" available on the standard isdn4k-utils -package or in the pcbit package available in: - -ftp://ftp.di.fc.ul.pt/pub/systems/Linux/isdn - -Known Limitations: - -- The board reset procedure is at the moment incorrect and will only -allow you to load the firmware after a hard reset. - -- Only HDLC in B-channels is supported at the moment. There is no -current support for X.25 in B or D channels nor LAPD in B -channels. The main reason is that these two other protocol modes have, -to my knowledge, very little use. If you want to see them implemented -*do* send me a mail. - -- The driver often triggers errors in the board that I and the -manufacturer believe to be caused by bugs in the firmware. The current -version includes several procedures for error recovery that should -allow normal operation. Plans for the future include cooperation with -the manufacturer in order to solve this problem. - -Information/hints/help can be obtained in the linux isdn -mailing list (isdn4linux@listserv.isdn4linux.de) or directly from me. - -regards, - Pedro. - -<roque@di.fc.ul.pt> diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.sc b/Documentation/isdn/README.sc deleted file mode 100644 index 1153cd926059..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/isdn/README.sc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,281 +0,0 @@ -Welcome to Beta Release 2 of the combination ISDN driver for SpellCaster's -ISA ISDN adapters. Please note this release 2 includes support for the -DataCommute/BRI and TeleCommute/BRI adapters only and any other use is -guaranteed to fail. If you have a DataCommute/PRI installed in the test -computer, we recommend removing it as it will be detected but will not -be usable. To see what we have done to Beta Release 2, see section 3. - -Speaking of guarantees, THIS IS BETA SOFTWARE and as such contains -bugs and defects either known or unknown. Use this software at your own -risk. There is NO SUPPORT for this software. Some help may be available -through the web site or the mailing list but such support is totally at -our own option and without warranty. If you choose to assume all and -total risk by using this driver, we encourage you to join the beta -mailing list. - -To join the Linux beta mailing list, send a message to: -majordomo@spellcast.com with the words "subscribe linux-beta" as the only -contents of the message. Do not include a signature. If you choose to -remove yourself from this list at a later date, send another message to -the same address with the words "unsubscribe linux-beta" as its only -contents. - -TABLE OF CONTENTS ------------------ - 1. Introduction - 1.1 What is ISDN4Linux? - 1.2 What is different between this driver and previous drivers? - 1.3 How do I setup my system with the correct software to use - this driver release? - - 2. Basic Operations - 2.1 Unpacking and installing the driver - 2.2 Read the man pages!!! - 2.3 Installing the driver - 2.4 Removing the driver - 2.5 What to do if it doesn't load - 2.6 How to setup ISDN4Linux with the driver - - 3. Beta Change Summaries and Miscellaneous Notes - -1. Introduction ---------------- - -The revision 2 Linux driver for SpellCaster ISA ISDN adapters is built -upon ISDN4Linux available separately or as included in Linux 2.0 and later. -The driver will support a maximum of 4 adapters in any one system of any -type including DataCommute/BRI, DataCommute/PRI and TeleCommute/BRI for a -maximum of 92 channels for host. The driver is supplied as a module in -source form and needs to be complied before it can be used. It has been -tested on Linux 2.0.20. - -1.1 What Is ISDN4Linux - -ISDN4Linux is a driver and set of tools used to access and use ISDN devices -on a Linux platform in a common and standard way. It supports HDLC and PPP -protocols and offers channel bundling and MLPPP support. To use ISDN4Linux -you need to configure your kernel for ISDN support and get the ISDN4Linux -tool kit from our web site. - -ISDN4Linux creates a channel pool from all of the available ISDN channels -and therefore can function across adapters. When an ISDN4Linux compliant -driver (such as ours) is loaded, all of the channels go into a pool and -are used on a first-come first-served basis. In addition, individual -channels can be specifically bound to particular interfaces. - -1.2 What is different between this driver and previous drivers? - -The revision 2 driver besides adopting the ISDN4Linux architecture has many -subtle and not so subtle functional differences from previous releases. These -include: - - More efficient shared memory management combined with a simpler - configuration. All adapters now use only 16Kbytes of shared RAM - versus between 16K and 64K. New methods for using the shared RAM - allow us to utilize all of the available RAM on the adapter through - only one 16K page. - - Better detection of available upper memory. The probing routines - have been improved to better detect available shared RAM pages and - used pages are now locked. - - Decreased loading time and a wider range of I/O ports probed. - We have significantly reduced the amount of time it takes to load - the driver and at the same time doubled the number of I/O ports - probed increasing the likelihood of finding an adapter. - - We now support all ISA adapter models with a single driver instead - of separate drivers for each model. The revision 2 driver supports - the DataCommute/BRI, DataCommute/PRI and TeleCommute/BRI in any - combination up to a maximum of four adapters per system. - - On board PPP protocol support has been removed in favour of the - sync-PPP support used in ISDN4Linux. This means more control of - the protocol parameters, faster negotiation time and a more - familiar interface. - -1.3 How do I setup my system with the correct software to use - this driver release? - -Before you can compile, install and use the SpellCaster ISA ISDN driver, you -must ensure that the following software is installed, configured and running: - - - Linux kernel 2.0.20 or later with the required init and ps - versions. Please see your distribution vendor for the correct - utility packages. The latest kernel is available from - ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/kernel/v2.0/ - - - The latest modules package (modules-2.0.0.tar.gz) from - ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/kernel/modules-2.0.0.tar.gz - - - The ISDN4Linux tools available from - ftp://ftp.franken.de/pub/isdn4linux/v2.0/isdn4k-utils-2.0.tar.gz - This package may fail to compile for you so you can alternatively - get a pre-compiled version from - ftp://ftp.spellcast.com/pub/drivers/isdn4linux/isdn4k-bin-2.0.tar.gz - - -2. Basic Operations -------------------- - -2.1 Unpacking and installing the driver - - 1. As root, create a directory in a convenient place. We suggest - /usr/src/spellcaster. - - 2. Unpack the archive with : - tar xzf sc-n.nn.tar.gz -C /usr/src/spellcaster - - 3. Change directory to /usr/src/spellcaster - - 4. Read the README and RELNOTES files. - - 5. Run 'make' and if all goes well, run 'make install'. - -2.2 Read the man pages!!! - -Make sure you read the scctrl(8) and sc(4) manual pages before continuing -any further. Type 'man 8 scctrl' and 'man 4 sc'. - -2.3 Installing the driver - -To install the driver, type '/sbin/insmod sc' as root. sc(4) details options -you can specify but you shouldn't need to use any unless this doesn't work. - -Make sure the driver loaded and detected all of the adapters by typing -'dmesg'. - -The driver can be configured so that it is loaded upon startup. To do this, -edit the file "/etc/modules/'uname -f'/'uname -v'" and insert the driver name -"sc" into this file. - -2.4 Removing the driver - -To remove the driver, delete any interfaces that may exist (see isdnctrl(8) -for more on this) and then type '/sbin/rmmod sc'. - -2.5 What to do if it doesn't load - -If, when you try to install the driver, you get a message mentioning -'register_isdn' then you do not have the ISDN4Linux system installed. Please -make sure that ISDN support is configured in the kernel. - -If you get a message that says 'initialization of sc failed', then the -driver failed to detect an adapter or failed to find resources needed such -as a free IRQ line or shared memory segment. If you are sure there are free -resources available, use the insmod options detailed in sc(4) to override -the probing function. - -Upon testing, the following problem was noted, the driver would load without -problems, but the board would not respond beyond that point. When a check was -done with 'cat /proc/interrupts' the interrupt count for sc was 0. In the event -of this problem, change the BIOS settings so that the interrupts in question are -reserved for ISA use only. - - -2.6 How to setup ISDN4Linux with the driver - -There are three main configurations which you can use with the driver: - -A) Basic HDLC connection -B) PPP connection -C) MLPPP connection - -It should be mentioned here that you may also use a tty connection if you -desire. The Documentation directory of the isdn4linux subsystem offers good -documentation on this feature. - -A) 10 steps to the establishment of a basic HDLC connection ------------------------------------------------------------ - -- please open the isdn-hdlc file in the examples directory and follow along... - - This file is a script used to configure a BRI ISDN TA to establish a - basic HDLC connection between its two channels. Two network - interfaces are created and two routes added between the channels. - - i) using the isdnctrl utility, add an interface with "addif" and - name it "isdn0" - ii) add the outgoing and inbound telephone numbers - iii) set the Layer 2 protocol to hdlc - iv) set the eaz of the interface to be the phone number of that - specific channel - v) to turn the callback features off, set the callback to "off" and - the callback delay (cbdelay) to 0. - vi) the hangup timeout can be set to a specified number of seconds - vii) the hangup upon incoming call can be set on or off - viii) use the ifconfig command to bring up the network interface with - a specific IP address and point to point address - ix) add a route to the IP address through the isdn0 interface - x) a ping should result in the establishment of the connection - - -B) Establishment of a PPP connection ------------------------------------- - -- please open the isdn-ppp file in the examples directory and follow along... - - This file is a script used to configure a BRI ISDN TA to establish a - PPP connection between the two channels. The file is almost - identical to the HDLC connection example except that the packet - encapsulation type has to be set. - - use the same procedure as in the HDLC connection from steps i) to - iii) then, after the Layer 2 protocol is set, set the encapsulation - "encap" to syncppp. With this done, the rest of the steps, iv) to x) - can be followed from above. - - Then, the ipppd (ippp daemon) must be setup: - - xi) use the ipppd function found in /sbin/ipppd to set the following: - xii) take out (minus) VJ compression and bsd compression - xiii) set the mru size to 2000 - xiv) link the two /dev interfaces to the daemon - -NOTE: A "*" in the inbound telephone number specifies that a call can be -accepted on any number. - -C) Establishment of a MLPPP connection --------------------------------------- - -- please open the isdn-mppp file in the examples directory and follow along... - - This file is a script used to configure a BRI ISDN TA to accept a - Multi Link PPP connection. - - i) using the isdnctrl utility, add an interface with "addif" and - name it "ippp0" - ii) add the inbound telephone number - iii) set the Layer 2 protocol to hdlc and the Layer 3 protocol to - trans (transparent) - iv) set the packet encapsulation to syncppp - v) set the eaz of the interface to be the phone number of that - specific channel - vi) to turn the callback features off, set the callback to "off" and - the callback delay (cbdelay) to 0. - vi) the hangup timeout can be set to a specified number of seconds - vii) the hangup upon incoming call can be set on or off - viii) add a slave interface and name it "ippp32" for example - ix) set the similar parameters for the ippp32 interface - x) use the ifconfig command to bring-up the ippp0 interface with a - specific IP address and point to point address - xi) add a route to the IP address through the ippp0 interface - xii) use the ipppd function found in /sbin/ipppd to set the following: - xiii) take out (minus) bsd compression - xiv) set the mru size to 2000 - xv) add (+) the multi-link function "+mp" - xvi) link the two /dev interfaces to the daemon - -NOTE: To use the MLPPP connection to dial OUT to a MLPPP connection, change -the inbound telephone numbers to the outgoing telephone numbers of the MLPPP -host. - - -3. Beta Change Summaries and Miscellaneous Notes ------------------------------------------------- -When using the "scctrl" utility to upload firmware revisions on the board, -please note that the byte count displayed at the end of the operation may be -different from the total number of bytes in the "dcbfwn.nn.sr" file. Please -disregard the displayed byte count. - -It was noted that in Beta Release 1, the module would fail to load and result -in a segmentation fault when 'insmod'ed. This problem was created when one of -the isdn4linux parameters, (isdn_ctrl, data field) was filled in. In some -cases, this data field was NULL, and was left unchecked, so when it was -referenced... segv. The bug has been fixed around line 63-68 of event.c. - diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO index 8d5465d3fdef..52ef02b33da9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストがありますので参照してくださ てこの状態を変えようとしないように。人々はそのようなことは好みません。 今までのメールでのやりとりとその間のあなたの発言はそのまま残し、 -"John Kernlehacker wrote ...:" の行をあなたのリプライの先頭行にして、 +"John Kernelhacker wrote ...:" の行をあなたのリプライの先頭行にして、 メールの先頭でなく、各引用行の間にあなたの言いたいことを追加するべきで す。 diff --git a/Documentation/kcov.txt b/Documentation/kcov.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..779ff4ab1c1d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/kcov.txt @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +kcov: code coverage for fuzzing +=============================== + +kcov exposes kernel code coverage information in a form suitable for coverage- +guided fuzzing (randomized testing). Coverage data of a running kernel is +exported via the "kcov" debugfs file. Coverage collection is enabled on a task +basis, and thus it can capture precise coverage of a single system call. + +Note that kcov does not aim to collect as much coverage as possible. It aims +to collect more or less stable coverage that is function of syscall inputs. +To achieve this goal it does not collect coverage in soft/hard interrupts +and instrumentation of some inherently non-deterministic parts of kernel is +disbled (e.g. scheduler, locking). + +Usage: +====== + +Configure kernel with: + + CONFIG_KCOV=y + +CONFIG_KCOV requires gcc built on revision 231296 or later. +Profiling data will only become accessible once debugfs has been mounted: + + mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug + +The following program demonstrates kcov usage from within a test program: + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <fcntl.h> + +#define KCOV_INIT_TRACE _IOR('c', 1, unsigned long) +#define KCOV_ENABLE _IO('c', 100) +#define KCOV_DISABLE _IO('c', 101) +#define COVER_SIZE (64<<10) + +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int fd; + unsigned long *cover, n, i; + + /* A single fd descriptor allows coverage collection on a single + * thread. + */ + fd = open("/sys/kernel/debug/kcov", O_RDWR); + if (fd == -1) + perror("open"), exit(1); + /* Setup trace mode and trace size. */ + if (ioctl(fd, KCOV_INIT_TRACE, COVER_SIZE)) + perror("ioctl"), exit(1); + /* Mmap buffer shared between kernel- and user-space. */ + cover = (unsigned long*)mmap(NULL, COVER_SIZE * sizeof(unsigned long), + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, fd, 0); + if ((void*)cover == MAP_FAILED) + perror("mmap"), exit(1); + /* Enable coverage collection on the current thread. */ + if (ioctl(fd, KCOV_ENABLE, 0)) + perror("ioctl"), exit(1); + /* Reset coverage from the tail of the ioctl() call. */ + __atomic_store_n(&cover[0], 0, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); + /* That's the target syscal call. */ + read(-1, NULL, 0); + /* Read number of PCs collected. */ + n = __atomic_load_n(&cover[0], __ATOMIC_RELAXED); + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + printf("0x%lx\n", cover[i + 1]); + /* Disable coverage collection for the current thread. After this call + * coverage can be enabled for a different thread. + */ + if (ioctl(fd, KCOV_DISABLE, 0)) + perror("ioctl"), exit(1); + /* Free resources. */ + if (munmap(cover, COVER_SIZE * sizeof(unsigned long))) + perror("munmap"), exit(1); + if (close(fd)) + perror("close"), exit(1); + return 0; +} + +After piping through addr2line output of the program looks as follows: + +SyS_read +fs/read_write.c:562 +__fdget_pos +fs/file.c:774 +__fget_light +fs/file.c:746 +__fget_light +fs/file.c:750 +__fget_light +fs/file.c:760 +__fdget_pos +fs/file.c:784 +SyS_read +fs/read_write.c:562 + +If a program needs to collect coverage from several threads (independently), +it needs to open /sys/kernel/debug/kcov in each thread separately. + +The interface is fine-grained to allow efficient forking of test processes. +That is, a parent process opens /sys/kernel/debug/kcov, enables trace mode, +mmaps coverage buffer and then forks child processes in a loop. Child processes +only need to enable coverage (disable happens automatically on thread end). diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index def479154d59..ecc74fa4bfde 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -614,6 +614,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. cut the overhead, others just disable the usage. So only cgroup_disable=memory is actually worthy} + cgroup_no_v1= [KNL] Disable one, multiple, all cgroup controllers in v1 + Format: { controller[,controller...] | "all" } + Like cgroup_disable, but only applies to cgroup v1; + the blacklisted controllers remain available in cgroup2. + cgroup.memory= [KNL] Pass options to the cgroup memory controller. Format: <string> nosocket -- Disable socket memory accounting. @@ -982,6 +987,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. See Documentation/x86/intel_mpx.txt for more information about the feature. + nopku [X86] Disable Memory Protection Keys CPU feature found + in some Intel CPUs. + eagerfpu= [X86] on enable eager fpu restore off disable eager fpu restore @@ -1064,6 +1072,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. A valid base address must be provided, and the serial port must already be setup and configured. + armada3700_uart,<addr> + Start an early, polled-mode console on the + Armada 3700 serial port at the specified + address. The serial port must already be setup + and configured. Options are not yet supported. + earlyprintk= [X86,SH,BLACKFIN,ARM,M68k] earlyprintk=vga earlyprintk=efi @@ -2609,7 +2623,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. nolapic_timer [X86-32,APIC] Do not use the local APIC timer. noltlbs [PPC] Do not use large page/tlb entries for kernel - lowmem mapping on PPC40x. + lowmem mapping on PPC40x and PPC8xx nomca [IA-64] Disable machine check abort handling @@ -3527,6 +3541,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. on Mark read-only kernel memory as read-only (default). off Leave read-only kernel memory writable for debugging. + rockchip.usb_uart + Enable the uart passthrough on the designated usb port + on Rockchip SoCs. When active, the signals of the + debug-uart get routed to the D+ and D- pins of the usb + port and the regular usb controller gets disabled. + root= [KNL] Root filesystem See name_to_dev_t comment in init/do_mounts.c. diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO index 1aef53e6cb98..5a81b394b3b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ NOTE: This is a version of Documentation/HOWTO translated into korean -This document is maintained by minchan Kim <minchan.kim@gmail.com> +This document is maintained by Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> If you find any difference between this document and the original file or a problem with the translation, please contact the maintainer of this file. @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ try to update the original English file first. Documentation/HOWTO 의 한글 번역입니다. -역자： 김민찬 <minchan.kim@gmail.com> +역자： 김민찬 <minchan@kernel.org> 감수： 이제이미 <jamee.lee@samsung.com> ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt b/Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt index 51f85ade4190..3ba10b11d556 100644 --- a/Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt +++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/stable_api_nonsense.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ NOTE: This is a version of Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt translated into korean -This document is maintained by barrios <minchan.kim@gmail.com> +This document is maintained by Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> If you find any difference between this document and the original file or a problem with the translation, please contact the maintainer of this file. @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ try to update the original English file first. Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt 의 한글 번역입니다. -역자： 김민찬 <minchan.kim@gmail.com> +역자： 김민찬 <minchan@kernel.org> 감수： 이제이미 <jamee.lee@samsung.com> ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/kselftest.txt b/Documentation/kselftest.txt index 9bbbcdc598d9..979eacae243d 100644 --- a/Documentation/kselftest.txt +++ b/Documentation/kselftest.txt @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ To install selftests in an user specified location: Contributing new tests ====================== -In general, the rules for for selftests are +In general, the rules for selftests are * Do as much as you can if you're not root; diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index 904ee42d078e..3729cbe60e41 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ And there are a number of things that _must_ or _must_not_ be assumed: with memory references that are not protected by READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE(). Without them, the compiler is within its rights to do all sorts of "creative" transformations, which are covered in - the Compiler Barrier section. + the COMPILER BARRIER section. (*) It _must_not_ be assumed that independent loads and stores will be issued in the order given. This means that for: @@ -555,6 +555,30 @@ between the address load and the data load: This enforces the occurrence of one of the two implications, and prevents the third possibility from arising. +A data-dependency barrier must also order against dependent writes: + + CPU 1 CPU 2 + =============== =============== + { A == 1, B == 2, C = 3, P == &A, Q == &C } + B = 4; + <write barrier> + WRITE_ONCE(P, &B); + Q = READ_ONCE(P); + <data dependency barrier> + *Q = 5; + +The data-dependency barrier must order the read into Q with the store +into *Q. This prohibits this outcome: + + (Q == B) && (B == 4) + +Please note that this pattern should be rare. After all, the whole point +of dependency ordering is to -prevent- writes to the data structure, along +with the expensive cache misses associated with those writes. This pattern +can be used to record rare error conditions and the like, and the ordering +prevents such records from being lost. + + [!] Note that this extremely counterintuitive situation arises most easily on machines with split caches, so that, for example, one cache bank processes even-numbered cache lines and the other bank processes odd-numbered cache @@ -565,21 +589,6 @@ odd-numbered bank is idle, one can see the new value of the pointer P (&B), but the old value of the variable B (2). -Another example of where data dependency barriers might be required is where a -number is read from memory and then used to calculate the index for an array -access: - - CPU 1 CPU 2 - =============== =============== - { M[0] == 1, M[1] == 2, M[3] = 3, P == 0, Q == 3 } - M[1] = 4; - <write barrier> - WRITE_ONCE(P, 1); - Q = READ_ONCE(P); - <data dependency barrier> - D = M[Q]; - - The data dependency barrier is very important to the RCU system, for example. See rcu_assign_pointer() and rcu_dereference() in include/linux/rcupdate.h. This permits the current target of an RCU'd @@ -800,9 +809,13 @@ In summary: use smp_rmb(), smp_wmb(), or, in the case of prior stores and later loads, smp_mb(). - (*) If both legs of the "if" statement begin with identical stores - to the same variable, a barrier() statement is required at the - beginning of each leg of the "if" statement. + (*) If both legs of the "if" statement begin with identical stores to + the same variable, then those stores must be ordered, either by + preceding both of them with smp_mb() or by using smp_store_release() + to carry out the stores. Please note that it is -not- sufficient + to use barrier() at beginning of each leg of the "if" statement, + as optimizing compilers do not necessarily respect barrier() + in this case. (*) Control dependencies require at least one run-time conditional between the prior load and the subsequent store, and this @@ -814,7 +827,7 @@ In summary: (*) Control dependencies require that the compiler avoid reordering the dependency into nonexistence. Careful use of READ_ONCE() or atomic{,64}_read() can help to preserve your control dependency. - Please see the Compiler Barrier section for more information. + Please see the COMPILER BARRIER section for more information. (*) Control dependencies pair normally with other types of barriers. @@ -1257,7 +1270,7 @@ TRANSITIVITY Transitivity is a deeply intuitive notion about ordering that is not always provided by real computer systems. The following example -demonstrates transitivity (also called "cumulativity"): +demonstrates transitivity: CPU 1 CPU 2 CPU 3 ======================= ======================= ======================= @@ -1305,8 +1318,86 @@ or a level of cache, CPU 2 might have early access to CPU 1's writes. General barriers are therefore required to ensure that all CPUs agree on the combined order of CPU 1's and CPU 2's accesses. -To reiterate, if your code requires transitivity, use general barriers -throughout. +General barriers provide "global transitivity", so that all CPUs will +agree on the order of operations. In contrast, a chain of release-acquire +pairs provides only "local transitivity", so that only those CPUs on +the chain are guaranteed to agree on the combined order of the accesses. +For example, switching to C code in deference to Herman Hollerith: + + int u, v, x, y, z; + + void cpu0(void) + { + r0 = smp_load_acquire(&x); + WRITE_ONCE(u, 1); + smp_store_release(&y, 1); + } + + void cpu1(void) + { + r1 = smp_load_acquire(&y); + r4 = READ_ONCE(v); + r5 = READ_ONCE(u); + smp_store_release(&z, 1); + } + + void cpu2(void) + { + r2 = smp_load_acquire(&z); + smp_store_release(&x, 1); + } + + void cpu3(void) + { + WRITE_ONCE(v, 1); + smp_mb(); + r3 = READ_ONCE(u); + } + +Because cpu0(), cpu1(), and cpu2() participate in a local transitive +chain of smp_store_release()/smp_load_acquire() pairs, the following +outcome is prohibited: + + r0 == 1 && r1 == 1 && r2 == 1 + +Furthermore, because of the release-acquire relationship between cpu0() +and cpu1(), cpu1() must see cpu0()'s writes, so that the following +outcome is prohibited: + + r1 == 1 && r5 == 0 + +However, the transitivity of release-acquire is local to the participating +CPUs and does not apply to cpu3(). Therefore, the following outcome +is possible: + + r0 == 0 && r1 == 1 && r2 == 1 && r3 == 0 && r4 == 0 + +As an aside, the following outcome is also possible: + + r0 == 0 && r1 == 1 && r2 == 1 && r3 == 0 && r4 == 0 && r5 == 1 + +Although cpu0(), cpu1(), and cpu2() will see their respective reads and +writes in order, CPUs not involved in the release-acquire chain might +well disagree on the order. This disagreement stems from the fact that +the weak memory-barrier instructions used to implement smp_load_acquire() +and smp_store_release() are not required to order prior stores against +subsequent loads in all cases. This means that cpu3() can see cpu0()'s +store to u as happening -after- cpu1()'s load from v, even though +both cpu0() and cpu1() agree that these two operations occurred in the +intended order. + +However, please keep in mind that smp_load_acquire() is not magic. +In particular, it simply reads from its argument with ordering. It does +-not- ensure that any particular value will be read. Therefore, the +following outcome is possible: + + r0 == 0 && r1 == 0 && r2 == 0 && r5 == 0 + +Note that this outcome can happen even on a mythical sequentially +consistent system where nothing is ever reordered. + +To reiterate, if your code requires global transitivity, use general +barriers throughout. ======================== @@ -1459,7 +1550,7 @@ of optimizations: the following: a = 0; - /* Code that does not store to variable a. */ + ... Code that does not store to variable a ... a = 0; The compiler sees that the value of variable 'a' is already zero, so @@ -1471,7 +1562,7 @@ of optimizations: wrong guess: WRITE_ONCE(a, 0); - /* Code that does not store to variable a. */ + ... Code that does not store to variable a ... WRITE_ONCE(a, 0); (*) The compiler is within its rights to reorder memory accesses unless diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt index 73f44fc3e715..074adbdf83a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/mic/mic_overview.txt @@ -12,10 +12,19 @@ for the X100 devices. Since it is a PCIe card, it does not have the ability to host hardware devices for networking, storage and console. We provide these devices -on X100 coprocessors thus enabling a self-bootable equivalent environment -for applications. A key benefit of our solution is that it leverages -the standard virtio framework for network, disk and console devices, -though in our case the virtio framework is used across a PCIe bus. +on X100 coprocessors thus enabling a self-bootable equivalent +environment for applications. A key benefit of our solution is that it +leverages the standard virtio framework for network, disk and console +devices, though in our case the virtio framework is used across a PCIe +bus. A Virtio Over PCIe (VOP) driver allows creating user space +backends or devices on the host which are used to probe virtio drivers +for these devices on the MIC card. The existing VRINGH infrastructure +in the kernel is used to access virtio rings from the host. The card +VOP driver allows card virtio drivers to communicate with their user +space backends on the host via a device page. Ring 3 apps on the host +can add, remove and configure virtio devices. A thin MIC specific +virtio_config_ops is implemented which is borrowed heavily from +previous similar implementations in lguest and s390. MIC PCIe card has a dma controller with 8 channels. These channels are shared between the host s/w and the card s/w. 0 to 3 are used by host @@ -38,7 +47,6 @@ single threaded performance for the host compared to MIC, the ability of the host to initiate DMA's to/from the card using the MIC DMA engine and the fact that the virtio block storage backend can only be on the host. - | +----------+ | +----------+ | Card OS | | | Host OS | +----------+ | +----------+ @@ -47,27 +55,25 @@ the fact that the virtio block storage backend can only be on the host. | Virtio| |Virtio | |Virtio| | |Virtio | |Virtio | |Virtio | | Net | |Console | |Block | | |Net | |Console | |Block | | Driver| |Driver | |Driver| | |backend | |backend | |backend | - +-------+ +--------+ +------+ | +---------+ +--------+ +--------+ + +---+---+ +---+----+ +--+---+ | +---------+ +----+---+ +--------+ | | | | | | | | | | |User | | | - | | | |------|------------|---------|------- - +-------------------+ |Kernel +--------------------------+ - | | | Virtio over PCIe IOCTLs | - | | +--------------------------+ -+-----------+ | | | +-----------+ -| MIC DMA | | +------+ | +------+ +------+ | | MIC DMA | -| Driver | | | SCIF | | | SCIF | | COSM | | | Driver | -+-----------+ | +------+ | +------+ +--+---+ | +-----------+ - | | | | | | | | -+---------------+ | +------+ | +--+---+ +--+---+ | +----------------+ -|MIC virtual Bus| | |SCIF | | |SCIF | | COSM | | |MIC virtual Bus | -+---------------+ | |HW Bus| | |HW Bus| | Bus | | +----------------+ - | | +------+ | +--+---+ +------+ | | - | | | | | | | | - | +-----------+---+ | | | +---------------+ | - | |Intel MIC | | | | |Intel MIC | | - +---|Card Driver | | | | |Host Driver | | - +------------+--------+ | +----+---------------+-----+ + | | | |------|------------|--+------|------- + +---------+---------+ |Kernel | + | | | + +---------+ +---+----+ +------+ | +------+ +------+ +--+---+ +-------+ + |MIC DMA | | VOP | | SCIF | | | SCIF | | COSM | | VOP | |MIC DMA| + +---+-----+ +---+----+ +--+---+ | +--+---+ +--+---+ +------+ +----+--+ + | | | | | | | + +---+-----+ +---+----+ +--+---+ | +--+---+ +--+---+ +------+ +----+--+ + |MIC | | VOP | |SCIF | | |SCIF | | COSM | | VOP | | MIC | + |HW Bus | | HW Bus| |HW Bus| | |HW Bus| | Bus | |HW Bus| |HW Bus | + +---------+ +--------+ +--+---+ | +--+---+ +------+ +------+ +-------+ + | | | | | | | + | +-----------+--+ | | | +---------------+ | + | |Intel MIC | | | | |Intel MIC | | + | |Card Driver | | | | |Host Driver | | + +---+--------------+------+ | +----+---------------+-----+ | | | +-------------------------------------------------------------+ | | diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss index 09ea90931649..5fcf9fa4b082 100755 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpss @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ exec=/usr/sbin/mpssd sysfs="/sys/class/mic" -mic_modules="mic_host mic_x100_dma scif" +mic_modules="mic_host mic_x100_dma scif vop" start() { diff --git a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c index aaeafa18d99b..30fb842a976d 100644 --- a/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c +++ b/Documentation/mic/mpssd/mpssd.c @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ static ssize_t sum_iovec_len(struct mic_copy_desc *copy) { ssize_t sum = 0; - int i; + unsigned int i; for (i = 0; i < copy->iovcnt; i++) sum += copy->iov[i].iov_len; @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ static void disp_iovec(struct mic_info *mic, struct mic_copy_desc *copy, const char *s, int line) { - int i; + unsigned int i; for (i = 0; i < copy->iovcnt; i++) mpsslog("%s %s %d copy->iov[%d] addr %p len 0x%zx\n", @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ add_virtio_device(struct mic_info *mic, struct mic_device_desc *dd) char path[PATH_MAX]; int fd, err; - snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "/dev/mic%d", mic->id); + snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "/dev/vop_virtio%d", mic->id); fd = open(path, O_RDWR); if (fd < 0) { mpsslog("Could not open %s %s\n", path, strerror(errno)); diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/lcd-panel-cgram.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/lcd-panel-cgram.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7f82c905763d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/lcd-panel-cgram.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Some LCDs allow you to define up to 8 characters, mapped to ASCII +characters 0 to 7. The escape code to define a new character is +'\e[LG' followed by one digit from 0 to 7, representing the character +number, and up to 8 couples of hex digits terminated by a semi-colon +(';'). Each couple of digits represents a line, with 1-bits for each +illuminated pixel with LSB on the right. Lines are numbered from the +top of the character to the bottom. On a 5x7 matrix, only the 5 lower +bits of the 7 first bytes are used for each character. If the string +is incomplete, only complete lines will be redefined. Here are some +examples : + + printf "\e[LG0010101050D1F0C04;" => 0 = [enter] + printf "\e[LG1040E1F0000000000;" => 1 = [up] + printf "\e[LG2000000001F0E0400;" => 2 = [down] + printf "\e[LG3040E1F001F0E0400;" => 3 = [up-down] + printf "\e[LG40002060E1E0E0602;" => 4 = [left] + printf "\e[LG500080C0E0F0E0C08;" => 5 = [right] + printf "\e[LG60016051516141400;" => 6 = "IP" + + printf "\e[LG00103071F1F070301;" => big speaker + printf "\e[LG00002061E1E060200;" => small speaker + +Willy + diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt index 91c1fa34f48b..2b80a0cd621f 100644 --- a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt @@ -231,15 +231,15 @@ IT knows when a platform crashes even when there is a hard failure on the host. The Intel AMT Watchdog is composed of two parts: 1) Firmware feature - receives the heartbeats and sends an event when the heartbeats stop. - 2) Intel MEI driver - connects to the watchdog feature, configures the - watchdog and sends the heartbeats. + 2) Intel MEI iAMT watchdog driver - connects to the watchdog feature, + configures the watchdog and sends the heartbeats. -The Intel MEI driver uses the kernel watchdog API to configure the Intel AMT -Watchdog and to send heartbeats to it. The default timeout of the +The Intel iAMT watchdog MEI driver uses the kernel watchdog API to configure +the Intel AMT Watchdog and to send heartbeats to it. The default timeout of the watchdog is 120 seconds. -If the Intel AMT Watchdog feature does not exist (i.e. the connection failed), -the Intel MEI driver will disable the sending of heartbeats. +If the Intel AMT is not enabled in the firmware then the watchdog client won't enumerate +on the me client bus and watchdog devices won't be exposed. Supported Chipsets diff --git a/Documentation/module-signing.txt b/Documentation/module-signing.txt index a78bf1ffa68c..696d5caf4fd8 100644 --- a/Documentation/module-signing.txt +++ b/Documentation/module-signing.txt @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ signature checking is all done within the kernel. NON-VALID SIGNATURES AND UNSIGNED MODULES ========================================= -If CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE is enabled or enforcemodulesig=1 is supplied on +If CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE is enabled or module.sig_enforce=1 is supplied on the kernel command line, the kernel will only load validly signed modules for which it has a public key. Otherwise, it will also load modules that are unsigned. Any module for which the kernel has a key, but which proves to have diff --git a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX index df27a1a50776..415154a487d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX @@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ can.txt - documentation on CAN protocol family. cdc_mbim.txt - 3G/LTE USB modem (Mobile Broadband Interface Model) +checksum-offloads.txt + - Explanation of checksum offloads; LCO, RCO cops.txt - info on the COPS LocalTalk Linux driver cs89x0.txt diff --git a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt index ff23b755f5e4..1b5e7a7f2185 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ interfaces to the kernel module settings. For more information, please see the manpage (man batctl). -batctl is available on http://www.open-mesh.org/ +batctl is available on https://www.open-mesh.org/ CONTACT diff --git a/Documentation/networking/checksum-offloads.txt b/Documentation/networking/checksum-offloads.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..de2a327766a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/checksum-offloads.txt @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +Checksum Offloads in the Linux Networking Stack + + +Introduction +============ + +This document describes a set of techniques in the Linux networking stack + to take advantage of checksum offload capabilities of various NICs. + +The following technologies are described: + * TX Checksum Offload + * LCO: Local Checksum Offload + * RCO: Remote Checksum Offload + +Things that should be documented here but aren't yet: + * RX Checksum Offload + * CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY conversion + + +TX Checksum Offload +=================== + +The interface for offloading a transmit checksum to a device is explained + in detail in comments near the top of include/linux/skbuff.h. +In brief, it allows to request the device fill in a single ones-complement + checksum defined by the sk_buff fields skb->csum_start and + skb->csum_offset. The device should compute the 16-bit ones-complement + checksum (i.e. the 'IP-style' checksum) from csum_start to the end of the + packet, and fill in the result at (csum_start + csum_offset). +Because csum_offset cannot be negative, this ensures that the previous + value of the checksum field is included in the checksum computation, thus + it can be used to supply any needed corrections to the checksum (such as + the sum of the pseudo-header for UDP or TCP). +This interface only allows a single checksum to be offloaded. Where + encapsulation is used, the packet may have multiple checksum fields in + different header layers, and the rest will have to be handled by another + mechanism such as LCO or RCO. +No offloading of the IP header checksum is performed; it is always done in + software. This is OK because when we build the IP header, we obviously + have it in cache, so summing it isn't expensive. It's also rather short. +The requirements for GSO are more complicated, because when segmenting an + encapsulated packet both the inner and outer checksums may need to be + edited or recomputed for each resulting segment. See the skbuff.h comment + (section 'E') for more details. + +A driver declares its offload capabilities in netdev->hw_features; see + Documentation/networking/netdev-features for more. Note that a device + which only advertises NETIF_F_IP[V6]_CSUM must still obey the csum_start + and csum_offset given in the SKB; if it tries to deduce these itself in + hardware (as some NICs do) the driver should check that the values in the + SKB match those which the hardware will deduce, and if not, fall back to + checksumming in software instead (with skb_checksum_help or one of the + skb_csum_off_chk* functions as mentioned in include/linux/skbuff.h). This + is a pain, but that's what you get when hardware tries to be clever. + +The stack should, for the most part, assume that checksum offload is + supported by the underlying device. The only place that should check is + validate_xmit_skb(), and the functions it calls directly or indirectly. + That function compares the offload features requested by the SKB (which + may include other offloads besides TX Checksum Offload) and, if they are + not supported or enabled on the device (determined by netdev->features), + performs the corresponding offload in software. In the case of TX + Checksum Offload, that means calling skb_checksum_help(skb). + + +LCO: Local Checksum Offload +=========================== + +LCO is a technique for efficiently computing the outer checksum of an + encapsulated datagram when the inner checksum is due to be offloaded. +The ones-complement sum of a correctly checksummed TCP or UDP packet is + equal to the sum of the pseudo header, because everything else gets + 'cancelled out' by the checksum field. This is because the sum was + complemented before being written to the checksum field. +More generally, this holds in any case where the 'IP-style' ones complement + checksum is used, and thus any checksum that TX Checksum Offload supports. +That is, if we have set up TX Checksum Offload with a start/offset pair, we + know that _after the device has filled in that checksum_, the ones + complement sum from csum_start to the end of the packet will be equal to + _whatever value we put in the checksum field beforehand_. This allows us + to compute the outer checksum without looking at the payload: we simply + stop summing when we get to csum_start, then add the 16-bit word at + (csum_start + csum_offset). +Then, when the true inner checksum is filled in (either by hardware or by + skb_checksum_help()), the outer checksum will become correct by virtue of + the arithmetic. + +LCO is performed by the stack when constructing an outer UDP header for an + encapsulation such as VXLAN or GENEVE, in udp_set_csum(). Similarly for + the IPv6 equivalents, in udp6_set_csum(). +It is also performed when constructing an IPv4 GRE header, in + net/ipv4/ip_gre.c:build_header(). It is *not* currently performed when + constructing an IPv6 GRE header; the GRE checksum is computed over the + whole packet in net/ipv6/ip6_gre.c:ip6gre_xmit2(), but it should be + possible to use LCO here as IPv6 GRE still uses an IP-style checksum. +All of the LCO implementations use a helper function lco_csum(), in + include/linux/skbuff.h. + +LCO can safely be used for nested encapsulations; in this case, the outer + encapsulation layer will sum over both its own header and the 'middle' + header. This does mean that the 'middle' header will get summed multiple + times, but there doesn't seem to be a way to avoid that without incurring + bigger costs (e.g. in SKB bloat). + + +RCO: Remote Checksum Offload +============================ + +RCO is a technique for eliding the inner checksum of an encapsulated + datagram, allowing the outer checksum to be offloaded. It does, however, + involve a change to the encapsulation protocols, which the receiver must + also support. For this reason, it is disabled by default. +RCO is detailed in the following Internet-Drafts: +https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-herbert-remotecsumoffload-00 +https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-herbert-vxlan-rco-00 +In Linux, RCO is implemented individually in each encapsulation protocol, + and most tunnel types have flags controlling its use. For instance, VXLAN + has the flag VXLAN_F_REMCSUM_TX (per struct vxlan_rdst) to indicate that + RCO should be used when transmitting to a given remote destination. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.txt b/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.txt index aa9c1f9313cd..3b196c304b73 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.txt @@ -521,20 +521,17 @@ See Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface for details. Bridge layer ------------ -- port_join_bridge: bridge layer function invoked when a given switch port is +- port_bridge_join: bridge layer function invoked when a given switch port is added to a bridge, this function should be doing the necessary at the switch level to permit the joining port from being added to the relevant logical - domain for it to ingress/egress traffic with other members of the bridge. DSA - does nothing but calculate a bitmask of switch ports currently members of the - specified bridge being requested the join + domain for it to ingress/egress traffic with other members of the bridge. -- port_leave_bridge: bridge layer function invoked when a given switch port is +- port_bridge_leave: bridge layer function invoked when a given switch port is removed from a bridge, this function should be doing the necessary at the switch level to deny the leaving port from ingress/egress traffic from the remaining bridge members. When the port leaves the bridge, it should be aged out at the switch hardware for the switch to (re) learn MAC addresses behind - this port. DSA calculates the bitmask of ports still members of the bridge - being left + this port. - port_stp_update: bridge layer function invoked when a given switch port STP state is computed by the bridge layer and should be propagated to switch @@ -545,20 +542,15 @@ Bridge layer Bridge VLAN filtering --------------------- -- port_pvid_get: bridge layer function invoked when a Port-based VLAN ID is - queried for the given switch port - -- port_pvid_set: bridge layer function invoked when a Port-based VLAN ID needs - to be configured on the given switch port - - port_vlan_add: bridge layer function invoked when a VLAN is configured (tagged or untagged) for the given switch port - port_vlan_del: bridge layer function invoked when a VLAN is removed from the given switch port -- vlan_getnext: bridge layer function invoked to query the next configured VLAN - in the switch, i.e. returns the bitmaps of members and untagged ports +- port_vlan_dump: bridge layer function invoked with a switchdev callback + function that the driver has to call for each VLAN the given port is a member + of. A switchdev object is used to carry the VID and bridge flags. - port_fdb_add: bridge layer function invoked when the bridge wants to install a Forwarding Database entry, the switch hardware should be programmed with the diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index 73b36d7c7b0d..b183e2b606c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -946,15 +946,20 @@ igmp_max_memberships - INTEGER The value 5459 assumes no IP header options, so in practice this number may be lower. - conf/interface/* changes special settings per interface (where - "interface" is the name of your network interface) - - conf/all/* is special, changes the settings for all interfaces +igmp_max_msf - INTEGER + Maximum number of addresses allowed in the source filter list for a + multicast group. + Default: 10 igmp_qrv - INTEGER - Controls the IGMP query robustness variable (see RFC2236 8.1). - Default: 2 (as specified by RFC2236 8.1) - Minimum: 1 (as specified by RFC6636 4.5) + Controls the IGMP query robustness variable (see RFC2236 8.1). + Default: 2 (as specified by RFC2236 8.1) + Minimum: 1 (as specified by RFC6636 4.5) + +conf/interface/* changes special settings per interface (where +"interface" is the name of your network interface) + +conf/all/* is special, changes the settings for all interfaces log_martians - BOOLEAN Log packets with impossible addresses to kernel log. @@ -1216,6 +1221,19 @@ promote_secondaries - BOOLEAN promote a corresponding secondary IP address instead of removing all the corresponding secondary IP addresses. +drop_unicast_in_l2_multicast - BOOLEAN + Drop any unicast IP packets that are received in link-layer + multicast (or broadcast) frames. + This behavior (for multicast) is actually a SHOULD in RFC + 1122, but is disabled by default for compatibility reasons. + Default: off (0) + +drop_gratuitous_arp - BOOLEAN + Drop all gratuitous ARP frames, for example if there's a known + good ARP proxy on the network and such frames need not be used + (or in the case of 802.11, must not be used to prevent attacks.) + Default: off (0) + tag - INTEGER Allows you to write a number, which can be used as required. @@ -1550,6 +1568,15 @@ temp_prefered_lft - INTEGER Preferred lifetime (in seconds) for temporary addresses. Default: 86400 (1 day) +keep_addr_on_down - INTEGER + Keep all IPv6 addresses on an interface down event. If set static + global addresses with no expiration time are not flushed. + >0 : enabled + 0 : system default + <0 : disabled + + Default: 0 (addresses are removed) + max_desync_factor - INTEGER Maximum value for DESYNC_FACTOR, which is a random value that ensures that clients don't synchronize with each @@ -1661,6 +1688,19 @@ stable_secret - IPv6 address By default the stable secret is unset. +drop_unicast_in_l2_multicast - BOOLEAN + Drop any unicast IPv6 packets that are received in link-layer + multicast (or broadcast) frames. + + By default this is turned off. + +drop_unsolicited_na - BOOLEAN + Drop all unsolicited neighbor advertisements, for example if there's + a known good NA proxy on the network and such frames need not be used + (or in the case of 802.11, must not be used to prevent attacks.) + + By default this is turned off. + icmp/*: ratelimit - INTEGER Limit the maximal rates for sending ICMPv6 packets. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/kcm.txt b/Documentation/networking/kcm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3476ede5bc2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/kcm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +Kernel Connection Mulitplexor +----------------------------- + +Kernel Connection Multiplexor (KCM) is a mechanism that provides a message based +interface over TCP for generic application protocols. With KCM an application +can efficiently send and receive application protocol messages over TCP using +datagram sockets. + +KCM implements an NxM multiplexor in the kernel as diagrammed below: + ++------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +| KCM socket | | KCM socket | | KCM socket | | KCM socket | ++------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ + | | | | + +-----------+ | | +----------+ + | | | | + +----------------------------------+ + | Multiplexor | + +----------------------------------+ + | | | | | + +---------+ | | | ------------+ + | | | | | ++----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +| Psock | | Psock | | Psock | | Psock | | Psock | ++----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+ + | | | | | ++----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +| TCP sock | | TCP sock | | TCP sock | | TCP sock | | TCP sock | ++----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+ +----------+ + +KCM sockets +----------- + +The KCM sockets provide the user interface to the muliplexor. All the KCM sockets +bound to a multiplexor are considered to have equivalent function, and I/O +operations in different sockets may be done in parallel without the need for +synchronization between threads in userspace. + +Multiplexor +----------- + +The multiplexor provides the message steering. In the transmit path, messages +written on a KCM socket are sent atomically on an appropriate TCP socket. +Similarly, in the receive path, messages are constructed on each TCP socket +(Psock) and complete messages are steered to a KCM socket. + +TCP sockets & Psocks +-------------------- + +TCP sockets may be bound to a KCM multiplexor. A Psock structure is allocated +for each bound TCP socket, this structure holds the state for constructing +messages on receive as well as other connection specific information for KCM. + +Connected mode semantics +------------------------ + +Each multiplexor assumes that all attached TCP connections are to the same +destination and can use the different connections for load balancing when +transmitting. The normal send and recv calls (include sendmmsg and recvmmsg) +can be used to send and receive messages from the KCM socket. + +Socket types +------------ + +KCM supports SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET socket types. + +Message delineation +------------------- + +Messages are sent over a TCP stream with some application protocol message +format that typically includes a header which frames the messages. The length +of a received message can be deduced from the application protocol header +(often just a simple length field). + +A TCP stream must be parsed to determine message boundaries. Berkeley Packet +Filter (BPF) is used for this. When attaching a TCP socket to a multiplexor a +BPF program must be specified. The program is called at the start of receiving +a new message and is given an skbuff that contains the bytes received so far. +It parses the message header and returns the length of the message. Given this +information, KCM will construct the message of the stated length and deliver it +to a KCM socket. + +TCP socket management +--------------------- + +When a TCP socket is attached to a KCM multiplexor data ready (POLLIN) and +write space available (POLLOUT) events are handled by the multiplexor. If there +is a state change (disconnection) or other error on a TCP socket, an error is +posted on the TCP socket so that a POLLERR event happens and KCM discontinues +using the socket. When the application gets the error notification for a +TCP socket, it should unattach the socket from KCM and then handle the error +condition (the typical response is to close the socket and create a new +connection if necessary). + +KCM limits the maximum receive message size to be the size of the receive +socket buffer on the attached TCP socket (the socket buffer size can be set by +SO_RCVBUF). If the length of a new message reported by the BPF program is +greater than this limit a corresponding error (EMSGSIZE) is posted on the TCP +socket. The BPF program may also enforce a maximum messages size and report an +error when it is exceeded. + +A timeout may be set for assembling messages on a receive socket. The timeout +value is taken from the receive timeout of the attached TCP socket (this is set +by SO_RCVTIMEO). If the timer expires before assembly is complete an error +(ETIMEDOUT) is posted on the socket. + +User interface +============== + +Creating a multiplexor +---------------------- + +A new multiplexor and initial KCM socket is created by a socket call: + + socket(AF_KCM, type, protocol) + + - type is either SOCK_DGRAM or SOCK_SEQPACKET + - protocol is KCMPROTO_CONNECTED + +Cloning KCM sockets +------------------- + +After the first KCM socket is created using the socket call as described +above, additional sockets for the multiplexor can be created by cloning +a KCM socket. This is accomplished by an ioctl on a KCM socket: + + /* From linux/kcm.h */ + struct kcm_clone { + int fd; + }; + + struct kcm_clone info; + + memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); + + err = ioctl(kcmfd, SIOCKCMCLONE, &info); + + if (!err) + newkcmfd = info.fd; + +Attach transport sockets +------------------------ + +Attaching of transport sockets to a multiplexor is performed by calling an +ioctl on a KCM socket for the multiplexor. e.g.: + + /* From linux/kcm.h */ + struct kcm_attach { + int fd; + int bpf_fd; + }; + + struct kcm_attach info; + + memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); + + info.fd = tcpfd; + info.bpf_fd = bpf_prog_fd; + + ioctl(kcmfd, SIOCKCMATTACH, &info); + +The kcm_attach structure contains: + fd: file descriptor for TCP socket being attached + bpf_prog_fd: file descriptor for compiled BPF program downloaded + +Unattach transport sockets +-------------------------- + +Unattaching a transport socket from a multiplexor is straightforward. An +"unattach" ioctl is done with the kcm_unattach structure as the argument: + + /* From linux/kcm.h */ + struct kcm_unattach { + int fd; + }; + + struct kcm_unattach info; + + memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); + + info.fd = cfd; + + ioctl(fd, SIOCKCMUNATTACH, &info); + +Disabling receive on KCM socket +------------------------------- + +A setsockopt is used to disable or enable receiving on a KCM socket. +When receive is disabled, any pending messages in the socket's +receive buffer are moved to other sockets. This feature is useful +if an application thread knows that it will be doing a lot of +work on a request and won't be able to service new messages for a +while. Example use: + + int val = 1; + + setsockopt(kcmfd, SOL_KCM, KCM_RECV_DISABLE, &val, sizeof(val)) + +BFP programs for message delineation +------------------------------------ + +BPF programs can be compiled using the BPF LLVM backend. For exmple, +the BPF program for parsing Thrift is: + + #include "bpf.h" /* for __sk_buff */ + #include "bpf_helpers.h" /* for load_word intrinsic */ + + SEC("socket_kcm") + int bpf_prog1(struct __sk_buff *skb) + { + return load_word(skb, 0) + 4; + } + + char _license[] SEC("license") = "GPL"; + +Use in applications +=================== + +KCM accelerates application layer protocols. Specifically, it allows +applications to use a message based interface for sending and receiving +messages. The kernel provides necessary assurances that messages are sent +and received atomically. This relieves much of the burden applications have +in mapping a message based protocol onto the TCP stream. KCM also make +application layer messages a unit of work in the kernel for the purposes of +steerng and scheduling, which in turn allows a simpler networking model in +multithreaded applications. + +Configurations +-------------- + +In an Nx1 configuration, KCM logically provides multiple socket handles +to the same TCP connection. This allows parallelism between in I/O +operations on the TCP socket (for instance copyin and copyout of data is +parallelized). In an application, a KCM socket can be opened for each +processing thread and inserted into the epoll (similar to how SO_REUSEPORT +is used to allow multiple listener sockets on the same port). + +In a MxN configuration, multiple connections are established to the +same destination. These are used for simple load balancing. + +Message batching +---------------- + +The primary purpose of KCM is load balancing between KCM sockets and hence +threads in a nominal use case. Perfect load balancing, that is steering +each received message to a different KCM socket or steering each sent +message to a different TCP socket, can negatively impact performance +since this doesn't allow for affinities to be established. Balancing +based on groups, or batches of messages, can be beneficial for performance. + +On transmit, there are three ways an application can batch (pipeline) +messages on a KCM socket. + 1) Send multiple messages in a single sendmmsg. + 2) Send a group of messages each with a sendmsg call, where all messages + except the last have MSG_BATCH in the flags of sendmsg call. + 3) Create "super message" composed of multiple messages and send this + with a single sendmsg. + +On receive, the KCM module attempts to queue messages received on the +same KCM socket during each TCP ready callback. The targeted KCM socket +changes at each receive ready callback on the KCM socket. The application +does not need to configure this. + +Error handling +-------------- + +An application should include a thread to monitor errors raised on +the TCP connection. Normally, this will be done by placing each +TCP socket attached to a KCM multiplexor in epoll set for POLLERR +event. If an error occurs on an attached TCP socket, KCM sets an EPIPE +on the socket thus waking up the application thread. When the application +sees the error (which may just be a disconnect) it should unattach the +socket from KCM and then close it. It is assumed that once an error is +posted on the TCP socket the data stream is unrecoverable (i.e. an error +may have occurred in in the middle of receiving a messssge). + +TCP connection monitoring +------------------------- + +In KCM there is no means to correlate a message to the TCP socket that +was used to send or receive the message (except in the case there is +only one attached TCP socket). However, the application does retain +an open file descriptor to the socket so it will be able to get statistics +from the socket which can be used in detecting issues (such as high +retransmissions on the socket). diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mac80211-injection.txt b/Documentation/networking/mac80211-injection.txt index 3a930072b161..ec8f934c2eb2 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/mac80211-injection.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/mac80211-injection.txt @@ -28,6 +28,23 @@ radiotap headers and used to control injection: IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_F_TX_NOACK: frame should be sent without waiting for an ACK even if it is a unicast frame + * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_RATE + + legacy rate for the transmission (only for devices without own rate control) + + * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS + + HT rate for the transmission (only for devices without own rate control). + Also some flags are parsed + + IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: use short guard interval + IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: send in HT40 mode + + * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DATA_RETRIES + + number of retries when either IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_RATE or + IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS was used + The injection code can also skip all other currently defined radiotap fields facilitating replay of captured radiotap headers directly. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 54f10478e8e3..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/netlink_mmap.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,332 +0,0 @@ -This file documents how to use memory mapped I/O with netlink. - -Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> - -Overview --------- - -Memory mapped netlink I/O can be used to increase throughput and decrease -overhead of unicast receive and transmit operations. Some netlink subsystems -require high throughput, these are mainly the netfilter subsystems -nfnetlink_queue and nfnetlink_log, but it can also help speed up large -dump operations of f.i. the routing database. - -Memory mapped netlink I/O used two circular ring buffers for RX and TX which -are mapped into the processes address space. - -The RX ring is used by the kernel to directly construct netlink messages into -user-space memory without copying them as done with regular socket I/O, -additionally as long as the ring contains messages no recvmsg() or poll() -syscalls have to be issued by user-space to get more message. - -The TX ring is used to process messages directly from user-space memory, the -kernel processes all messages contained in the ring using a single sendmsg() -call. - -Usage overview --------------- - -In order to use memory mapped netlink I/O, user-space needs three main changes: - -- ring setup -- conversion of the RX path to get messages from the ring instead of recvmsg() -- conversion of the TX path to construct messages into the ring - -Ring setup is done using setsockopt() to provide the ring parameters to the -kernel, then a call to mmap() to map the ring into the processes address space: - -- setsockopt(fd, SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_RX_RING, ¶ms, sizeof(params)); -- setsockopt(fd, SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_TX_RING, ¶ms, sizeof(params)); -- ring = mmap(NULL, size, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, fd, 0) - -Usage of either ring is optional, but even if only the RX ring is used the -mapping still needs to be writable in order to update the frame status after -processing. - -Conversion of the reception path involves calling poll() on the file -descriptor, once the socket is readable the frames from the ring are -processed in order until no more messages are available, as indicated by -a status word in the frame header. - -On kernel side, in order to make use of memory mapped I/O on receive, the -originating netlink subsystem needs to support memory mapped I/O, otherwise -it will use an allocated socket buffer as usual and the contents will be - copied to the ring on transmission, nullifying most of the performance gains. -Dumps of kernel databases automatically support memory mapped I/O. - -Conversion of the transmit path involves changing message construction to -use memory from the TX ring instead of (usually) a buffer declared on the -stack and setting up the frame header appropriately. Optionally poll() can -be used to wait for free frames in the TX ring. - -Structured and definitions for using memory mapped I/O are contained in -<linux/netlink.h>. - -RX and TX rings ----------------- - -Each ring contains a number of continuous memory blocks, containing frames of -fixed size dependent on the parameters used for ring setup. - -Ring: [ block 0 ] - [ frame 0 ] - [ frame 1 ] - [ block 1 ] - [ frame 2 ] - [ frame 3 ] - ... - [ block n ] - [ frame 2 * n ] - [ frame 2 * n + 1 ] - -The blocks are only visible to the kernel, from the point of view of user-space -the ring just contains the frames in a continuous memory zone. - -The ring parameters used for setting up the ring are defined as follows: - -struct nl_mmap_req { - unsigned int nm_block_size; - unsigned int nm_block_nr; - unsigned int nm_frame_size; - unsigned int nm_frame_nr; -}; - -Frames are grouped into blocks, where each block is a continuous region of memory -and holds nm_block_size / nm_frame_size frames. The total number of frames in -the ring is nm_frame_nr. The following invariants hold: - -- frames_per_block = nm_block_size / nm_frame_size - -- nm_frame_nr = frames_per_block * nm_block_nr - -Some parameters are constrained, specifically: - -- nm_block_size must be a multiple of the architectures memory page size. - The getpagesize() function can be used to get the page size. - -- nm_frame_size must be equal or larger to NL_MMAP_HDRLEN, IOW a frame must be - able to hold at least the frame header - -- nm_frame_size must be smaller or equal to nm_block_size - -- nm_frame_size must be a multiple of NL_MMAP_MSG_ALIGNMENT - -- nm_frame_nr must equal the actual number of frames as specified above. - -When the kernel can't allocate physically continuous memory for a ring block, -it will fall back to use physically discontinuous memory. This might affect -performance negatively, in order to avoid this the nm_frame_size parameter -should be chosen to be as small as possible for the required frame size and -the number of blocks should be increased instead. - -Ring frames ------------- - -Each frames contain a frame header, consisting of a synchronization word and some -meta-data, and the message itself. - -Frame: [ header message ] - -The frame header is defined as follows: - -struct nl_mmap_hdr { - unsigned int nm_status; - unsigned int nm_len; - __u32 nm_group; - /* credentials */ - __u32 nm_pid; - __u32 nm_uid; - __u32 nm_gid; -}; - -- nm_status is used for synchronizing processing between the kernel and user- - space and specifies ownership of the frame as well as the operation to perform - -- nm_len contains the length of the message contained in the data area - -- nm_group specified the destination multicast group of message - -- nm_pid, nm_uid and nm_gid contain the netlink pid, UID and GID of the sending - process. These values correspond to the data available using SOCK_PASSCRED in - the SCM_CREDENTIALS cmsg. - -The possible values in the status word are: - -- NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED: - RX ring: frame belongs to the kernel and contains no message - for user-space. Approriate action is to invoke poll() - to wait for new messages. - - TX ring: frame belongs to user-space and can be used for - message construction. - -- NL_MMAP_STATUS_RESERVED: - RX ring only: frame is currently used by the kernel for message - construction and contains no valid message yet. - Appropriate action is to invoke poll() to wait for - new messages. - -- NL_MMAP_STATUS_VALID: - RX ring: frame contains a valid message. Approriate action is - to process the message and release the frame back to - the kernel by setting the status to - NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED or queue the frame by setting the - status to NL_MMAP_STATUS_SKIP. - - TX ring: the frame contains a valid message from user-space to - be processed by the kernel. After completing processing - the kernel will release the frame back to user-space by - setting the status to NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED. - -- NL_MMAP_STATUS_COPY: - RX ring only: a message is ready to be processed but could not be - stored in the ring, either because it exceeded the - frame size or because the originating subsystem does - not support memory mapped I/O. Appropriate action is - to invoke recvmsg() to receive the message and release - the frame back to the kernel by setting the status to - NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED. - -- NL_MMAP_STATUS_SKIP: - RX ring only: user-space queued the message for later processing, but - processed some messages following it in the ring. The - kernel should skip this frame when looking for unused - frames. - -The data area of a frame begins at a offset of NL_MMAP_HDRLEN relative to the -frame header. - -TX limitations --------------- - -As of Jan 2015 the message is always copied from the ring frame to an -allocated buffer due to unresolved security concerns. -See commit 4682a0358639b29cf ("netlink: Always copy on mmap TX."). - -Example -------- - -Ring setup: - - unsigned int block_size = 16 * getpagesize(); - struct nl_mmap_req req = { - .nm_block_size = block_size, - .nm_block_nr = 64, - .nm_frame_size = 16384, - .nm_frame_nr = 64 * block_size / 16384, - }; - unsigned int ring_size; - void *rx_ring, *tx_ring; - - /* Configure ring parameters */ - if (setsockopt(fd, SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_RX_RING, &req, sizeof(req)) < 0) - exit(1); - if (setsockopt(fd, SOL_NETLINK, NETLINK_TX_RING, &req, sizeof(req)) < 0) - exit(1) - - /* Calculate size of each individual ring */ - ring_size = req.nm_block_nr * req.nm_block_size; - - /* Map RX/TX rings. The TX ring is located after the RX ring */ - rx_ring = mmap(NULL, 2 * ring_size, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, - MAP_SHARED, fd, 0); - if ((long)rx_ring == -1L) - exit(1); - tx_ring = rx_ring + ring_size: - -Message reception: - -This example assumes some ring parameters of the ring setup are available. - - unsigned int frame_offset = 0; - struct nl_mmap_hdr *hdr; - struct nlmsghdr *nlh; - unsigned char buf[16384]; - ssize_t len; - - while (1) { - struct pollfd pfds[1]; - - pfds[0].fd = fd; - pfds[0].events = POLLIN | POLLERR; - pfds[0].revents = 0; - - if (poll(pfds, 1, -1) < 0 && errno != -EINTR) - exit(1); - - /* Check for errors. Error handling omitted */ - if (pfds[0].revents & POLLERR) - <handle error> - - /* If no new messages, poll again */ - if (!(pfds[0].revents & POLLIN)) - continue; - - /* Process all frames */ - while (1) { - /* Get next frame header */ - hdr = rx_ring + frame_offset; - - if (hdr->nm_status == NL_MMAP_STATUS_VALID) { - /* Regular memory mapped frame */ - nlh = (void *)hdr + NL_MMAP_HDRLEN; - len = hdr->nm_len; - - /* Release empty message immediately. May happen - * on error during message construction. - */ - if (len == 0) - goto release; - } else if (hdr->nm_status == NL_MMAP_STATUS_COPY) { - /* Frame queued to socket receive queue */ - len = recv(fd, buf, sizeof(buf), MSG_DONTWAIT); - if (len <= 0) - break; - nlh = buf; - } else - /* No more messages to process, continue polling */ - break; - - process_msg(nlh); -release: - /* Release frame back to the kernel */ - hdr->nm_status = NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED; - - /* Advance frame offset to next frame */ - frame_offset = (frame_offset + frame_size) % ring_size; - } - } - -Message transmission: - -This example assumes some ring parameters of the ring setup are available. -A single message is constructed and transmitted, to send multiple messages -at once they would be constructed in consecutive frames before a final call -to sendto(). - - unsigned int frame_offset = 0; - struct nl_mmap_hdr *hdr; - struct nlmsghdr *nlh; - struct sockaddr_nl addr = { - .nl_family = AF_NETLINK, - }; - - hdr = tx_ring + frame_offset; - if (hdr->nm_status != NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED) - /* No frame available. Use poll() to avoid. */ - exit(1); - - nlh = (void *)hdr + NL_MMAP_HDRLEN; - - /* Build message */ - build_message(nlh); - - /* Fill frame header: length and status need to be set */ - hdr->nm_len = nlh->nlmsg_len; - hdr->nm_status = NL_MMAP_STATUS_VALID; - - if (sendto(fd, NULL, 0, 0, &addr, sizeof(addr)) < 0) - exit(1); - - /* Advance frame offset to next frame */ - frame_offset = (frame_offset + frame_size) % ring_size; diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt index e839e7efc835..7ab9404a8412 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt @@ -267,13 +267,23 @@ Writing a PHY driver config_intr: Enable or disable interrupts remove: Does any driver take-down ts_info: Queries about the HW timestamping status + match_phy_device: used for Clause 45 capable PHYs to match devices + in package and ensure they are compatible hwtstamp: Set the PHY HW timestamping configuration rxtstamp: Requests a receive timestamp at the PHY level for a 'skb' txtsamp: Requests a transmit timestamp at the PHY level for a 'skb' set_wol: Enable Wake-on-LAN at the PHY level get_wol: Get the Wake-on-LAN status at the PHY level + link_change_notify: called to inform the core is about to change the + link state, can be used to work around bogus PHY between state changes read_mmd_indirect: Read PHY MMD indirect register write_mmd_indirect: Write PHY MMD indirect register + module_info: Get the size and type of an EEPROM contained in an plug-in + module + module_eeprom: Get EEPROM information of a plug-in module + get_sset_count: Get number of strings sets that get_strings will count + get_strings: Get strings from requested objects (statistics) + get_stats: Get the extended statistics from the PHY device Of these, only config_aneg and read_status are required to be assigned by the driver code. The rest are optional. Also, it is diff --git a/Documentation/networking/rds.txt b/Documentation/networking/rds.txt index e1a3d59bbe0f..9d219d856d46 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/rds.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/rds.txt @@ -19,9 +19,7 @@ to N*N if you use a connection-oriented socket transport like TCP. RDS is not Infiniband-specific; it was designed to support different transports. The current implementation used to support RDS over TCP as well -as IB. Work is in progress to support RDS over iWARP, and using DCE to -guarantee no dropped packets on Ethernet, it may be possible to use RDS over -UDP in the future. +as IB. The high-level semantics of RDS from the application's point of view are diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt index 205c1b81625c..d5506ba0fef7 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/cxl.txt @@ -116,6 +116,8 @@ Work Element Descriptor (WED) User API ======== +1. AFU character devices + For AFUs operating in AFU directed mode, two character device files will be created. /dev/cxl/afu0.0m will correspond to a master context and /dev/cxl/afu0.0s will correspond to a slave @@ -362,6 +364,59 @@ read reserved fields: For future extensions and padding + +2. Card character device (powerVM guest only) + + In a powerVM guest, an extra character device is created for the + card. The device is only used to write (flash) a new image on the + FPGA accelerator. Once the image is written and verified, the + device tree is updated and the card is reset to reload the updated + image. + +open +---- + + Opens the device and allocates a file descriptor to be used with + the rest of the API. The device can only be opened once. + +ioctl +----- + +CXL_IOCTL_DOWNLOAD_IMAGE: +CXL_IOCTL_VALIDATE_IMAGE: + Starts and controls flashing a new FPGA image. Partial + reconfiguration is not supported (yet), so the image must contain + a copy of the PSL and AFU(s). Since an image can be quite large, + the caller may have to iterate, splitting the image in smaller + chunks. + + Takes a pointer to a struct cxl_adapter_image: + struct cxl_adapter_image { + __u64 flags; + __u64 data; + __u64 len_data; + __u64 len_image; + __u64 reserved1; + __u64 reserved2; + __u64 reserved3; + __u64 reserved4; + }; + + flags: + These flags indicate which optional fields are present in + this struct. Currently all fields are mandatory. + + data: + Pointer to a buffer with part of the image to write to the + card. + + len_data: + Size of the buffer pointed to by data. + + len_image: + Full size of the image. + + Sysfs Class =========== diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c index 81fdd425ab3e..f7499d1c0415 100644 --- a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c +++ b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-ctxt-sw-stress-test.c @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static void rdtsctask(void) } -int main(int argc, char **argv) +int main(void) { int n_tasks = 100, i; diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c index 4d83a27627f9..a06f027e9d16 100644 --- a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c +++ b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-on-off-stress-test.c @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ static void task(void) } -int main(int argc, char **argv) +int main(void) { int n_tasks = 100, i; diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c index 2541e65cb64b..8d494f7bebdb 100644 --- a/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c +++ b/Documentation/prctl/disable-tsc-test.c @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static void sigsegv_cb(int sig) printf("rdtsc() == "); } -int main(int argc, char **argv) +int main(void) { int tsc_val = 0; diff --git a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c index d99012f41602..5d2eae16f7ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c +++ b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c @@ -160,7 +160,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) char *progname; - int i, c, cnt, fd; + unsigned int i; + int c, cnt, fd; char *device = DEVICE; clockid_t clkid; diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..20c120d4b3b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/rapidio/mport_cdev.txt @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +RapidIO subsystem mport character device driver (rio_mport_cdev.c) +================================================================== + +Version History: +---------------- + 1.0.0 - Initial driver release. + +================================================================== + +I. Overview + +This device driver is the result of collaboration within the RapidIO.org +Software Task Group (STG) between Texas Instruments, Freescale, +Prodrive Technologies, Nokia Networks, BAE and IDT. Additional input was +received from other members of RapidIO.org. The objective was to create a +character mode driver interface which exposes the capabilities of RapidIO +devices directly to applications, in a manner that allows the numerous and +varied RapidIO implementations to interoperate. + +This driver (MPORT_CDEV) provides access to basic RapidIO subsystem operations +for user-space applications. Most of RapidIO operations are supported through +'ioctl' system calls. + +When loaded this device driver creates filesystem nodes named rio_mportX in /dev +directory for each registered RapidIO mport device. 'X' in the node name matches +to unique port ID assigned to each local mport device. + +Using available set of ioctl commands user-space applications can perform +following RapidIO bus and subsystem operations: + +- Reads and writes from/to configuration registers of mport devices + (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_READ_LOCAL/RIO_MPORT_MAINT_WRITE_LOCAL) +- Reads and writes from/to configuration registers of remote RapidIO devices. + This operations are defined as RapidIO Maintenance reads/writes in RIO spec. + (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_READ_REMOTE/RIO_MPORT_MAINT_WRITE_REMOTE) +- Set RapidIO Destination ID for mport devices (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_HDID_SET) +- Set RapidIO Component Tag for mport devices (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_COMPTAG_SET) +- Query logical index of mport devices (RIO_MPORT_MAINT_PORT_IDX_GET) +- Query capabilities and RapidIO link configuration of mport devices + (RIO_MPORT_GET_PROPERTIES) +- Enable/Disable reporting of RapidIO doorbell events to user-space applications + (RIO_ENABLE_DOORBELL_RANGE/RIO_DISABLE_DOORBELL_RANGE) +- Enable/Disable reporting of RIO port-write events to user-space applications + (RIO_ENABLE_PORTWRITE_RANGE/RIO_DISABLE_PORTWRITE_RANGE) +- Query/Control type of events reported through this driver: doorbells, + port-writes or both (RIO_SET_EVENT_MASK/RIO_GET_EVENT_MASK) +- Configure/Map mport's outbound requests window(s) for specific size, + RapidIO destination ID, hopcount and request type + (RIO_MAP_OUTBOUND/RIO_UNMAP_OUTBOUND) +- Configure/Map mport's inbound requests window(s) for specific size, + RapidIO base address and local memory base address + (RIO_MAP_INBOUND/RIO_UNMAP_INBOUND) +- Allocate/Free contiguous DMA coherent memory buffer for DMA data transfers + to/from remote RapidIO devices (RIO_ALLOC_DMA/RIO_FREE_DMA) +- Initiate DMA data transfers to/from remote RapidIO devices (RIO_TRANSFER). + Supports blocking, asynchronous and posted (a.k.a 'fire-and-forget') data + transfer modes. +- Check/Wait for completion of asynchronous DMA data transfer + (RIO_WAIT_FOR_ASYNC) +- Manage device objects supported by RapidIO subsystem (RIO_DEV_ADD/RIO_DEV_DEL). + This allows implementation of various RapidIO fabric enumeration algorithms + as user-space applications while using remaining functionality provided by + kernel RapidIO subsystem. + +II. Hardware Compatibility + +This device driver uses standard interfaces defined by kernel RapidIO subsystem +and therefore it can be used with any mport device driver registered by RapidIO +subsystem with limitations set by available mport implementation. + +At this moment the most common limitation is availability of RapidIO-specific +DMA engine framework for specific mport device. Users should verify available +functionality of their platform when planning to use this driver: + +- IDT Tsi721 PCIe-to-RapidIO bridge device and its mport device driver are fully + compatible with this driver. +- Freescale SoCs 'fsl_rio' mport driver does not have implementation for RapidIO + specific DMA engine support and therefore DMA data transfers mport_cdev driver + are not available. + +III. Module parameters + +- 'dbg_level' - This parameter allows to control amount of debug information + generated by this device driver. This parameter is formed by set of + This parameter can be changed bit masks that correspond to the specific + functional block. + For mask definitions see 'drivers/rapidio/devices/rio_mport_cdev.c' + This parameter can be changed dynamically. + Use CONFIG_RAPIDIO_DEBUG=y to enable debug output at the top level. + +IV. Known problems + + None. + +V. User-space Applications and API + +API library and applications that use this device driver are available from +RapidIO.org. + +VI. TODO List + +- Add support for sending/receiving "raw" RapidIO messaging packets. +- Add memory mapped DMA data transfers as an option when RapidIO-specific DMA + is not available. diff --git a/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt b/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt index 626052f403bb..7c1c7bf48ec0 100644 --- a/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt +++ b/Documentation/rapidio/tsi721.txt @@ -16,6 +16,15 @@ For inbound messages this driver uses destination ID matching to forward message into the corresponding message queue. Messaging callbacks are implemented to be fully compatible with RIONET driver (Ethernet over RapidIO messaging services). +1. Module parameters: +- 'dbg_level' - This parameter allows to control amount of debug information + generated by this device driver. This parameter is formed by set of + This parameter can be changed bit masks that correspond to the specific + functional block. + For mask definitions see 'drivers/rapidio/devices/tsi721.h' + This parameter can be changed dynamically. + Use CONFIG_RAPIDIO_DEBUG=y to enable debug output at the top level. + II. Known problems None. diff --git a/Documentation/rfkill.txt b/Documentation/rfkill.txt index 2ee6ef9a6554..1f0c27049340 100644 --- a/Documentation/rfkill.txt +++ b/Documentation/rfkill.txt @@ -83,6 +83,8 @@ rfkill drivers that control devices that can be hard-blocked unless they also assign the poll_hw_block() callback (then the rfkill core will poll the device). Don't do this unless you cannot get the event in any other way. +RFKill provides per-switch LED triggers, which can be used to drive LEDs +according to the switch state (LED_FULL when blocked, LED_OFF otherwise). 5. Userspace support diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt index b3211af63b79..ec0acf6acccd 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This file contains brief information about the SCSI tape driver. The driver is currently maintained by Kai Mäkisara (email Kai.Makisara@kolumbus.fi) -Last modified: Sun Aug 29 18:25:47 2010 by kai.makisara +Last modified: Tue Feb 9 21:54:16 2016 by kai.makisara BASICS @@ -408,10 +408,15 @@ MTSETPART Moves the tape to the partition given by the argument at the specified by MTSEEK. MTSETPART is inactive unless MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set. MTMKPART Formats the tape with one partition (argument zero) or two - partitions (the argument gives in megabytes the size of - partition 1 that is physically the first partition of the - tape). The drive has to support partitions with size specified - by the initiator. Inactive unless MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set. + partitions (argument non-zero). If the argument is positive, + it specifies the size of partition 1 in megabytes. For DDS + drives and several early drives this is the physically first + partition of the tape. If the argument is negative, its absolute + value specifies the size of partition 0 in megabytes. This is + the physically first partition of many later drives, like the + LTO drives from LTO-5 upwards. The drive has to support partitions + with size specified by the initiator. Inactive unless + MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set. MTSETDRVBUFFER Is used for several purposes. The command is obtained from count with mask MT_SET_OPTIONS, the low order bits are used as argument. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt index bc3842dc323a..798cba82c762 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt @@ -72,9 +72,6 @@ flush_buffer() - (optional) May be called at any point between open and close, and instructs the line discipline to empty its input buffer. -chars_in_buffer() - (optional) Report the number of bytes in the input - buffer. - set_termios() - (optional) Called on termios structure changes. The caller passes the old termios data and the current data is in the tty. Called under the diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index 48148d6d9307..fc53ccd9a629 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt @@ -1910,6 +1910,12 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. - Default: 0x0000 ignore_ctl_error - Ignore any USB-controller regarding mixer interface (default: no) + autoclock - Enable auto-clock selection for UAC2 devices + (default: yes) + quirk_alias - Quirk alias list, pass strings like + "0123abcd:5678beef", which applies the existing + quirk for the device 5678:beef to a new device + 0123:abcd. This module supports multiple devices, autoprobe and hotplugging. @@ -1919,6 +1925,9 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. NB: ignore_ctl_error=1 may help when you get an error at accessing the mixer element such as URB error -22. This happens on some buggy USB device or the controller. + NB: quirk_alias option is provided only for testing / development. + If you want to have a proper support, contact to upstream for + adding the matching quirk in the driver code statically. Module snd-usb-caiaq -------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-DP-MST-audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-DP-MST-audio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..82744ac3513d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-DP-MST-audio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +To support DP MST audio, HD Audio hdmi codec driver introduces virtual pin +and dynamic pcm assignment. + +Virtual pin is an extension of per_pin. The most difference of DP MST +from legacy is that DP MST introduces device entry. Each pin can contain +several device entries. Each device entry behaves as a pin. + +As each pin may contain several device entries and each codec may contain +several pins, if we use one pcm per per_pin, there will be many PCMs. +The new solution is to create a few PCMs and to dynamically bind pcm to +per_pin. Driver uses spec->dyn_pcm_assign flag to indicate whether to use +the new solution. + +PCM +=== +To be added + + +Jack +==== + +Presume: + - MST must be dyn_pcm_assign, and it is acomp (for Intel scenario); + - NON-MST may or may not be dyn_pcm_assign, it can be acomp or !acomp; + +So there are the following scenarios: + a. MST (&& dyn_pcm_assign && acomp) + b. NON-MST && dyn_pcm_assign && acomp + c. NON-MST && !dyn_pcm_assign && !acomp + +Below discussion will ignore MST and NON-MST difference as it doesn't +impact on jack handling too much. + +Driver uses struct hdmi_pcm pcm[] array in hdmi_spec and snd_jack is +a member of hdmi_pcm. Each pin has one struct hdmi_pcm * pcm pointer. + +For !dyn_pcm_assign, per_pin->pcm will assigned to spec->pcm[n] statically. + +For dyn_pcm_assign, per_pin->pcm will assigned to spec->pcm[n] +when monitor is hotplugged. + + +Build Jack +---------- + +- dyn_pcm_assign +Will not use hda_jack but use snd_jack in spec->pcm_rec[pcm_idx].jack directly. + +- !dyn_pcm_assign +Use hda_jack and assign spec->pcm_rec[pcm_idx].jack = jack->jack statically. + + +Unsolicited Event Enabling +-------------------------- +Enable unsolicited event if !acomp. + + +Monitor Hotplug Event Handling +------------------------------ +- acomp +pin_eld_notify() -> check_presence_and_report() -> hdmi_present_sense() -> +sync_eld_via_acomp(). +Use directly snd_jack_report() on spec->pcm_rec[pcm_idx].jack for +both dyn_pcm_assign and !dyn_pcm_assign + +- !acomp +Hdmi_unsol_event() -> hdmi_intrinsic_event() -> check_presence_and_report() -> +hdmi_present_sense() -> hdmi_prepsent_sense_via_verbs() +Use directly snd_jack_report() on spec->pcm_rec[pcm_idx].jack for dyn_pcm_assign. +Use hda_jack mechanism to handle jack events. + + +Others to be added later +======================== diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index f4444c94ff28..57653a44b128 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -66,6 +66,7 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel: - printk_delay - printk_ratelimit - printk_ratelimit_burst +- pty ==> Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt - randomize_va_space - real-root-dev ==> Documentation/initrd.txt - reboot-cmd [ SPARC only ] diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt index 89a887c76629..cb0368459da3 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt @@ -803,6 +803,24 @@ performance impact. Reclaim code needs to take various locks to find freeable directory and inode objects. With vfs_cache_pressure=1000, it will look for ten times more freeable objects than there are. +============================================================= + +watermark_scale_factor: + +This factor controls the aggressiveness of kswapd. It defines the +amount of memory left in a node/system before kswapd is woken up and +how much memory needs to be free before kswapd goes back to sleep. + +The unit is in fractions of 10,000. The default value of 10 means the +distances between watermarks are 0.1% of the available memory in the +node/system. The maximum value is 1000, or 10% of memory. + +A high rate of threads entering direct reclaim (allocstall) or kswapd +going to sleep prematurely (kswapd_low_wmark_hit_quickly) can indicate +that the number of free pages kswapd maintains for latency reasons is +too small for the allocation bursts occurring in the system. This knob +can then be used to tune kswapd aggressiveness accordingly. + ============================================================== zone_reclaim_mode: diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt b/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt index bef81e42788f..4cebc1ebf99a 100644 --- a/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt +++ b/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt @@ -117,7 +117,9 @@ userspace (respectively) to put commands on the ring, and indicate when the commands are completed. version - 1 (userspace should abort if otherwise) -flags - none yet defined. +flags: +- TCMU_MAILBOX_FLAG_CAP_OOOC: indicates out-of-order completion is + supported. See "The Command Ring" for details. cmdr_off - The offset of the start of the command ring from the start of the memory region, to account for the mailbox size. cmdr_size - The size of the command ring. This does *not* need to be a @@ -162,6 +164,13 @@ rsp.sense_buffer if necessary. Userspace then increments mailbox.cmd_tail by entry.hdr.length (mod cmdr_size) and signals the kernel via the UIO method, a 4-byte write to the file descriptor. +If TCMU_MAILBOX_FLAG_CAP_OOOC is set for mailbox->flags, kernel is +capable of handling out-of-order completions. In this case, userspace can +handle command in different order other than original. Since kernel would +still process the commands in the same order it appeared in the command +ring, userspace need to update the cmd->id when completing the +command(a.k.a steal the original command's entry). + When the opcode is PAD, userspace only updates cmd_tail as above -- it's a no-op. (The kernel inserts PAD entries to ensure each CMD entry is contiguous within the command ring.) diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt index 8c745c8931da..ed419d6c8dec 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt @@ -72,6 +72,74 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. It deletes the corresponding entry form /sys/class/thermal folder and unbind all the thermal cooling devices it uses. +1.1.3 struct thermal_zone_device *thermal_zone_of_sensor_register( + struct device *dev, int sensor_id, void *data, + const struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *ops) + + This interface adds a new sensor to a DT thermal zone. + This function will search the list of thermal zones described in + device tree and look for the zone that refer to the sensor device + pointed by dev->of_node as temperature providers. For the zone + pointing to the sensor node, the sensor will be added to the DT + thermal zone device. + + The parameters for this interface are: + dev: Device node of sensor containing valid node pointer in + dev->of_node. + sensor_id: a sensor identifier, in case the sensor IP has more + than one sensors + data: a private pointer (owned by the caller) that will be + passed back, when a temperature reading is needed. + ops: struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *. + + get_temp: a pointer to a function that reads the + sensor temperature. This is mandatory + callback provided by sensor driver. + get_trend: a pointer to a function that reads the + sensor temperature trend. + set_emul_temp: a pointer to a function that sets + sensor emulated temperature. + The thermal zone temperature is provided by the get_temp() function + pointer of thermal_zone_of_device_ops. When called, it will + have the private pointer @data back. + + It returns error pointer if fails otherwise valid thermal zone device + handle. Caller should check the return handle with IS_ERR() for finding + whether success or not. + +1.1.4 void thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister(struct device *dev, + struct thermal_zone_device *tzd) + + This interface unregisters a sensor from a DT thermal zone which was + successfully added by interface thermal_zone_of_sensor_register(). + This function removes the sensor callbacks and private data from the + thermal zone device registered with thermal_zone_of_sensor_register() + interface. It will also silent the zone by remove the .get_temp() and + get_trend() thermal zone device callbacks. + +1.1.5 struct thermal_zone_device *devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_register( + struct device *dev, int sensor_id, + void *data, const struct thermal_zone_of_device_ops *ops) + + This interface is resource managed version of + thermal_zone_of_sensor_register(). + All details of thermal_zone_of_sensor_register() described in + section 1.1.3 is applicable here. + The benefit of using this interface to register sensor is that it + is not require to explicitly call thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister() + in error path or during driver unbinding as this is done by driver + resource manager. + +1.1.6 void devm_thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister(struct device *dev, + struct thermal_zone_device *tzd) + + This interface is resource managed version of + thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister(). + All details of thermal_zone_of_sensor_unregister() described in + section 1.1.4 is applicable here. + Normally this function will not need to be called and the resource + management code will ensure that the resource is freed. + 1.2 thermal cooling device interface 1.2.1 struct thermal_cooling_device *thermal_cooling_device_register(char *name, void *devdata, struct thermal_cooling_device_ops *) diff --git a/Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c b/Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c index 9a3e7012c190..3ab4993d85e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c +++ b/Documentation/timers/hpet_example.c @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ struct hpet_command { int main(int argc, const char ** argv) { - int i; + unsigned int i; argc--; argv++; diff --git a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt index 05f735a1b5a5..678741b0f213 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/chipidea.txt @@ -26,16 +26,17 @@ cat /sys/kernel/debug/ci_hdrc.0/registers On B-device: echo 1 > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req - if HNP polling is not supported, also need: - On A-device: - echo 0 > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req - B-device should take host role and enumrate A-device. 4) A-device switch back to host. On B-device: echo 0 > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req + or, by introducing HNP polling, B-Host can know when A-peripheral wish + to be host role, so this role switch also can be trigged in A-peripheral + side by answering the polling from B-Host, this can be done on A-device: + echo 1 > /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req + A-device should switch back to host and enumrate B-device. 5) Remove B-device(unplug micro B plug) and insert again in 10 seconds, diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbdevfs-drop-permissions.c b/Documentation/usb/usbdevfs-drop-permissions.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6b8da6ef0c9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/usb/usbdevfs-drop-permissions.c @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <inttypes.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#include <linux/usbdevice_fs.h> + +/* For building without an updated set of headers */ +#ifndef USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES +#define USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES _IOW('U', 30, __u32) +#define USBDEVFS_CAP_DROP_PRIVILEGES 0x40 +#endif + +void drop_privileges(int fd, uint32_t mask) +{ + int res; + + res = ioctl(fd, USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES, &mask); + if (res) + printf("ERROR: USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES returned %d\n", res); + else + printf("OK: privileges dropped!\n"); +} + +void reset_device(int fd) +{ + int res; + + res = ioctl(fd, USBDEVFS_RESET); + if (!res) + printf("OK: USBDEVFS_RESET succeeded\n"); + else + printf("ERROR: reset failed! (%d - %s)\n", + -res, strerror(-res)); +} + +void claim_some_intf(int fd) +{ + int i, res; + + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { + res = ioctl(fd, USBDEVFS_CLAIMINTERFACE, &i); + if (!res) + printf("OK: claimed if %d\n", i); + else + printf("ERROR claiming if %d (%d - %s)\n", + i, -res, strerror(-res)); + } +} + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + uint32_t mask, caps; + int c, fd; + + fd = open(argv[1], O_RDWR); + if (fd < 0) { + printf("Failed to open file\n"); + goto err_fd; + } + + /* + * check if dropping privileges is supported, + * bail on systems where the capability is not present + */ + ioctl(fd, USBDEVFS_GET_CAPABILITIES, &caps); + if (!(caps & USBDEVFS_CAP_DROP_PRIVILEGES)) { + printf("DROP_PRIVILEGES not supported\n"); + goto err; + } + + /* + * Drop privileges but keep the ability to claim all + * free interfaces (i.e., those not used by kernel drivers) + */ + drop_privileges(fd, -1U); + + printf("Available options:\n" + "[0] Exit now\n" + "[1] Reset device. Should fail if device is in use\n" + "[2] Claim 4 interfaces. Should succeed where not in use\n" + "[3] Narrow interface permission mask\n" + "Which option shall I run?: "); + + while (scanf("%d", &c) == 1) { + switch (c) { + case 0: + goto exit; + case 1: + reset_device(fd); + break; + case 2: + claim_some_intf(fd); + break; + case 3: + printf("Insert new mask: "); + scanf("%x", &mask); + drop_privileges(fd, mask); + break; + default: + printf("I don't recognize that\n"); + } + + printf("Which test shall I run next?: "); + } + +exit: + close(fd); + return 0; + +err: + close(fd); +err_fd: + return 1; +} diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt b/Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..16b6fe27284c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/usb/usbip_protocol.txt @@ -0,0 +1,358 @@ +PRELIMINARY DRAFT, MAY CONTAIN MISTAKES! +28 Jun 2011 + +The USB/IP protocol follows a server/client architecture. The server exports the +USB devices and the clients imports them. The device driver for the exported +USB device runs on the client machine. + +The client may ask for the list of the exported USB devices. To get the list the +client opens a TCP/IP connection towards the server, and sends an OP_REQ_DEVLIST +packet on top of the TCP/IP connection (so the actual OP_REQ_DEVLIST may be sent +in one or more pieces at the low level transport layer). The server sends back +the OP_REP_DEVLIST packet which lists the exported USB devices. Finally the +TCP/IP connection is closed. + + virtual host controller usb host + "client" "server" + (imports USB devices) (exports USB devices) + | | + | OP_REQ_DEVLIST | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | OP_REP_DEVLIST | + | <---------------------------------------------- | + | | + +Once the client knows the list of exported USB devices it may decide to use one +of them. First the client opens a TCP/IP connection towards the server and +sends an OP_REQ_IMPORT packet. The server replies with OP_REP_IMPORT. If the +import was successful the TCP/IP connection remains open and will be used +to transfer the URB traffic between the client and the server. The client may +send two types of packets: the USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT to submit an URB, and +USBIP_CMD_UNLINK to unlink a previously submitted URB. The answers of the +server may be USBIP_RET_SUBMIT and USBIP_RET_UNLINK respectively. + + virtual host controller usb host + "client" "server" + (imports USB devices) (exports USB devices) + | | + | OP_REQ_IMPORT | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | OP_REP_IMPORT | + | <---------------------------------------------- | + | | + | | + | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = n) | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | USBIP_RET_SUBMIT(seqnum = n) | + | <---------------------------------------------- | + | . | + | : | + | | + | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m) | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+1) | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+2) | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | USBIP_RET_SUBMIT(seqnum = m) | + | <---------------------------------------------- | + | | + | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+3) | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | USBIP_RET_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+1) | + | <---------------------------------------------- | + | | + | USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+4) | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | USBIP_RET_SUBMIT(seqnum = m+2) | + | <---------------------------------------------- | + | . | + | : | + | | + | USBIP_CMD_UNLINK | + | ----------------------------------------------> | + | | + | USBIP_RET_UNLINK | + | <---------------------------------------------- | + | | + +The fields are in network (big endian) byte order meaning that the most significant +byte (MSB) is stored at the lowest address. + + +OP_REQ_DEVLIST: Retrieve the list of exported USB devices. + + Offset | Length | Value | Description +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 2 | 0x0100 | Binary-coded decimal USBIP version number: v1.0.0 +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 2 | 2 | 0x8005 | Command code: Retrieve the list of exported USB + | | | devices. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 4 | 4 | 0x00000000 | Status: unused, shall be set to 0 + +OP_REP_DEVLIST: Reply with the list of exported USB devices. + + Offset | Length | Value | Description +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 2 | 0x0100 | Binary-coded decimal USBIP version number: v1.0.0. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 2 | 2 | 0x0005 | Reply code: The list of exported USB devices. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 4 | 4 | 0x00000000 | Status: 0 for OK +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 8 | 4 | n | Number of exported devices: 0 means no exported + | | | devices. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x0C | | | From now on the exported n devices are described, + | | | if any. If no devices are exported the message + | | | ends with the previous "number of exported + | | | devices" field. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + | 256 | | path: Path of the device on the host exporting the + | | | USB device, string closed with zero byte, e.g. + | | | "/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.1/usb3/3-2" + | | | The unused bytes shall be filled with zero + | | | bytes. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x10C | 32 | | busid: Bus ID of the exported device, string + | | | closed with zero byte, e.g. "3-2". The unused + | | | bytes shall be filled with zero bytes. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x12C | 4 | | busnum +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x130 | 4 | | devnum +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x134 | 4 | | speed +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x138 | 2 | | idVendor +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13A | 2 | | idProduct +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13C | 2 | | bcdDevice +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13E | 1 | | bDeviceClass +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13F | 1 | | bDeviceSubClass +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x140 | 1 | | bDeviceProtocol +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x141 | 1 | | bConfigurationValue +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x142 | 1 | | bNumConfigurations +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x143 | 1 | | bNumInterfaces +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x144 | | m_0 | From now on each interface is described, all + | | | together bNumInterfaces times, with the + | | | the following 4 fields: +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + | 1 | | bInterfaceClass +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x145 | 1 | | bInterfaceSubClass +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x146 | 1 | | bInterfaceProtocol +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x147 | 1 | | padding byte for alignment, shall be set to zero +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0xC + | | | The second exported USB device starts at i=1 + i*0x138 + | | | with the busid field. + m_(i-1)*4 | | | + +OP_REQ_IMPORT: Request to import (attach) a remote USB device. + + Offset | Length | Value | Description +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 2 | 0x0100 | Binary-coded decimal USBIP version number: v1.0.0 +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 2 | 2 | 0x8003 | Command code: import a remote USB device. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 4 | 4 | 0x00000000 | Status: unused, shall be set to 0 +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 8 | 32 | | busid: the busid of the exported device on the + | | | remote host. The possible values are taken + | | | from the message field OP_REP_DEVLIST.busid. + | | | A string closed with zero, the unused bytes + | | | shall be filled with zeros. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + +OP_REP_IMPORT: Reply to import (attach) a remote USB device. + + Offset | Length | Value | Description +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 2 | 0x0100 | Binary-coded decimal USBIP version number: v1.0.0 +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 2 | 2 | 0x0003 | Reply code: Reply to import. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 4 | 4 | 0x00000000 | Status: 0 for OK + | | | 1 for error +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 8 | | | From now on comes the details of the imported + | | | device, if the previous status field was OK (0), + | | | otherwise the reply ends with the status field. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + | 256 | | path: Path of the device on the host exporting the + | | | USB device, string closed with zero byte, e.g. + | | | "/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.1/usb3/3-2" + | | | The unused bytes shall be filled with zero + | | | bytes. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x108 | 32 | | busid: Bus ID of the exported device, string + | | | closed with zero byte, e.g. "3-2". The unused + | | | bytes shall be filled with zero bytes. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x128 | 4 | | busnum +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x12C | 4 | | devnum +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x130 | 4 | | speed +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x134 | 2 | | idVendor +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x136 | 2 | | idProduct +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x138 | 2 | | bcdDevice +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x139 | 1 | | bDeviceClass +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13A | 1 | | bDeviceSubClass +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13B | 1 | | bDeviceProtocol +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13C | 1 | | bConfigurationValue +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13D | 1 | | bNumConfigurations +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x13E | 1 | | bNumInterfaces + +USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT: Submit an URB + + Offset | Length | Value | Description +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 4 | 0x00000001 | command: Submit an URB +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 4 | 4 | | seqnum: the sequence number of the URB to submit +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 8 | 4 | | devid +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0xC | 4 | | direction: 0: USBIP_DIR_OUT + | | | 1: USBIP_DIR_IN +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x10 | 4 | | ep: endpoint number, possible values are: 0...15 +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x14 | 4 | | transfer_flags: possible values depend on the + | | | URB transfer type, see below +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x18 | 4 | | transfer_buffer_length +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x1C | 4 | | start_frame: specify the selected frame to + | | | transmit an ISO frame, ignored if URB_ISO_ASAP + | | | is specified at transfer_flags +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x20 | 4 | | number_of_packets: number of ISO packets +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x24 | 4 | | interval: maximum time for the request on the + | | | server-side host controller +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x28 | 8 | | setup: data bytes for USB setup, filled with + | | | zeros if not used +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x30 | | | URB data. For ISO transfers the padding between + | | | each ISO packets is not transmitted. + + + Allowed transfer_flags | value | control | interrupt | bulk | isochronous + -------------------------+------------+---------+-----------+----------+------------- + URB_SHORT_NOT_OK | 0x00000001 | only in | only in | only in | no + URB_ISO_ASAP | 0x00000002 | no | no | no | yes + URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP | 0x00000004 | yes | yes | yes | yes + URB_NO_FSBR | 0x00000020 | yes | no | no | no + URB_ZERO_PACKET | 0x00000040 | no | no | only out | no + URB_NO_INTERRUPT | 0x00000080 | yes | yes | yes | yes + URB_FREE_BUFFER | 0x00000100 | yes | yes | yes | yes + URB_DIR_MASK | 0x00000200 | yes | yes | yes | yes + + +USBIP_RET_SUBMIT: Reply for submitting an URB + + Offset | Length | Value | Description +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 4 | 0x00000003 | command +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 4 | 4 | | seqnum: URB sequence number +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 8 | 4 | | devid +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0xC | 4 | | direction: 0: USBIP_DIR_OUT + | | | 1: USBIP_DIR_IN +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x10 | 4 | | ep: endpoint number +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x14 | 4 | | status: zero for successful URB transaction, + | | | otherwise some kind of error happened. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x18 | 4 | n | actual_length: number of URB data bytes +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x1C | 4 | | start_frame: for an ISO frame the actually + | | | selected frame for transmit. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x20 | 4 | | number_of_packets +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x24 | 4 | | error_count +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x28 | 8 | | setup: data bytes for USB setup, filled with + | | | zeros if not used +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x30 | n | | URB data bytes. For ISO transfers the padding + | | | between each ISO packets is not transmitted. + +USBIP_CMD_UNLINK: Unlink an URB + + Offset | Length | Value | Description +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 4 | 0x00000002 | command: URB unlink command +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 4 | 4 | | seqnum: URB sequence number to unlink: FIXME: is this so? +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 8 | 4 | | devid +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0xC | 4 | | direction: 0: USBIP_DIR_OUT + | | | 1: USBIP_DIR_IN +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x10 | 4 | | ep: endpoint number: zero +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x14 | 4 | | seqnum: the URB sequence number given previously + | | | at USBIP_CMD_SUBMIT.seqnum field +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x30 | n | | URB data bytes. For ISO transfers the padding + | | | between each ISO packets is not transmitted. + +USBIP_RET_UNLINK: Reply for URB unlink + + Offset | Length | Value | Description +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0 | 4 | 0x00000004 | command: reply for the URB unlink command +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 4 | 4 | | seqnum: the unlinked URB sequence number +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 8 | 4 | | devid +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0xC | 4 | | direction: 0: USBIP_DIR_OUT + | | | 1: USBIP_DIR_IN +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x10 | 4 | | ep: endpoint number +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x14 | 4 | | status: This is the value contained in the + | | | urb->status in the URB completition handler. + | | | FIXME: a better explanation needed. +-----------+--------+------------+--------------------------------------------------- + 0x30 | n | | URB data bytes. For ISO transfers the padding + | | | between each ISO packets is not transmitted. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 index 282102014bb9..335c24338859 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 @@ -194,3 +194,4 @@ 193 -> WIS Voyager or compatible [1905:7007] 194 -> AverMedia AverTV/505 [1461:a10a] 195 -> Leadtek Winfast TV2100 FM [107d:6f3a] +196 -> SnaZio* TVPVR PRO [1779:13cf] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt index 5517db602f37..5e759cab4538 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt @@ -647,7 +647,6 @@ Or you can add specific controls to a handler: volume = v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME, ...); v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, ...); v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&video_ctrl_handler, &ops, V4L2_CID_CONTRAST, ...); - v4l2_ctrl_add_ctrl(&radio_ctrl_handler, volume); What you should not do is make two identical controls for two handlers. For example: diff --git a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt index 21cf34f3ddb2..d9cb65cf5cfd 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt @@ -113,9 +113,26 @@ guaranteed, but it may be more likely in case the allocation is for a MADV_HUGEPAGE region. echo always >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/defrag +echo defer >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/defrag echo madvise >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/defrag echo never >/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/defrag +"always" means that an application requesting THP will stall on allocation +failure and directly reclaim pages and compact memory in an effort to +allocate a THP immediately. This may be desirable for virtual machines +that benefit heavily from THP use and are willing to delay the VM start +to utilise them. + +"defer" means that an application will wake kswapd in the background +to reclaim pages and wake kcompact to compact memory so that THP is +available in the near future. It's the responsibility of khugepaged +to then install the THP pages later. + +"madvise" will enter direct reclaim like "always" but only for regions +that are have used madvise(MADV_HUGEPAGE). This is the default behaviour. + +"never" should be self-explanatory. + By default kernel tries to use huge zero page on read page fault. It's possible to disable huge zero page by writing 0 or enable it back by writing 1: @@ -229,6 +246,11 @@ thp_split_page is incremented every time a huge page is split into base thp_split_page_failed is is incremented if kernel fails to split huge page. This can happen if the page was pinned by somebody. +thp_deferred_split_page is incremented when a huge page is put onto split + queue. This happens when a huge page is partially unmapped and + splitting it would free up some memory. Pages on split queue are + going to be split under memory pressure. + thp_split_pmd is incremented every time a PMD split into table of PTEs. This can happen, for instance, when application calls mprotect() or munmap() on part of huge page. It doesn't split huge page, only diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt index 55120a055a14..917eeeabfa5e 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt @@ -52,6 +52,8 @@ struct watchdog_device { unsigned int timeout; unsigned int min_timeout; unsigned int max_timeout; + unsigned int min_hw_heartbeat_ms; + unsigned int max_hw_heartbeat_ms; struct notifier_block reboot_nb; struct notifier_block restart_nb; void *driver_data; @@ -73,8 +75,21 @@ It contains following fields: additional information about the watchdog timer itself. (Like it's unique name) * ops: a pointer to the list of watchdog operations that the watchdog supports. * timeout: the watchdog timer's timeout value (in seconds). + This is the time after which the system will reboot if user space does + not send a heartbeat request if WDOG_ACTIVE is set. * min_timeout: the watchdog timer's minimum timeout value (in seconds). -* max_timeout: the watchdog timer's maximum timeout value (in seconds). + If set, the minimum configurable value for 'timeout'. +* max_timeout: the watchdog timer's maximum timeout value (in seconds), + as seen from userspace. If set, the maximum configurable value for + 'timeout'. Not used if max_hw_heartbeat_ms is non-zero. +* min_hw_heartbeat_ms: Minimum time between heartbeats sent to the chip, + in milli-seconds. +* max_hw_heartbeat_ms: Maximum hardware heartbeat, in milli-seconds. + If set, the infrastructure will send heartbeats to the watchdog driver + if 'timeout' is larger than max_hw_heartbeat_ms, unless WDOG_ACTIVE + is set and userspace failed to send a heartbeat for at least 'timeout' + seconds. max_hw_heartbeat_ms must be set if a driver does not implement + the stop function. * reboot_nb: notifier block that is registered for reboot notifications, for internal use only. If the driver calls watchdog_stop_on_reboot, watchdog core will stop the watchdog on such notifications. @@ -123,17 +138,20 @@ are: device. The routine needs a pointer to the watchdog timer device structure as a parameter. It returns zero on success or a negative errno code for failure. -* stop: with this routine the watchdog timer device is being stopped. - The routine needs a pointer to the watchdog timer device structure as a - parameter. It returns zero on success or a negative errno code for failure. - Some watchdog timer hardware can only be started and not be stopped. The - driver supporting this hardware needs to make sure that a start and stop - routine is being provided. This can be done by using a timer in the driver - that regularly sends a keepalive ping to the watchdog timer hardware. Not all watchdog timer hardware supports the same functionality. That's why all other routines/operations are optional. They only need to be provided if they are supported. These optional routines/operations are: +* stop: with this routine the watchdog timer device is being stopped. + The routine needs a pointer to the watchdog timer device structure as a + parameter. It returns zero on success or a negative errno code for failure. + Some watchdog timer hardware can only be started and not be stopped. A + driver supporting such hardware does not have to implement the stop routine. + If a driver has no stop function, the watchdog core will set WDOG_HW_RUNNING + and start calling the driver's keepalive pings function after the watchdog + device is closed. + If a watchdog driver does not implement the stop function, it must set + max_hw_heartbeat_ms. * ping: this is the routine that sends a keepalive ping to the watchdog timer hardware. The routine needs a pointer to the watchdog timer device structure as a @@ -153,9 +171,18 @@ they are supported. These optional routines/operations are: and -EIO for "could not write value to the watchdog". On success this routine should set the timeout value of the watchdog_device to the achieved timeout value (which may be different from the requested one - because the watchdog does not necessarily has a 1 second resolution). + because the watchdog does not necessarily have a 1 second resolution). + Drivers implementing max_hw_heartbeat_ms set the hardware watchdog heartbeat + to the minimum of timeout and max_hw_heartbeat_ms. Those drivers set the + timeout value of the watchdog_device either to the requested timeout value + (if it is larger than max_hw_heartbeat_ms), or to the achieved timeout value. (Note: the WDIOF_SETTIMEOUT needs to be set in the options field of the watchdog's info structure). + If the watchdog driver does not have to perform any action but setting the + watchdog_device.timeout, this callback can be omitted. + If set_timeout is not provided but, WDIOF_SETTIMEOUT is set, the watchdog + infrastructure updates the timeout value of the watchdog_device internally + to the requested value. * get_timeleft: this routines returns the time that's left before a reset. * restart: this routine restarts the machine. It returns 0 on success or a negative errno code for failure. @@ -169,11 +196,19 @@ The 'ref' and 'unref' operations are no longer used and deprecated. The status bits should (preferably) be set with the set_bit and clear_bit alike bit-operations. The status bits that are defined are: * WDOG_ACTIVE: this status bit indicates whether or not a watchdog timer device - is active or not. When the watchdog is active after booting, then you should - set this status bit (Note: when you register the watchdog timer device with - this bit set, then opening /dev/watchdog will skip the start operation) + is active or not from user perspective. User space is expected to send + heartbeat requests to the driver while this flag is set. * WDOG_NO_WAY_OUT: this bit stores the nowayout setting for the watchdog. If this bit is set then the watchdog timer will not be able to stop. +* WDOG_HW_RUNNING: Set by the watchdog driver if the hardware watchdog is + running. The bit must be set if the watchdog timer hardware can not be + stopped. The bit may also be set if the watchdog timer is running after + booting, before the watchdog device is opened. If set, the watchdog + infrastructure will send keepalives to the watchdog hardware while + WDOG_ACTIVE is not set. + Note: when you register the watchdog timer device with this bit set, + then opening /dev/watchdog will skip the start operation but send a keepalive + request instead. To set the WDOG_NO_WAY_OUT status bit (before registering your watchdog timer device) you can either: diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt index 4e4b6f10d841..c161399a6b5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt @@ -200,6 +200,11 @@ mv64x60_wdt: nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started (default=kernel config parameter) ------------------------------------------------- +ni903x_wdt: +timeout: Initial watchdog timeout in seconds (0<timeout<516, default=60) +nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started + (default=kernel config parameter) +------------------------------------------------- nuc900_wdt: heartbeat: Watchdog heartbeats in seconds. (default = 15) @@ -284,6 +289,13 @@ sbc_fitpc2_wdt: margin: Watchdog margin in seconds (default 60s) nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started ------------------------------------------------- +sbsa_gwdt: +timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds. (default 10s) +action: Watchdog action at the first stage timeout, + set to 0 to ignore, 1 to panic. (default=0) +nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started + (default=kernel config parameter) +------------------------------------------------- sc1200wdt: isapnp: When set to 0 driver ISA PnP support will be disabled (default=1) io: io port diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt index 05712ac83e38..c518dce7da4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ ffffec0000000000 - fffffc0000000000 (=44 bits) kasan shadow memory (16TB) ... unused hole ... ffffff0000000000 - ffffff7fffffffff (=39 bits) %esp fixup stacks ... unused hole ... +ffffffef00000000 - ffffffff00000000 (=64 GB) EFI region mapping space +... unused hole ... ffffffff80000000 - ffffffffa0000000 (=512 MB) kernel text mapping, from phys 0 ffffffffa0000000 - ffffffffff5fffff (=1525 MB) module mapping space ffffffffff600000 - ffffffffffdfffff (=8 MB) vsyscalls @@ -32,11 +34,9 @@ reference. Current X86-64 implementations only support 40 bits of address space, but we support up to 46 bits. This expands into MBZ space in the page tables. -->trampoline_pgd: - -We map EFI runtime services in the aforementioned PGD in the virtual -range of 64Gb (arbitrarily set, can be raised if needed) - -0xffffffef00000000 - 0xffffffff00000000 +We map EFI runtime services in the 'efi_pgd' PGD in a 64Gb large virtual +memory window (this size is arbitrary, it can be raised later if needed). +The mappings are not part of any other kernel PGD and are only available +during EFI runtime calls. -Andi Kleen, Jul 2004 diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt index 7cd36af11e71..1145bf864082 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt @@ -6,8 +6,9 @@ communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated or if there is a problem with the translation. -Maintainer: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> -Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +M: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> +zh_CN: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +C: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译 @@ -15,12 +16,11 @@ Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译 交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。 -本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为： bc465aa9d045feb0e13b4a8f32cc33c1943f62d6 - 英文版维护者： Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> 中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> 中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> 中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为： 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4 以下为正文 --------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ Documentation/arm64/booting.txt 的中文翻译 本文档基于 Russell King 的 ARM 启动文档，且适用于所有公开发布的 AArch64 Linux 内核代码。 -AArch64 异常模型由多个异常级别（EL0 - EL3）组成，对于 EL0 和 EL1 -异常级有对应的安全和非安全模式。EL2 是系统管理级，且仅存在于 -非安全模式下。EL3 是最高特权级，且仅存在于安全模式下。 +AArch64 异常模型由多个异常级（EL0 - EL3）组成，对于 EL0 和 EL1 异常级 +有对应的安全和非安全模式。EL2 是系统管理级，且仅存在于非安全模式下。 +EL3 是最高特权级，且仅存在于安全模式下。 基于本文档的目的，我们将简单地使用‘引导装载程序’（‘boot loader’） 这个术语来定义在将控制权交给 Linux 内核前 CPU 上执行的所有软件。 @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ AArch64 异常模型由多个异常级别（EL0 - EL3）组成，对于 EL0 和 必要性: 强制 引导装载程序应该找到并初始化系统中所有内核用于保持系统变量数据的 RAM。 -这个操作的执行是设备依赖的。（它可能使用内部算法来自动定位和计算所有 -RAM，或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息，还可能使用任何引导装载程序 -设计者想到的匹配方法。） +这个操作的执行方式因设备而异。（它可能使用内部算法来自动定位和计算所有 +RAM，或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息，还可能是引导装载程序设计者 +想到的任何合适的方法。） 2、设置设备树数据 @@ -66,10 +66,12 @@ RAM，或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息，还可能使用任何 必要性: 强制 -设备树数据块（dtb）必须 8 字节对齐，并位于从内核映像起始算起第一个 512MB -内，且不得跨越 2MB 对齐边界。这使得内核可以通过初始页表中的单个节描述符来 -映射此数据块。 +设备树数据块（dtb）必须 8 字节对齐，且大小不能超过 2MB。由于设备树 +数据块将在使能缓存的情况下以 2MB 粒度被映射，故其不能被置于带任意 +特定属性被映射的 2MB 区域内。 +注： v4.2 之前的版本同时要求设备树数据块被置于从内核映像以下 +text_offset 字节处算起第一个 512MB 内。 3、解压内核映像 ------------- @@ -78,7 +80,7 @@ RAM，或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息，还可能使用任何 AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内核映像文件 （比如 Image.gz），则需要通过引导装载程序（使用 gzip 等）来进行解压。 -若引导装载程序没有实现这个需求，就要使用非压缩内核映像文件。 +若引导装载程序没有实现这个功能，就要使用非压缩内核映像文件。 4、调用内核映像 @@ -97,7 +99,7 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 u64 res3 = 0; /* 保留 */ u64 res4 = 0; /* 保留 */ u32 magic = 0x644d5241; /* 魔数, 小端, "ARM\x64" */ - u32 res5; /* 保留 （用于 PE COFF 偏移） */ + u32 res5; /* 保留 （用于 PE COFF 偏移） */ 映像头注释： @@ -107,26 +109,36 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 - code0/code1 负责跳转到 stext. - 当通过 EFI 启动时， 最初 code0/code1 被跳过。 - res5 是到 PE 文件头的偏移，而 PE 文件头含有 EFI 的启动入口点 （efi_stub_entry）。 - 当 stub 代码完成了它的使命，它会跳转到 code0 继续正常的启动流程。 + res5 是到 PE 文件头的偏移，而 PE 文件头含有 EFI 的启动入口点 + （efi_stub_entry）。当 stub 代码完成了它的使命，它会跳转到 code0 + 继续正常的启动流程。 - v3.17 之前，未明确指定 text_offset 的字节序。此时，image_size 为零， 且 text_offset 依照内核字节序为 0x80000。 - 当 image_size 非零，text_offset 为小端模式且是有效值，应被引导加载程序使用。 - 当 image_size 为零，text_offset 可假定为 0x80000。 + 当 image_size 非零，text_offset 为小端模式且是有效值，应被引导加载 + 程序使用。当 image_size 为零，text_offset 可假定为 0x80000。 - flags 域 (v3.17 引入) 为 64 位小端模式，其编码如下： 位 0: 内核字节序。 1 表示大端模式，0 表示小端模式。 - 位 1-63: 保留。 - -- 当 image_size 为零时，引导装载程序应该试图在内核映像末尾之后尽可能多地保留空闲内存 - 供内核直接使用。对内存空间的需求量因所选定的内核特性而异, 且无实际限制。 - -内核映像必须被放置在靠近可用系统内存起始的 2MB 对齐为基址的 text_offset 字节处，并从那里被调用。 -当前，对 Linux 来说在此基址以下的内存是无法使用的，因此强烈建议将系统内存的起始作为这个基址。 -从映像起始地址算起，最少必须为内核释放出 image_size 字节的空间。 - -任何提供给内核的内存（甚至在 2MB 对齐的基地址之前），若未从内核中标记为保留 + 位 1-2: 内核页大小。 + 0 - 未指定。 + 1 - 4K + 2 - 16K + 3 - 64K + 位 3-63: 保留。 + +- 当 image_size 为零时，引导装载程序应试图在内核映像末尾之后尽可能 + 多地保留空闲内存供内核直接使用。对内存空间的需求量因所选定的内核 + 特性而异, 并无实际限制。 + +内核映像必须被放置在靠近可用系统内存起始的 2MB 对齐为基址的 +text_offset 字节处，并从该处被调用。当前，对 Linux 来说在此基址以下的 +内存是无法使用的，因此强烈建议将系统内存的起始作为这个基址。2MB 对齐 +基址和内核映像起始地址之间的区域对于内核来说没有特殊意义，且可能被 +用于其他目的。 +从映像起始地址算起，最少必须准备 image_size 字节的空闲内存供内核使用。 + +任何提供给内核的内存（甚至在映像起始地址之前），若未从内核中标记为保留 (如在设备树（dtb）的 memreserve 区域），都将被认为对内核是可用。 在跳转入内核前，必须符合以下状态： @@ -147,13 +159,16 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 - 高速缓存、MMU MMU 必须关闭。 - 指令缓存开启或关闭都可以。 + 指令缓存开启或关闭皆可。 已载入的内核映像的相应内存区必须被清理，以达到缓存一致性点（PoC）。 - 当存在系统缓存或其他使能缓存的一致性主控器时，通常需使用虚拟地址维护其缓存，而非 set/way 操作。 + 当存在系统缓存或其他使能缓存的一致性主控器时，通常需使用虚拟地址 + 维护其缓存，而非 set/way 操作。 遵从通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存必须被配置，并可以被使能。 - 而不通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存（不推荐），必须被配置且禁用。 + 而不通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存（不推荐），必须被配置且 + 禁用。 - *译者注：对于 PoC 以及缓存相关内容，请参考 ARMv8 构架参考手册 ARM DDI 0487A + *译者注：对于 PoC 以及缓存相关内容，请参考 ARMv8 构架参考手册 + ARM DDI 0487A - 架构计时器 CNTFRQ 必须设定为计时器的频率，且 CNTVOFF 必须设定为对所有 CPU @@ -169,13 +184,21 @@ AArch64 内核当前没有提供自解压代码，因此如果使用了压缩内 在进入内核映像的异常级中，所有构架中可写的系统寄存器必须通过软件 在一个更高的异常级别下初始化，以防止在 未知 状态下运行。 - 对于拥有 GICv3 中断控制器的系统： - - 若当前在 EL3 ： + 对于拥有 GICv3 中断控制器并以 v3 模式运行的系统： + - 如果 EL3 存在： ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (位 3) 必须初始化为 0b1。 ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b1。 - 若内核运行在 EL1： ICC_SRE_EL2.Enable (位 3) 必须初始化为 0b1。 ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b1。 + - 设备树（DT）或 ACPI 表必须描述一个 GICv3 中断控制器。 + + 对于拥有 GICv3 中断控制器并以兼容（v2）模式运行的系统： + - 如果 EL3 存在： + ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b0。 + - 若内核运行在 EL1： + ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b0。 + - 设备树（DT）或 ACPI 表必须描述一个 GICv2 中断控制器。 以上对于 CPU 模式、高速缓存、MMU、架构计时器、一致性、系统寄存器的 必要条件描述适用于所有 CPU。所有 CPU 必须在同一异常级别跳入内核。 diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/silicon-errata.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..39477c75c4a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/silicon-errata.txt @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt + +If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the +original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem +communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for +help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated +or if there is a problem with the translation. + +M: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> +zh_CN: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +C: 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4 +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt 的中文翻译 + +如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文 +交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 +译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。 + +英文版维护者： Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> +中文版维护者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版翻译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +中文版校译者： 傅炜 Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com> +本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为： 1926e54f115725a9248d0c4c65c22acaf94de4c4 + +以下为正文 +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + 芯片勘误和软件补救措施 + ================== + +作者: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com> +日期: 2015年11月27日 + +一个不幸的现实：硬件经常带有一些所谓的“瑕疵（errata）”，导致其在 +某些特定情况下会违背构架定义的行为。就基于 ARM 的硬件而言，这些瑕疵 +大体可分为以下几类： + + A 类：无可行补救措施的严重缺陷。 + B 类：有可接受的补救措施的重大或严重缺陷。 + C 类：在正常操作中不会显现的小瑕疵。 + +更多资讯，请在 infocenter.arm.com （需注册）中查阅“软件开发者勘误 +笔记”（“Software Developers Errata Notice”）文档。 + +对于 Linux 而言，B 类缺陷可能需要操作系统的某些特别处理。例如，避免 +一个特殊的代码序列，或是以一种特定的方式配置处理器。在某种不太常见的 +情况下，为将 A 类缺陷当作 C 类处理，可能需要用类似的手段。这些手段被 +统称为“软件补救措施”，且仅在少数情况需要（例如，那些需要一个运行在 +非安全异常级的补救措施 *并且* 能被 Linux 触发的情况）。 + +对于尚在讨论中的可能对未受瑕疵影响的系统产生干扰的软件补救措施，有一个 +相应的内核配置（Kconfig）选项被加在 “内核特性（Kernel Features）”-> +“基于可选方法框架的 ARM 瑕疵补救措施（ARM errata workarounds via +the alternatives framework）"。这些选项被默认开启，若探测到受影响的CPU， +补丁将在运行时被使用。至于对系统运行影响较小的补救措施，内核配置选项 +并不存在，且代码以某种规避瑕疵的方式被构造（带注释为宜）。 + +这种做法对于在任意内核源代码树中准确地判断出哪个瑕疵已被软件方法所补救 +稍微有点麻烦，所以在 Linux 内核中此文件作为软件补救措施的注册表， +并将在新的软件补救措施被提交和向后移植（backported）到稳定内核时被更新。 + +| 实现者 | 受影响的组件 | 勘误编号 | 内核配置 | ++----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------------------------+ +| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #826319 | ARM64_ERRATUM_826319 | +| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #827319 | ARM64_ERRATUM_827319 | +| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #824069 | ARM64_ERRATUM_824069 | +| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #819472 | ARM64_ERRATUM_819472 | +| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #845719 | ARM64_ERRATUM_845719 | +| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #843419 | ARM64_ERRATUM_843419 | +| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #832075 | ARM64_ERRATUM_832075 | +| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #852523 | N/A | +| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #834220 | ARM64_ERRATUM_834220 | +| | | | | +| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, #24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 | +| Cavium | ThunderX GICv3 | #23154 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23154 | |